Mercurial > vim
annotate src/screen.c @ 2378:85b7dc8da5eb vim73
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
concealed or not.
Rename 'conc' to 'cole' as the short name for 'conceallevel'.
| author | Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org> |
|---|---|
| date | Fri, 23 Jul 2010 22:10:27 +0200 |
| parents | a96dd77ce213 |
| children | b47748aa3236 |
| rev | line source |
|---|---|
| 7 | 1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4: |
| 2 * | |
| 3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar | |
| 4 * | |
| 5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions. | |
| 6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed. | |
| 7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code. | |
| 8 */ | |
| 9 | |
| 10 /* | |
| 11 * screen.c: code for displaying on the screen | |
| 12 * | |
| 13 * Output to the screen (console, terminal emulator or GUI window) is minimized | |
| 14 * by remembering what is already on the screen, and only updating the parts | |
| 15 * that changed. | |
| 16 * | |
| 17 * ScreenLines[off] Contains a copy of the whole screen, as it is currently | |
| 18 * displayed (excluding text written by external commands). | |
| 19 * ScreenAttrs[off] Contains the associated attributes. | |
| 20 * LineOffset[row] Contains the offset into ScreenLines*[] and ScreenAttrs[] | |
| 21 * for each line. | |
| 22 * LineWraps[row] Flag for each line whether it wraps to the next line. | |
| 23 * | |
| 24 * For double-byte characters, two consecutive bytes in ScreenLines[] can form | |
| 25 * one character which occupies two display cells. | |
| 26 * For UTF-8 a multi-byte character is converted to Unicode and stored in | |
| 27 * ScreenLinesUC[]. ScreenLines[] contains the first byte only. For an ASCII | |
|
2124
dc8a5699253b
updated for version 7.2.406
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2122
diff
changeset
|
28 * character without composing chars ScreenLinesUC[] will be 0 and |
|
dc8a5699253b
updated for version 7.2.406
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2122
diff
changeset
|
29 * ScreenLinesC[][] is not used. When the character occupies two display |
|
dc8a5699253b
updated for version 7.2.406
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2122
diff
changeset
|
30 * cells the next byte in ScreenLines[] is 0. |
| 714 | 31 * ScreenLinesC[][] contain up to 'maxcombine' composing characters |
|
2124
dc8a5699253b
updated for version 7.2.406
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2122
diff
changeset
|
32 * (drawn on top of the first character). There is 0 after the last one used. |
| 7 | 33 * ScreenLines2[] is only used for euc-jp to store the second byte if the |
| 34 * first byte is 0x8e (single-width character). | |
| 35 * | |
| 36 * The screen_*() functions write to the screen and handle updating | |
| 37 * ScreenLines[]. | |
| 38 * | |
| 39 * update_screen() is the function that updates all windows and status lines. | |
| 40 * It is called form the main loop when must_redraw is non-zero. It may be | |
| 1213 | 41 * called from other places when an immediate screen update is needed. |
| 7 | 42 * |
| 43 * The part of the buffer that is displayed in a window is set with: | |
| 44 * - w_topline (first buffer line in window) | |
| 45 * - w_topfill (filler line above the first line) | |
| 46 * - w_leftcol (leftmost window cell in window), | |
| 47 * - w_skipcol (skipped window cells of first line) | |
| 48 * | |
| 49 * Commands that only move the cursor around in a window, do not need to take | |
| 50 * action to update the display. The main loop will check if w_topline is | |
| 51 * valid and update it (scroll the window) when needed. | |
| 52 * | |
| 53 * Commands that scroll a window change w_topline and must call | |
| 54 * check_cursor() to move the cursor into the visible part of the window, and | |
| 55 * call redraw_later(VALID) to have the window displayed by update_screen() | |
| 56 * later. | |
| 57 * | |
| 58 * Commands that change text in the buffer must call changed_bytes() or | |
| 59 * changed_lines() to mark the area that changed and will require updating | |
| 60 * later. The main loop will call update_screen(), which will update each | |
| 61 * window that shows the changed buffer. This assumes text above the change | |
| 62 * can remain displayed as it is. Text after the change may need updating for | |
| 63 * scrolling, folding and syntax highlighting. | |
| 64 * | |
| 65 * Commands that change how a window is displayed (e.g., setting 'list') or | |
| 66 * invalidate the contents of a window in another way (e.g., change fold | |
| 67 * settings), must call redraw_later(NOT_VALID) to have the whole window | |
| 68 * redisplayed by update_screen() later. | |
| 69 * | |
| 70 * Commands that change how a buffer is displayed (e.g., setting 'tabstop') | |
| 71 * must call redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID) to have all the windows for the | |
| 72 * buffer redisplayed by update_screen() later. | |
| 73 * | |
| 743 | 74 * Commands that change highlighting and possibly cause a scroll too must call |
| 75 * redraw_later(SOME_VALID) to update the whole window but still use scrolling | |
| 76 * to avoid redrawing everything. But the length of displayed lines must not | |
| 77 * change, use NOT_VALID then. | |
| 78 * | |
| 7 | 79 * Commands that move the window position must call redraw_later(NOT_VALID). |
| 80 * TODO: should minimize redrawing by scrolling when possible. | |
| 81 * | |
| 82 * Commands that change everything (e.g., resizing the screen) must call | |
| 83 * redraw_all_later(NOT_VALID) or redraw_all_later(CLEAR). | |
| 84 * | |
| 85 * Things that are handled indirectly: | |
| 86 * - When messages scroll the screen up, msg_scrolled will be set and | |
| 87 * update_screen() called to redraw. | |
| 88 */ | |
| 89 | |
| 90 #include "vim.h" | |
| 91 | |
| 92 /* | |
| 93 * The attributes that are actually active for writing to the screen. | |
| 94 */ | |
| 95 static int screen_attr = 0; | |
| 96 | |
| 97 /* | |
| 98 * Positioning the cursor is reduced by remembering the last position. | |
| 99 * Mostly used by windgoto() and screen_char(). | |
| 100 */ | |
| 101 static int screen_cur_row, screen_cur_col; /* last known cursor position */ | |
| 102 | |
| 103 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 104 static match_T search_hl; /* used for 'hlsearch' highlight matching */ | |
| 105 #endif | |
| 106 | |
| 107 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 108 static foldinfo_T win_foldinfo; /* info for 'foldcolumn' */ | |
| 109 #endif | |
| 110 | |
| 111 /* | |
| 112 * Buffer for one screen line (characters and attributes). | |
| 113 */ | |
| 114 static schar_T *current_ScreenLine; | |
| 115 | |
| 116 static void win_update __ARGS((win_T *wp)); | |
| 534 | 117 static void win_draw_end __ARGS((win_T *wp, int c1, int c2, int row, int endrow, hlf_T hl)); |
| 7 | 118 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING |
| 119 static void fold_line __ARGS((win_T *wp, long fold_count, foldinfo_T *foldinfo, linenr_T lnum, int row)); | |
| 120 static void fill_foldcolumn __ARGS((char_u *p, win_T *wp, int closed, linenr_T lnum)); | |
| 121 static void copy_text_attr __ARGS((int off, char_u *buf, int len, int attr)); | |
| 122 #endif | |
| 625 | 123 static int win_line __ARGS((win_T *, linenr_T, int, int, int nochange)); |
| 7 | 124 static int char_needs_redraw __ARGS((int off_from, int off_to, int cols)); |
| 125 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 126 static void screen_line __ARGS((int row, int coloff, int endcol, int clear_width, int rlflag)); | |
| 127 # define SCREEN_LINE(r, o, e, c, rl) screen_line((r), (o), (e), (c), (rl)) | |
| 128 #else | |
| 129 static void screen_line __ARGS((int row, int coloff, int endcol, int clear_width)); | |
| 130 # define SCREEN_LINE(r, o, e, c, rl) screen_line((r), (o), (e), (c)) | |
| 131 #endif | |
| 132 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 133 static void draw_vsep_win __ARGS((win_T *wp, int row)); | |
| 134 #endif | |
| 680 | 135 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT |
| 1983 | 136 static void redraw_custom_statusline __ARGS((win_T *wp)); |
| 680 | 137 #endif |
| 7 | 138 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA |
| 1326 | 139 #define SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY 0 |
| 7 | 140 static void start_search_hl __ARGS((void)); |
| 141 static void end_search_hl __ARGS((void)); | |
|
2284
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
142 static void init_search_hl __ARGS((win_T *wp)); |
| 7 | 143 static void prepare_search_hl __ARGS((win_T *wp, linenr_T lnum)); |
| 144 static void next_search_hl __ARGS((win_T *win, match_T *shl, linenr_T lnum, colnr_T mincol)); | |
| 145 #endif | |
| 146 static void screen_start_highlight __ARGS((int attr)); | |
| 147 static void screen_char __ARGS((unsigned off, int row, int col)); | |
| 148 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 149 static void screen_char_2 __ARGS((unsigned off, int row, int col)); | |
| 150 #endif | |
| 151 static void screenclear2 __ARGS((void)); | |
| 152 static void lineclear __ARGS((unsigned off, int width)); | |
| 153 static void lineinvalid __ARGS((unsigned off, int width)); | |
| 154 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 155 static void linecopy __ARGS((int to, int from, win_T *wp)); | |
| 156 static void redraw_block __ARGS((int row, int end, win_T *wp)); | |
| 157 #endif | |
| 158 static int win_do_lines __ARGS((win_T *wp, int row, int line_count, int mayclear, int del)); | |
| 159 static void win_rest_invalid __ARGS((win_T *wp)); | |
| 160 static void msg_pos_mode __ARGS((void)); | |
| 667 | 161 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) |
| 677 | 162 static void draw_tabline __ARGS((void)); |
| 667 | 163 #endif |
| 7 | 164 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(FEAT_WILDMENU) || defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) |
| 165 static int fillchar_status __ARGS((int *attr, int is_curwin)); | |
| 166 #endif | |
| 167 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 168 static int fillchar_vsep __ARGS((int *attr)); | |
| 169 #endif | |
| 170 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT | |
| 574 | 171 static void win_redr_custom __ARGS((win_T *wp, int draw_ruler)); |
| 7 | 172 #endif |
| 173 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 174 static void win_redr_ruler __ARGS((win_T *wp, int always)); | |
| 175 #endif | |
| 176 | |
| 177 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT) | |
| 178 /* Ugly global: overrule attribute used by screen_char() */ | |
| 179 static int screen_char_attr = 0; | |
| 180 #endif | |
| 181 | |
| 182 /* | |
| 183 * Redraw the current window later, with update_screen(type). | |
| 184 * Set must_redraw only if not already set to a higher value. | |
| 185 * e.g. if must_redraw is CLEAR, type NOT_VALID will do nothing. | |
| 186 */ | |
| 187 void | |
| 188 redraw_later(type) | |
| 189 int type; | |
| 190 { | |
| 191 redraw_win_later(curwin, type); | |
| 192 } | |
| 193 | |
| 194 void | |
| 195 redraw_win_later(wp, type) | |
| 196 win_T *wp; | |
| 197 int type; | |
| 198 { | |
| 199 if (wp->w_redr_type < type) | |
| 200 { | |
| 201 wp->w_redr_type = type; | |
| 202 if (type >= NOT_VALID) | |
| 203 wp->w_lines_valid = 0; | |
| 204 if (must_redraw < type) /* must_redraw is the maximum of all windows */ | |
| 205 must_redraw = type; | |
| 206 } | |
| 207 } | |
| 208 | |
| 209 /* | |
| 210 * Force a complete redraw later. Also resets the highlighting. To be used | |
| 211 * after executing a shell command that messes up the screen. | |
| 212 */ | |
| 213 void | |
| 214 redraw_later_clear() | |
| 215 { | |
| 216 redraw_all_later(CLEAR); | |
| 826 | 217 #ifdef FEAT_GUI |
| 218 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 219 /* Use a code that will reset gui.highlight_mask in | |
| 220 * gui_stop_highlight(). */ | |
| 221 screen_attr = HL_ALL + 1; | |
| 222 else | |
| 223 #endif | |
| 224 /* Use attributes that is very unlikely to appear in text. */ | |
| 225 screen_attr = HL_BOLD | HL_UNDERLINE | HL_INVERSE; | |
| 7 | 226 } |
| 227 | |
| 228 /* | |
| 229 * Mark all windows to be redrawn later. | |
| 230 */ | |
| 231 void | |
| 232 redraw_all_later(type) | |
| 233 int type; | |
| 234 { | |
| 235 win_T *wp; | |
| 236 | |
| 237 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) | |
| 238 { | |
| 239 redraw_win_later(wp, type); | |
| 240 } | |
| 241 } | |
| 242 | |
| 243 /* | |
| 301 | 244 * Mark all windows that are editing the current buffer to be updated later. |
| 7 | 245 */ |
| 246 void | |
| 247 redraw_curbuf_later(type) | |
| 248 int type; | |
| 249 { | |
| 250 redraw_buf_later(curbuf, type); | |
| 251 } | |
| 252 | |
| 253 void | |
| 254 redraw_buf_later(buf, type) | |
| 255 buf_T *buf; | |
| 256 int type; | |
| 257 { | |
| 258 win_T *wp; | |
| 259 | |
| 260 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) | |
| 261 { | |
| 262 if (wp->w_buffer == buf) | |
| 263 redraw_win_later(wp, type); | |
| 264 } | |
| 265 } | |
| 266 | |
| 267 /* | |
| 268 * Changed something in the current window, at buffer line "lnum", that | |
| 269 * requires that line and possibly other lines to be redrawn. | |
| 270 * Used when entering/leaving Insert mode with the cursor on a folded line. | |
| 271 * Used to remove the "$" from a change command. | |
| 272 * Note that when also inserting/deleting lines w_redraw_top and w_redraw_bot | |
| 273 * may become invalid and the whole window will have to be redrawn. | |
| 274 */ | |
| 275 void | |
| 276 redrawWinline(lnum, invalid) | |
| 277 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 1883 | 278 int invalid UNUSED; /* window line height is invalid now */ |
| 7 | 279 { |
| 280 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 281 int i; | |
| 282 #endif | |
| 283 | |
| 284 if (curwin->w_redraw_top == 0 || curwin->w_redraw_top > lnum) | |
| 285 curwin->w_redraw_top = lnum; | |
| 286 if (curwin->w_redraw_bot == 0 || curwin->w_redraw_bot < lnum) | |
| 287 curwin->w_redraw_bot = lnum; | |
| 288 redraw_later(VALID); | |
| 289 | |
| 290 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 291 if (invalid) | |
| 292 { | |
| 293 /* A w_lines[] entry for this lnum has become invalid. */ | |
| 294 i = find_wl_entry(curwin, lnum); | |
| 295 if (i >= 0) | |
| 296 curwin->w_lines[i].wl_valid = FALSE; | |
| 297 } | |
| 298 #endif | |
| 299 } | |
| 300 | |
| 2255 | 301 #if defined(FEAT_RUBY) || defined(FEAT_PERL) || defined(FEAT_VISUAL) || \ |
|
2237
770485470e59
Add a few #ifdefs to exclude functions that are not used. (Domnique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2210
diff
changeset
|
302 (defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) && defined(FEAT_X11)) || defined(PROTO) |
| 7 | 303 /* |
| 304 * update all windows that are editing the current buffer | |
| 305 */ | |
| 306 void | |
| 307 update_curbuf(type) | |
| 308 int type; | |
| 309 { | |
| 310 redraw_curbuf_later(type); | |
| 311 update_screen(type); | |
| 312 } | |
|
2237
770485470e59
Add a few #ifdefs to exclude functions that are not used. (Domnique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2210
diff
changeset
|
313 #endif |
| 7 | 314 |
| 315 /* | |
| 316 * update_screen() | |
| 317 * | |
| 318 * Based on the current value of curwin->w_topline, transfer a screenfull | |
| 319 * of stuff from Filemem to ScreenLines[], and update curwin->w_botline. | |
| 320 */ | |
| 321 void | |
| 322 update_screen(type) | |
| 323 int type; | |
| 324 { | |
| 325 win_T *wp; | |
| 326 static int did_intro = FALSE; | |
| 327 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) || defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) | |
| 328 int did_one; | |
| 329 #endif | |
| 330 | |
| 2008 | 331 /* Don't do anything if the screen structures are (not yet) valid. */ |
| 7 | 332 if (!screen_valid(TRUE)) |
| 333 return; | |
| 334 | |
| 335 if (must_redraw) | |
| 336 { | |
| 337 if (type < must_redraw) /* use maximal type */ | |
| 338 type = must_redraw; | |
| 1331 | 339 |
| 340 /* must_redraw is reset here, so that when we run into some weird | |
| 341 * reason to redraw while busy redrawing (e.g., asynchronous | |
| 342 * scrolling), or update_topline() in win_update() will cause a | |
| 343 * scroll, the screen will be redrawn later or in win_update(). */ | |
| 7 | 344 must_redraw = 0; |
| 345 } | |
| 346 | |
| 347 /* Need to update w_lines[]. */ | |
| 348 if (curwin->w_lines_valid == 0 && type < NOT_VALID) | |
| 349 type = NOT_VALID; | |
| 350 | |
| 2008 | 351 /* Postpone the redrawing when it's not needed and when being called |
| 352 * recursively. */ | |
| 353 if (!redrawing() || updating_screen) | |
| 7 | 354 { |
| 355 redraw_later(type); /* remember type for next time */ | |
| 356 must_redraw = type; | |
| 357 if (type > INVERTED_ALL) | |
| 358 curwin->w_lines_valid = 0; /* don't use w_lines[].wl_size now */ | |
| 359 return; | |
| 360 } | |
| 361 | |
| 362 updating_screen = TRUE; | |
| 363 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 364 ++display_tick; /* let syntax code know we're in a next round of | |
| 365 * display updating */ | |
| 366 #endif | |
| 367 | |
| 368 /* | |
| 369 * if the screen was scrolled up when displaying a message, scroll it down | |
| 370 */ | |
| 371 if (msg_scrolled) | |
| 372 { | |
| 373 clear_cmdline = TRUE; | |
| 374 if (msg_scrolled > Rows - 5) /* clearing is faster */ | |
| 375 type = CLEAR; | |
| 376 else if (type != CLEAR) | |
| 377 { | |
| 378 check_for_delay(FALSE); | |
| 379 if (screen_ins_lines(0, 0, msg_scrolled, (int)Rows, NULL) == FAIL) | |
| 380 type = CLEAR; | |
| 381 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) | |
| 382 { | |
| 383 if (W_WINROW(wp) < msg_scrolled) | |
| 384 { | |
| 385 if (W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height > msg_scrolled | |
| 386 && wp->w_redr_type < REDRAW_TOP | |
| 387 && wp->w_lines_valid > 0 | |
| 388 && wp->w_topline == wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum) | |
| 389 { | |
| 390 wp->w_upd_rows = msg_scrolled - W_WINROW(wp); | |
| 391 wp->w_redr_type = REDRAW_TOP; | |
| 392 } | |
| 393 else | |
| 394 { | |
| 395 wp->w_redr_type = NOT_VALID; | |
| 396 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 397 if (W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height + W_STATUS_HEIGHT(wp) | |
| 398 <= msg_scrolled) | |
| 399 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 400 #endif | |
| 401 } | |
| 402 } | |
| 403 } | |
| 404 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; | |
| 667 | 405 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 673 | 406 redraw_tabline = TRUE; |
| 667 | 407 #endif |
| 7 | 408 } |
| 409 msg_scrolled = 0; | |
| 410 need_wait_return = FALSE; | |
| 411 } | |
| 412 | |
| 413 /* reset cmdline_row now (may have been changed temporarily) */ | |
| 414 compute_cmdrow(); | |
| 415 | |
| 416 /* Check for changed highlighting */ | |
| 417 if (need_highlight_changed) | |
| 418 highlight_changed(); | |
| 419 | |
| 420 if (type == CLEAR) /* first clear screen */ | |
| 421 { | |
| 422 screenclear(); /* will reset clear_cmdline */ | |
| 423 type = NOT_VALID; | |
| 424 } | |
| 425 | |
| 426 if (clear_cmdline) /* going to clear cmdline (done below) */ | |
| 427 check_for_delay(FALSE); | |
| 428 | |
| 13 | 429 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
430 /* Force redraw when width of 'number' or 'relativenumber' column |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
431 * changes. */ |
| 13 | 432 if (curwin->w_redr_type < NOT_VALID |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
433 && curwin->w_nrwidth != ((curwin->w_p_nu || curwin->w_p_rnu) |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
434 ? number_width(curwin) : 0)) |
| 13 | 435 curwin->w_redr_type = NOT_VALID; |
| 436 #endif | |
| 437 | |
| 7 | 438 /* |
| 439 * Only start redrawing if there is really something to do. | |
| 440 */ | |
| 441 if (type == INVERTED) | |
| 442 update_curswant(); | |
| 443 if (curwin->w_redr_type < type | |
| 444 && !((type == VALID | |
| 445 && curwin->w_lines[0].wl_valid | |
| 446 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 447 && curwin->w_topfill == curwin->w_old_topfill | |
| 448 && curwin->w_botfill == curwin->w_old_botfill | |
| 449 #endif | |
| 450 && curwin->w_topline == curwin->w_lines[0].wl_lnum) | |
| 451 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
| 452 || (type == INVERTED | |
| 1043 | 453 && VIsual_active |
| 7 | 454 && curwin->w_old_cursor_lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum |
| 455 && curwin->w_old_visual_mode == VIsual_mode | |
| 456 && (curwin->w_valid & VALID_VIRTCOL) | |
| 457 && curwin->w_old_curswant == curwin->w_curswant) | |
| 458 #endif | |
| 459 )) | |
| 460 curwin->w_redr_type = type; | |
| 461 | |
| 849 | 462 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 463 /* Redraw the tab pages line if needed. */ | |
| 464 if (redraw_tabline || type >= NOT_VALID) | |
| 465 draw_tabline(); | |
| 466 #endif | |
| 467 | |
| 7 | 468 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
| 469 /* | |
| 470 * Correct stored syntax highlighting info for changes in each displayed | |
| 471 * buffer. Each buffer must only be done once. | |
| 472 */ | |
| 473 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) | |
| 474 { | |
| 475 if (wp->w_buffer->b_mod_set) | |
| 476 { | |
| 477 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 478 win_T *wwp; | |
| 479 | |
| 480 /* Check if we already did this buffer. */ | |
| 481 for (wwp = firstwin; wwp != wp; wwp = wwp->w_next) | |
| 482 if (wwp->w_buffer == wp->w_buffer) | |
| 483 break; | |
| 484 # endif | |
| 485 if ( | |
| 486 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 487 wwp == wp && | |
| 488 # endif | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
489 syntax_present(wp)) |
| 7 | 490 syn_stack_apply_changes(wp->w_buffer); |
| 491 } | |
| 492 } | |
| 493 #endif | |
| 494 | |
| 495 /* | |
| 496 * Go from top to bottom through the windows, redrawing the ones that need | |
| 497 * it. | |
| 498 */ | |
| 499 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) || defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) | |
| 500 did_one = FALSE; | |
| 501 #endif | |
| 502 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 503 search_hl.rm.regprog = NULL; | |
| 504 #endif | |
| 505 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) | |
| 506 { | |
| 507 if (wp->w_redr_type != 0) | |
| 508 { | |
| 509 cursor_off(); | |
| 510 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) || defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) | |
| 511 if (!did_one) | |
| 512 { | |
| 513 did_one = TRUE; | |
| 514 # ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 515 start_search_hl(); | |
| 516 # endif | |
| 517 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
| 518 /* When Visual area changed, may have to update selection. */ | |
| 519 if (clip_star.available && clip_isautosel()) | |
| 520 clip_update_selection(); | |
| 521 # endif | |
| 522 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 523 /* Remove the cursor before starting to do anything, because | |
| 524 * scrolling may make it difficult to redraw the text under | |
| 525 * it. */ | |
| 526 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 527 gui_undraw_cursor(); | |
| 528 #endif | |
| 529 } | |
| 530 #endif | |
| 531 win_update(wp); | |
| 532 } | |
| 533 | |
| 534 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 535 /* redraw status line after the window to minimize cursor movement */ | |
| 536 if (wp->w_redr_status) | |
| 537 { | |
| 538 cursor_off(); | |
| 539 win_redr_status(wp); | |
| 540 } | |
| 541 #endif | |
| 542 } | |
| 543 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) | |
| 544 end_search_hl(); | |
| 545 #endif | |
| 546 | |
| 547 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 548 /* Reset b_mod_set flags. Going through all windows is probably faster | |
| 549 * than going through all buffers (there could be many buffers). */ | |
| 550 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next) | |
| 551 wp->w_buffer->b_mod_set = FALSE; | |
| 552 #else | |
| 553 curbuf->b_mod_set = FALSE; | |
| 554 #endif | |
| 555 | |
| 556 updating_screen = FALSE; | |
| 557 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 558 gui_may_resize_shell(); | |
| 559 #endif | |
| 560 | |
| 561 /* Clear or redraw the command line. Done last, because scrolling may | |
| 562 * mess up the command line. */ | |
| 563 if (clear_cmdline || redraw_cmdline) | |
| 564 showmode(); | |
| 565 | |
| 566 /* May put up an introductory message when not editing a file */ | |
| 567 if (!did_intro && bufempty() | |
| 568 && curbuf->b_fname == NULL | |
| 569 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 570 && firstwin->w_next == NULL | |
| 571 #endif | |
| 572 && vim_strchr(p_shm, SHM_INTRO) == NULL) | |
| 573 intro_message(FALSE); | |
| 574 did_intro = TRUE; | |
| 575 | |
| 576 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 577 /* Redraw the cursor and update the scrollbars when all screen updating is | |
| 578 * done. */ | |
| 579 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 580 { | |
| 581 out_flush(); /* required before updating the cursor */ | |
| 582 if (did_one) | |
| 583 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); | |
| 584 gui_update_scrollbars(FALSE); | |
| 585 } | |
| 586 #endif | |
| 587 } | |
| 588 | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
589 #if defined(FEAT_CONCEAL) || defined(PROTO) |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
590 /* |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
591 * Return TRUE if the cursor line in window "wp" may be concealed, according |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
592 * to the 'concealcursor' option. |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
593 */ |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
594 int |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
595 conceal_cursor_line(wp) |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
596 win_T *wp; |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
597 { |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
598 int c; |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
599 |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
600 if (*wp->w_p_cocu == NUL) |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
601 return FALSE; |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
602 if (get_real_state() & VISUAL) |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
603 c = 'v'; |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
604 else if (State & INSERT) |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
605 c = 'i'; |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
606 else if (State & NORMAL) |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
607 c = 'n'; |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
608 else |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
609 return FALSE; |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
610 return vim_strchr(wp->w_p_cocu, c) != NULL; |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
611 } |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
612 |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
613 /* |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
614 * Check if the cursor line needs to be redrawn because of 'concealcursor'. |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
615 */ |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
616 void |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
617 conceal_check_cursur_line_redraw() |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
618 { |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
619 if (curwin->w_p_cole > 0 && conceal_cursor_line(curwin)) |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
620 { |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
621 need_cursor_line_redraw = TRUE; |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
622 /* Need to recompute cursor column, e.g., when starting Visual mode |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
623 * without concealing. */ |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
624 curs_columns(TRUE); |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
625 } |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
626 } |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
627 |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
628 void |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
629 update_single_line(wp, lnum) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
630 win_T *wp; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
631 linenr_T lnum; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
632 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
633 int row; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
634 int j; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
635 |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
636 if (lnum >= wp->w_topline && lnum < wp->w_botline |
|
2269
fb627e94e6c6
Couple of small fixes for conceal feature. (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2255
diff
changeset
|
637 && foldedCount(wp, lnum, &win_foldinfo) == 0) |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
638 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
639 # ifdef FEAT_GUI |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
640 /* Remove the cursor before starting to do anything, because scrolling |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
641 * may make it difficult to redraw the text under it. */ |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
642 if (gui.in_use) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
643 gui_undraw_cursor(); |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
644 # endif |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
645 row = 0; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
646 for (j = 0; j < wp->w_lines_valid; ++j) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
647 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
648 if (lnum == wp->w_lines[j].wl_lnum) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
649 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
650 screen_start(); /* not sure of screen cursor */ |
|
2284
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
651 # ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
652 init_search_hl(wp); |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
653 start_search_hl(); |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
654 prepare_search_hl(wp, lnum); |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
655 # endif |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
656 win_line(wp, lnum, row, row + wp->w_lines[j].wl_size, FALSE); |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
657 # if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
658 end_search_hl(); |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
659 # endif |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
660 break; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
661 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
662 row += wp->w_lines[j].wl_size; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
663 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
664 # ifdef FEAT_GUI |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
665 /* Redraw the cursor */ |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
666 if (gui.in_use) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
667 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
668 out_flush(); /* required before updating the cursor */ |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
669 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
670 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
671 # endif |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
672 } |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
673 need_cursor_line_redraw = FALSE; |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
674 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
675 #endif |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
676 |
| 7 | 677 #if defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(FEAT_GUI) |
| 678 static void update_prepare __ARGS((void)); | |
| 679 static void update_finish __ARGS((void)); | |
| 680 | |
| 681 /* | |
| 682 * Prepare for updating one or more windows. | |
| 2008 | 683 * Caller must check for "updating_screen" already set to avoid recursiveness. |
| 7 | 684 */ |
| 685 static void | |
| 686 update_prepare() | |
| 687 { | |
| 688 cursor_off(); | |
| 689 updating_screen = TRUE; | |
| 690 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 691 /* Remove the cursor before starting to do anything, because scrolling may | |
| 692 * make it difficult to redraw the text under it. */ | |
| 693 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 694 gui_undraw_cursor(); | |
| 695 #endif | |
| 696 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 697 start_search_hl(); | |
| 698 #endif | |
| 699 } | |
| 700 | |
| 701 /* | |
| 702 * Finish updating one or more windows. | |
| 703 */ | |
| 704 static void | |
| 705 update_finish() | |
| 706 { | |
| 707 if (redraw_cmdline) | |
| 708 showmode(); | |
| 709 | |
| 710 # ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 711 end_search_hl(); | |
| 712 # endif | |
| 713 | |
| 714 updating_screen = FALSE; | |
| 715 | |
| 716 # ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 717 gui_may_resize_shell(); | |
| 718 | |
| 719 /* Redraw the cursor and update the scrollbars when all screen updating is | |
| 720 * done. */ | |
| 721 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 722 { | |
| 723 out_flush(); /* required before updating the cursor */ | |
| 724 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); | |
| 725 gui_update_scrollbars(FALSE); | |
| 726 } | |
| 727 # endif | |
| 728 } | |
| 729 #endif | |
| 730 | |
| 731 #if defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 732 void | |
| 733 update_debug_sign(buf, lnum) | |
| 734 buf_T *buf; | |
| 735 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 736 { | |
| 737 win_T *wp; | |
| 738 int doit = FALSE; | |
| 739 | |
| 740 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 741 win_foldinfo.fi_level = 0; | |
| 742 # endif | |
| 743 | |
| 744 /* update/delete a specific mark */ | |
| 745 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) | |
| 746 { | |
| 747 if (buf != NULL && lnum > 0) | |
| 748 { | |
| 749 if (wp->w_buffer == buf && lnum >= wp->w_topline | |
| 750 && lnum < wp->w_botline) | |
| 751 { | |
| 752 if (wp->w_redraw_top == 0 || wp->w_redraw_top > lnum) | |
| 753 wp->w_redraw_top = lnum; | |
| 754 if (wp->w_redraw_bot == 0 || wp->w_redraw_bot < lnum) | |
| 755 wp->w_redraw_bot = lnum; | |
| 756 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID); | |
| 757 } | |
| 758 } | |
| 759 else | |
| 760 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID); | |
| 761 if (wp->w_redr_type != 0) | |
| 762 doit = TRUE; | |
| 763 } | |
| 764 | |
| 2008 | 765 /* Return when there is nothing to do or screen updating already |
| 766 * happening. */ | |
| 767 if (!doit || updating_screen) | |
| 7 | 768 return; |
| 769 | |
| 770 /* update all windows that need updating */ | |
| 771 update_prepare(); | |
| 772 | |
| 773 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 774 for (wp = firstwin; wp; wp = wp->w_next) | |
| 775 { | |
| 776 if (wp->w_redr_type != 0) | |
| 777 win_update(wp); | |
| 778 if (wp->w_redr_status) | |
| 779 win_redr_status(wp); | |
| 780 } | |
| 781 # else | |
| 782 if (curwin->w_redr_type != 0) | |
| 783 win_update(curwin); | |
| 784 # endif | |
| 785 | |
| 786 update_finish(); | |
| 787 } | |
| 788 #endif | |
| 789 | |
| 790 | |
| 791 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 792 /* | |
| 793 * Update a single window, its status line and maybe the command line msg. | |
| 794 * Used for the GUI scrollbar. | |
| 795 */ | |
| 796 void | |
| 797 updateWindow(wp) | |
| 798 win_T *wp; | |
| 799 { | |
| 2008 | 800 /* return if already busy updating */ |
| 801 if (updating_screen) | |
| 802 return; | |
| 803 | |
| 7 | 804 update_prepare(); |
| 805 | |
| 806 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
| 807 /* When Visual area changed, may have to update selection. */ | |
| 808 if (clip_star.available && clip_isautosel()) | |
| 809 clip_update_selection(); | |
| 810 #endif | |
| 670 | 811 |
| 7 | 812 win_update(wp); |
| 670 | 813 |
| 7 | 814 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 670 | 815 /* When the screen was cleared redraw the tab pages line. */ |
| 673 | 816 if (redraw_tabline) |
| 677 | 817 draw_tabline(); |
| 670 | 818 |
| 7 | 819 if (wp->w_redr_status |
| 820 # ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 821 || p_ru | |
| 822 # endif | |
| 823 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT | |
| 40 | 824 || *p_stl != NUL || *wp->w_p_stl != NUL |
| 7 | 825 # endif |
| 826 ) | |
| 827 win_redr_status(wp); | |
| 828 #endif | |
| 829 | |
| 830 update_finish(); | |
| 831 } | |
| 832 #endif | |
| 833 | |
| 834 /* | |
| 835 * Update a single window. | |
| 836 * | |
| 837 * This may cause the windows below it also to be redrawn (when clearing the | |
| 838 * screen or scrolling lines). | |
| 839 * | |
| 840 * How the window is redrawn depends on wp->w_redr_type. Each type also | |
| 841 * implies the one below it. | |
| 842 * NOT_VALID redraw the whole window | |
| 743 | 843 * SOME_VALID redraw the whole window but do scroll when possible |
| 7 | 844 * REDRAW_TOP redraw the top w_upd_rows window lines, otherwise like VALID |
| 845 * INVERTED redraw the changed part of the Visual area | |
| 846 * INVERTED_ALL redraw the whole Visual area | |
| 847 * VALID 1. scroll up/down to adjust for a changed w_topline | |
| 848 * 2. update lines at the top when scrolled down | |
| 849 * 3. redraw changed text: | |
| 301 | 850 * - if wp->w_buffer->b_mod_set set, update lines between |
| 7 | 851 * b_mod_top and b_mod_bot. |
| 852 * - if wp->w_redraw_top non-zero, redraw lines between | |
| 853 * wp->w_redraw_top and wp->w_redr_bot. | |
| 854 * - continue redrawing when syntax status is invalid. | |
| 855 * 4. if scrolled up, update lines at the bottom. | |
| 856 * This results in three areas that may need updating: | |
| 857 * top: from first row to top_end (when scrolled down) | |
| 858 * mid: from mid_start to mid_end (update inversion or changed text) | |
| 859 * bot: from bot_start to last row (when scrolled up) | |
| 860 */ | |
| 861 static void | |
| 862 win_update(wp) | |
| 863 win_T *wp; | |
| 864 { | |
| 865 buf_T *buf = wp->w_buffer; | |
| 866 int type; | |
| 867 int top_end = 0; /* Below last row of the top area that needs | |
| 868 updating. 0 when no top area updating. */ | |
| 869 int mid_start = 999;/* first row of the mid area that needs | |
| 870 updating. 999 when no mid area updating. */ | |
| 871 int mid_end = 0; /* Below last row of the mid area that needs | |
| 872 updating. 0 when no mid area updating. */ | |
| 873 int bot_start = 999;/* first row of the bot area that needs | |
| 874 updating. 999 when no bot area updating */ | |
| 875 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
| 876 int scrolled_down = FALSE; /* TRUE when scrolled down when | |
| 877 w_topline got smaller a bit */ | |
| 878 #endif | |
| 879 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 1326 | 880 matchitem_T *cur; /* points to the match list */ |
| 7 | 881 int top_to_mod = FALSE; /* redraw above mod_top */ |
| 882 #endif | |
| 883 | |
| 884 int row; /* current window row to display */ | |
| 885 linenr_T lnum; /* current buffer lnum to display */ | |
| 886 int idx; /* current index in w_lines[] */ | |
| 887 int srow; /* starting row of the current line */ | |
| 888 | |
| 889 int eof = FALSE; /* if TRUE, we hit the end of the file */ | |
| 890 int didline = FALSE; /* if TRUE, we finished the last line */ | |
| 891 int i; | |
| 892 long j; | |
| 893 static int recursive = FALSE; /* being called recursively */ | |
| 894 int old_botline = wp->w_botline; | |
| 895 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 896 long fold_count; | |
| 897 #endif | |
| 898 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 899 /* remember what happened to the previous line, to know if | |
| 900 * check_visual_highlight() can be used */ | |
| 901 #define DID_NONE 1 /* didn't update a line */ | |
| 902 #define DID_LINE 2 /* updated a normal line */ | |
| 903 #define DID_FOLD 3 /* updated a folded line */ | |
| 904 int did_update = DID_NONE; | |
| 905 linenr_T syntax_last_parsed = 0; /* last parsed text line */ | |
| 906 #endif | |
| 907 linenr_T mod_top = 0; | |
| 908 linenr_T mod_bot = 0; | |
| 909 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) | |
| 910 int save_got_int; | |
| 911 #endif | |
| 912 | |
| 913 type = wp->w_redr_type; | |
| 914 | |
| 915 if (type == NOT_VALID) | |
| 916 { | |
| 917 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 918 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 919 #endif | |
| 920 wp->w_lines_valid = 0; | |
| 921 } | |
| 922 | |
| 923 /* Window is zero-height: nothing to draw. */ | |
| 924 if (wp->w_height == 0) | |
| 925 { | |
| 926 wp->w_redr_type = 0; | |
| 927 return; | |
| 928 } | |
| 929 | |
| 930 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 931 /* Window is zero-width: Only need to draw the separator. */ | |
| 932 if (wp->w_width == 0) | |
| 933 { | |
| 934 /* draw the vertical separator right of this window */ | |
| 935 draw_vsep_win(wp, 0); | |
| 936 wp->w_redr_type = 0; | |
| 937 return; | |
| 938 } | |
| 939 #endif | |
| 940 | |
| 941 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
|
2284
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
942 init_search_hl(wp); |
| 7 | 943 #endif |
| 944 | |
| 13 | 945 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
946 /* Force redraw when width of 'number' or 'relativenumber' column |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
947 * changes. */ |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
948 i = (wp->w_p_nu || wp->w_p_rnu) ? number_width(wp) : 0; |
| 677 | 949 if (wp->w_nrwidth != i) |
| 13 | 950 { |
| 951 type = NOT_VALID; | |
| 677 | 952 wp->w_nrwidth = i; |
| 13 | 953 } |
| 954 else | |
| 955 #endif | |
| 956 | |
| 7 | 957 if (buf->b_mod_set && buf->b_mod_xlines != 0 && wp->w_redraw_top != 0) |
| 958 { | |
| 959 /* | |
| 960 * When there are both inserted/deleted lines and specific lines to be | |
| 961 * redrawn, w_redraw_top and w_redraw_bot may be invalid, just redraw | |
| 962 * everything (only happens when redrawing is off for while). | |
| 963 */ | |
| 964 type = NOT_VALID; | |
| 965 } | |
| 966 else | |
| 967 { | |
| 968 /* | |
| 969 * Set mod_top to the first line that needs displaying because of | |
| 970 * changes. Set mod_bot to the first line after the changes. | |
| 971 */ | |
| 972 mod_top = wp->w_redraw_top; | |
| 973 if (wp->w_redraw_bot != 0) | |
| 974 mod_bot = wp->w_redraw_bot + 1; | |
| 975 else | |
| 976 mod_bot = 0; | |
| 977 wp->w_redraw_top = 0; /* reset for next time */ | |
| 978 wp->w_redraw_bot = 0; | |
| 979 if (buf->b_mod_set) | |
| 980 { | |
| 981 if (mod_top == 0 || mod_top > buf->b_mod_top) | |
| 982 { | |
| 983 mod_top = buf->b_mod_top; | |
| 984 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 985 /* Need to redraw lines above the change that may be included | |
| 986 * in a pattern match. */ | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
987 if (syntax_present(wp)) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
988 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
989 mod_top -= buf->b_s.b_syn_sync_linebreaks; |
| 7 | 990 if (mod_top < 1) |
| 991 mod_top = 1; | |
| 992 } | |
| 993 #endif | |
| 994 } | |
| 995 if (mod_bot == 0 || mod_bot < buf->b_mod_bot) | |
| 996 mod_bot = buf->b_mod_bot; | |
| 997 | |
| 998 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 999 /* When 'hlsearch' is on and using a multi-line search pattern, a | |
| 1000 * change in one line may make the Search highlighting in a | |
| 1001 * previous line invalid. Simple solution: redraw all visible | |
| 1002 * lines above the change. | |
| 1326 | 1003 * Same for a match pattern. |
| 7 | 1004 */ |
| 699 | 1005 if (search_hl.rm.regprog != NULL |
| 1006 && re_multiline(search_hl.rm.regprog)) | |
| 7 | 1007 top_to_mod = TRUE; |
| 699 | 1008 else |
| 1326 | 1009 { |
| 1010 cur = wp->w_match_head; | |
| 1011 while (cur != NULL) | |
| 1012 { | |
| 1013 if (cur->match.regprog != NULL | |
| 1014 && re_multiline(cur->match.regprog)) | |
| 699 | 1015 { |
| 1016 top_to_mod = TRUE; | |
| 1017 break; | |
| 1018 } | |
| 1326 | 1019 cur = cur->next; |
| 1020 } | |
| 1021 } | |
| 7 | 1022 #endif |
| 1023 } | |
| 1024 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 1025 if (mod_top != 0 && hasAnyFolding(wp)) | |
| 1026 { | |
| 1027 linenr_T lnumt, lnumb; | |
| 1028 | |
| 1029 /* | |
| 1030 * A change in a line can cause lines above it to become folded or | |
| 1031 * unfolded. Find the top most buffer line that may be affected. | |
| 1032 * If the line was previously folded and displayed, get the first | |
| 1033 * line of that fold. If the line is folded now, get the first | |
| 1034 * folded line. Use the minimum of these two. | |
| 1035 */ | |
| 1036 | |
| 1037 /* Find last valid w_lines[] entry above mod_top. Set lnumt to | |
| 1038 * the line below it. If there is no valid entry, use w_topline. | |
| 1039 * Find the first valid w_lines[] entry below mod_bot. Set lnumb | |
| 1040 * to this line. If there is no valid entry, use MAXLNUM. */ | |
| 1041 lnumt = wp->w_topline; | |
| 1042 lnumb = MAXLNUM; | |
| 1043 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i) | |
| 1044 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid) | |
| 1045 { | |
| 1046 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum < mod_top) | |
| 1047 lnumt = wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum + 1; | |
| 1048 if (lnumb == MAXLNUM && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum >= mod_bot) | |
| 1049 { | |
| 1050 lnumb = wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum; | |
| 1051 /* When there is a fold column it might need updating | |
| 1052 * in the next line ("J" just above an open fold). */ | |
| 1053 if (wp->w_p_fdc > 0) | |
| 1054 ++lnumb; | |
| 1055 } | |
| 1056 } | |
| 1057 | |
| 1058 (void)hasFoldingWin(wp, mod_top, &mod_top, NULL, TRUE, NULL); | |
| 1059 if (mod_top > lnumt) | |
| 1060 mod_top = lnumt; | |
| 1061 | |
| 1062 /* Now do the same for the bottom line (one above mod_bot). */ | |
| 1063 --mod_bot; | |
| 1064 (void)hasFoldingWin(wp, mod_bot, NULL, &mod_bot, TRUE, NULL); | |
| 1065 ++mod_bot; | |
| 1066 if (mod_bot < lnumb) | |
| 1067 mod_bot = lnumb; | |
| 1068 } | |
| 1069 #endif | |
| 1070 | |
| 1071 /* When a change starts above w_topline and the end is below | |
| 1072 * w_topline, start redrawing at w_topline. | |
| 36 | 1073 * If the end of the change is above w_topline: do like no change was |
| 1074 * made, but redraw the first line to find changes in syntax. */ | |
| 7 | 1075 if (mod_top != 0 && mod_top < wp->w_topline) |
| 1076 { | |
| 1077 if (mod_bot > wp->w_topline) | |
| 1078 mod_top = wp->w_topline; | |
| 1079 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
1080 else if (syntax_present(wp)) |
| 7 | 1081 top_end = 1; |
| 1082 #endif | |
| 1083 } | |
| 36 | 1084 |
| 1085 /* When line numbers are displayed need to redraw all lines below | |
| 1086 * inserted/deleted lines. */ | |
| 1087 if (mod_top != 0 && buf->b_mod_xlines != 0 && wp->w_p_nu) | |
| 1088 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; | |
| 7 | 1089 } |
| 1090 | |
| 1091 /* | |
| 1092 * When only displaying the lines at the top, set top_end. Used when | |
| 1093 * window has scrolled down for msg_scrolled. | |
| 1094 */ | |
| 1095 if (type == REDRAW_TOP) | |
| 1096 { | |
| 1097 j = 0; | |
| 1098 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i) | |
| 1099 { | |
| 1100 j += wp->w_lines[i].wl_size; | |
| 1101 if (j >= wp->w_upd_rows) | |
| 1102 { | |
| 1103 top_end = j; | |
| 1104 break; | |
| 1105 } | |
| 1106 } | |
| 1107 if (top_end == 0) | |
| 1108 /* not found (cannot happen?): redraw everything */ | |
| 1109 type = NOT_VALID; | |
| 1110 else | |
| 1111 /* top area defined, the rest is VALID */ | |
| 1112 type = VALID; | |
| 1113 } | |
| 1114 | |
| 1378 | 1115 /* Trick: we want to avoid clearing the screen twice. screenclear() will |
| 1331 | 1116 * set "screen_cleared" to TRUE. The special value MAYBE (which is still |
| 1117 * non-zero and thus not FALSE) will indicate that screenclear() was not | |
| 1118 * called. */ | |
| 1119 if (screen_cleared) | |
| 1120 screen_cleared = MAYBE; | |
| 1121 | |
| 7 | 1122 /* |
| 1123 * If there are no changes on the screen that require a complete redraw, | |
| 1124 * handle three cases: | |
| 1125 * 1: we are off the top of the screen by a few lines: scroll down | |
| 1126 * 2: wp->w_topline is below wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum: may scroll up | |
| 1127 * 3: wp->w_topline is wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum: find first entry in | |
| 1128 * w_lines[] that needs updating. | |
| 1129 */ | |
| 743 | 1130 if ((type == VALID || type == SOME_VALID |
| 1131 || type == INVERTED || type == INVERTED_ALL) | |
| 7 | 1132 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF |
| 1133 && !wp->w_botfill && !wp->w_old_botfill | |
| 1134 #endif | |
| 1135 ) | |
| 1136 { | |
| 1137 if (mod_top != 0 && wp->w_topline == mod_top) | |
| 1138 { | |
| 1139 /* | |
| 1140 * w_topline is the first changed line, the scrolling will be done | |
| 1141 * further down. | |
| 1142 */ | |
| 1143 } | |
| 1144 else if (wp->w_lines[0].wl_valid | |
| 1145 && (wp->w_topline < wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum | |
| 1146 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 1147 || (wp->w_topline == wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum | |
| 1148 && wp->w_topfill > wp->w_old_topfill) | |
| 1149 #endif | |
| 1150 )) | |
| 1151 { | |
| 1152 /* | |
| 1153 * New topline is above old topline: May scroll down. | |
| 1154 */ | |
| 1155 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 1156 if (hasAnyFolding(wp)) | |
| 1157 { | |
| 1158 linenr_T ln; | |
| 1159 | |
| 1160 /* count the number of lines we are off, counting a sequence | |
| 1161 * of folded lines as one */ | |
| 1162 j = 0; | |
| 1163 for (ln = wp->w_topline; ln < wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum; ++ln) | |
| 1164 { | |
| 1165 ++j; | |
| 1166 if (j >= wp->w_height - 2) | |
| 1167 break; | |
| 1168 (void)hasFoldingWin(wp, ln, NULL, &ln, TRUE, NULL); | |
| 1169 } | |
| 1170 } | |
| 1171 else | |
| 1172 #endif | |
| 1173 j = wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum - wp->w_topline; | |
| 1174 if (j < wp->w_height - 2) /* not too far off */ | |
| 1175 { | |
| 1176 i = plines_m_win(wp, wp->w_topline, wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum - 1); | |
| 1177 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 1178 /* insert extra lines for previously invisible filler lines */ | |
| 1179 if (wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum != wp->w_topline) | |
| 1180 i += diff_check_fill(wp, wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum) | |
| 1181 - wp->w_old_topfill; | |
| 1182 #endif | |
| 1183 if (i < wp->w_height - 2) /* less than a screen off */ | |
| 1184 { | |
| 1185 /* | |
| 1186 * Try to insert the correct number of lines. | |
| 1187 * If not the last window, delete the lines at the bottom. | |
| 1188 * win_ins_lines may fail when the terminal can't do it. | |
| 1189 */ | |
| 1190 if (i > 0) | |
| 1191 check_for_delay(FALSE); | |
| 1192 if (win_ins_lines(wp, 0, i, FALSE, wp == firstwin) == OK) | |
| 1193 { | |
| 1194 if (wp->w_lines_valid != 0) | |
| 1195 { | |
| 1196 /* Need to update rows that are new, stop at the | |
| 1197 * first one that scrolled down. */ | |
| 1198 top_end = i; | |
| 1199 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
| 1200 scrolled_down = TRUE; | |
| 1201 #endif | |
| 1202 | |
| 1203 /* Move the entries that were scrolled, disable | |
| 1204 * the entries for the lines to be redrawn. */ | |
| 1205 if ((wp->w_lines_valid += j) > wp->w_height) | |
| 1206 wp->w_lines_valid = wp->w_height; | |
| 1207 for (idx = wp->w_lines_valid; idx - j >= 0; idx--) | |
| 1208 wp->w_lines[idx] = wp->w_lines[idx - j]; | |
| 1209 while (idx >= 0) | |
| 1210 wp->w_lines[idx--].wl_valid = FALSE; | |
| 1211 } | |
| 1212 } | |
| 1213 else | |
| 1214 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */ | |
| 1215 } | |
| 1216 else | |
| 1217 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */ | |
| 1218 } | |
| 1219 else | |
| 1220 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */ | |
| 1221 } | |
| 1222 else | |
| 1223 { | |
| 1224 /* | |
| 1225 * New topline is at or below old topline: May scroll up. | |
| 1226 * When topline didn't change, find first entry in w_lines[] that | |
| 1227 * needs updating. | |
| 1228 */ | |
| 1229 | |
| 1230 /* try to find wp->w_topline in wp->w_lines[].wl_lnum */ | |
| 1231 j = -1; | |
| 1232 row = 0; | |
| 1233 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; i++) | |
| 1234 { | |
| 1235 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid | |
| 1236 && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum == wp->w_topline) | |
| 1237 { | |
| 1238 j = i; | |
| 1239 break; | |
| 1240 } | |
| 1241 row += wp->w_lines[i].wl_size; | |
| 1242 } | |
| 1243 if (j == -1) | |
| 1244 { | |
| 1245 /* if wp->w_topline is not in wp->w_lines[].wl_lnum redraw all | |
| 1246 * lines */ | |
| 1247 mid_start = 0; | |
| 1248 } | |
| 1249 else | |
| 1250 { | |
| 1251 /* | |
| 1252 * Try to delete the correct number of lines. | |
| 1253 * wp->w_topline is at wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum. | |
| 1254 */ | |
| 1255 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 1256 /* If the topline didn't change, delete old filler lines, | |
| 1257 * otherwise delete filler lines of the new topline... */ | |
| 1258 if (wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum == wp->w_topline) | |
| 1259 row += wp->w_old_topfill; | |
| 1260 else | |
| 1261 row += diff_check_fill(wp, wp->w_topline); | |
| 1262 /* ... but don't delete new filler lines. */ | |
| 1263 row -= wp->w_topfill; | |
| 1264 #endif | |
| 1265 if (row > 0) | |
| 1266 { | |
| 1267 check_for_delay(FALSE); | |
| 1268 if (win_del_lines(wp, 0, row, FALSE, wp == firstwin) == OK) | |
| 1269 bot_start = wp->w_height - row; | |
| 1270 else | |
| 1271 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */ | |
| 1272 } | |
| 1273 if ((row == 0 || bot_start < 999) && wp->w_lines_valid != 0) | |
| 1274 { | |
| 1275 /* | |
| 1276 * Skip the lines (below the deleted lines) that are still | |
| 1277 * valid and don't need redrawing. Copy their info | |
| 1278 * upwards, to compensate for the deleted lines. Set | |
| 1279 * bot_start to the first row that needs redrawing. | |
| 1280 */ | |
| 1281 bot_start = 0; | |
| 1282 idx = 0; | |
| 1283 for (;;) | |
| 1284 { | |
| 1285 wp->w_lines[idx] = wp->w_lines[j]; | |
| 1286 /* stop at line that didn't fit, unless it is still | |
| 1287 * valid (no lines deleted) */ | |
| 1288 if (row > 0 && bot_start + row | |
| 1289 + (int)wp->w_lines[j].wl_size > wp->w_height) | |
| 1290 { | |
| 1291 wp->w_lines_valid = idx + 1; | |
| 1292 break; | |
| 1293 } | |
| 1294 bot_start += wp->w_lines[idx++].wl_size; | |
| 1295 | |
| 1296 /* stop at the last valid entry in w_lines[].wl_size */ | |
| 1297 if (++j >= wp->w_lines_valid) | |
| 1298 { | |
| 1299 wp->w_lines_valid = idx; | |
| 1300 break; | |
| 1301 } | |
| 1302 } | |
| 1303 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 1304 /* Correct the first entry for filler lines at the top | |
| 1305 * when it won't get updated below. */ | |
| 1306 if (wp->w_p_diff && bot_start > 0) | |
| 1307 wp->w_lines[0].wl_size = | |
| 1308 plines_win_nofill(wp, wp->w_topline, TRUE) | |
| 1309 + wp->w_topfill; | |
| 1310 #endif | |
| 1311 } | |
| 1312 } | |
| 1313 } | |
| 1314 | |
| 1315 /* When starting redraw in the first line, redraw all lines. When | |
| 1316 * there is only one window it's probably faster to clear the screen | |
| 1317 * first. */ | |
| 1318 if (mid_start == 0) | |
| 1319 { | |
| 1320 mid_end = wp->w_height; | |
| 1321 if (lastwin == firstwin) | |
| 981 | 1322 { |
| 1331 | 1323 /* Clear the screen when it was not done by win_del_lines() or |
| 1324 * win_ins_lines() above, "screen_cleared" is FALSE or MAYBE | |
| 1325 * then. */ | |
| 1326 if (screen_cleared != TRUE) | |
| 1327 screenclear(); | |
| 981 | 1328 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 1329 /* The screen was cleared, redraw the tab pages line. */ | |
| 1330 if (redraw_tabline) | |
| 1331 draw_tabline(); | |
| 1332 #endif | |
| 1333 } | |
| 7 | 1334 } |
| 1331 | 1335 |
| 1336 /* When win_del_lines() or win_ins_lines() caused the screen to be | |
| 1337 * cleared (only happens for the first window) or when screenclear() | |
| 1338 * was called directly above, "must_redraw" will have been set to | |
| 1339 * NOT_VALID, need to reset it here to avoid redrawing twice. */ | |
| 1340 if (screen_cleared == TRUE) | |
| 1341 must_redraw = 0; | |
| 7 | 1342 } |
| 1343 else | |
| 1344 { | |
| 1345 /* Not VALID or INVERTED: redraw all lines. */ | |
| 1346 mid_start = 0; | |
| 1347 mid_end = wp->w_height; | |
| 1348 } | |
| 1349 | |
| 743 | 1350 if (type == SOME_VALID) |
| 1351 { | |
| 1352 /* SOME_VALID: redraw all lines. */ | |
| 1353 mid_start = 0; | |
| 1354 mid_end = wp->w_height; | |
| 1355 type = NOT_VALID; | |
| 1356 } | |
| 1357 | |
| 7 | 1358 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL |
| 1359 /* check if we are updating or removing the inverted part */ | |
| 1360 if ((VIsual_active && buf == curwin->w_buffer) | |
| 1361 || (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum != 0 && type != NOT_VALID)) | |
| 1362 { | |
| 1363 linenr_T from, to; | |
| 1364 | |
| 1365 if (VIsual_active) | |
| 1366 { | |
| 1367 if (VIsual_active | |
| 1368 && (VIsual_mode != wp->w_old_visual_mode | |
| 1369 || type == INVERTED_ALL)) | |
| 1370 { | |
| 1371 /* | |
| 1372 * If the type of Visual selection changed, redraw the whole | |
| 1373 * selection. Also when the ownership of the X selection is | |
| 1374 * gained or lost. | |
| 1375 */ | |
| 1376 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < VIsual.lnum) | |
| 1377 { | |
| 1378 from = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 1379 to = VIsual.lnum; | |
| 1380 } | |
| 1381 else | |
| 1382 { | |
| 1383 from = VIsual.lnum; | |
| 1384 to = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 1385 } | |
| 1386 /* redraw more when the cursor moved as well */ | |
| 1387 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum < from) | |
| 1388 from = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; | |
| 1389 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum > to) | |
| 1390 to = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; | |
| 1391 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum < from) | |
| 1392 from = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; | |
| 1393 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum > to) | |
| 1394 to = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; | |
| 1395 } | |
| 1396 else | |
| 1397 { | |
| 1398 /* | |
| 1399 * Find the line numbers that need to be updated: The lines | |
| 1400 * between the old cursor position and the current cursor | |
| 1401 * position. Also check if the Visual position changed. | |
| 1402 */ | |
| 1403 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < wp->w_old_cursor_lnum) | |
| 1404 { | |
| 1405 from = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 1406 to = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; | |
| 1407 } | |
| 1408 else | |
| 1409 { | |
| 1410 from = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; | |
| 1411 to = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 1412 if (from == 0) /* Visual mode just started */ | |
| 1413 from = to; | |
| 1414 } | |
| 1415 | |
| 422 | 1416 if (VIsual.lnum != wp->w_old_visual_lnum |
| 1417 || VIsual.col != wp->w_old_visual_col) | |
| 7 | 1418 { |
| 1419 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum < from | |
| 1420 && wp->w_old_visual_lnum != 0) | |
| 1421 from = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; | |
| 1422 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum > to) | |
| 1423 to = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; | |
| 1424 if (VIsual.lnum < from) | |
| 1425 from = VIsual.lnum; | |
| 1426 if (VIsual.lnum > to) | |
| 1427 to = VIsual.lnum; | |
| 1428 } | |
| 1429 } | |
| 1430 | |
| 1431 /* | |
| 1432 * If in block mode and changed column or curwin->w_curswant: | |
| 1433 * update all lines. | |
| 1434 * First compute the actual start and end column. | |
| 1435 */ | |
| 1436 if (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) | |
| 1437 { | |
| 1438 colnr_T fromc, toc; | |
| 1439 | |
| 1440 getvcols(wp, &VIsual, &curwin->w_cursor, &fromc, &toc); | |
| 1441 ++toc; | |
| 1442 if (curwin->w_curswant == MAXCOL) | |
| 1443 toc = MAXCOL; | |
| 1444 | |
| 1445 if (fromc != wp->w_old_cursor_fcol | |
| 1446 || toc != wp->w_old_cursor_lcol) | |
| 1447 { | |
| 1448 if (from > VIsual.lnum) | |
| 1449 from = VIsual.lnum; | |
| 1450 if (to < VIsual.lnum) | |
| 1451 to = VIsual.lnum; | |
| 1452 } | |
| 1453 wp->w_old_cursor_fcol = fromc; | |
| 1454 wp->w_old_cursor_lcol = toc; | |
| 1455 } | |
| 1456 } | |
| 1457 else | |
| 1458 { | |
| 1459 /* Use the line numbers of the old Visual area. */ | |
| 1460 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum < wp->w_old_visual_lnum) | |
| 1461 { | |
| 1462 from = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; | |
| 1463 to = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; | |
| 1464 } | |
| 1465 else | |
| 1466 { | |
| 1467 from = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; | |
| 1468 to = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; | |
| 1469 } | |
| 1470 } | |
| 1471 | |
| 1472 /* | |
| 1473 * There is no need to update lines above the top of the window. | |
| 1474 */ | |
| 1475 if (from < wp->w_topline) | |
| 1476 from = wp->w_topline; | |
| 1477 | |
| 1478 /* | |
| 1479 * If we know the value of w_botline, use it to restrict the update to | |
| 1480 * the lines that are visible in the window. | |
| 1481 */ | |
| 1482 if (wp->w_valid & VALID_BOTLINE) | |
| 1483 { | |
| 1484 if (from >= wp->w_botline) | |
| 1485 from = wp->w_botline - 1; | |
| 1486 if (to >= wp->w_botline) | |
| 1487 to = wp->w_botline - 1; | |
| 1488 } | |
| 1489 | |
| 1490 /* | |
| 1491 * Find the minimal part to be updated. | |
| 1492 * Watch out for scrolling that made entries in w_lines[] invalid. | |
| 1493 * E.g., CTRL-U makes the first half of w_lines[] invalid and sets | |
| 1494 * top_end; need to redraw from top_end to the "to" line. | |
| 1495 * A middle mouse click with a Visual selection may change the text | |
| 1496 * above the Visual area and reset wl_valid, do count these for | |
| 1497 * mid_end (in srow). | |
| 1498 */ | |
| 1499 if (mid_start > 0) | |
| 1500 { | |
| 1501 lnum = wp->w_topline; | |
| 1502 idx = 0; | |
| 1503 srow = 0; | |
| 1504 if (scrolled_down) | |
| 1505 mid_start = top_end; | |
| 1506 else | |
| 1507 mid_start = 0; | |
| 1508 while (lnum < from && idx < wp->w_lines_valid) /* find start */ | |
| 1509 { | |
| 1510 if (wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid) | |
| 1511 mid_start += wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size; | |
| 1512 else if (!scrolled_down) | |
| 1513 srow += wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size; | |
| 1514 ++idx; | |
| 1515 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 1516 if (idx < wp->w_lines_valid && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid) | |
| 1517 lnum = wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum; | |
| 1518 else | |
| 1519 # endif | |
| 1520 ++lnum; | |
| 1521 } | |
| 1522 srow += mid_start; | |
| 1523 mid_end = wp->w_height; | |
| 1524 for ( ; idx < wp->w_lines_valid; ++idx) /* find end */ | |
| 1525 { | |
| 1526 if (wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid | |
| 1527 && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum >= to + 1) | |
| 1528 { | |
| 1529 /* Only update until first row of this line */ | |
| 1530 mid_end = srow; | |
| 1531 break; | |
| 1532 } | |
| 1533 srow += wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size; | |
| 1534 } | |
| 1535 } | |
| 1536 } | |
| 1537 | |
| 1538 if (VIsual_active && buf == curwin->w_buffer) | |
| 1539 { | |
| 1540 wp->w_old_visual_mode = VIsual_mode; | |
| 1541 wp->w_old_cursor_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 1542 wp->w_old_visual_lnum = VIsual.lnum; | |
| 422 | 1543 wp->w_old_visual_col = VIsual.col; |
| 7 | 1544 wp->w_old_curswant = curwin->w_curswant; |
| 1545 } | |
| 1546 else | |
| 1547 { | |
| 1548 wp->w_old_visual_mode = 0; | |
| 1549 wp->w_old_cursor_lnum = 0; | |
| 1550 wp->w_old_visual_lnum = 0; | |
| 422 | 1551 wp->w_old_visual_col = 0; |
| 7 | 1552 } |
| 1553 #endif /* FEAT_VISUAL */ | |
| 1554 | |
| 1555 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) | |
| 1556 /* reset got_int, otherwise regexp won't work */ | |
| 1557 save_got_int = got_int; | |
| 1558 got_int = 0; | |
| 1559 #endif | |
| 1560 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 1561 win_foldinfo.fi_level = 0; | |
| 1562 #endif | |
| 1563 | |
| 1564 /* | |
| 1565 * Update all the window rows. | |
| 1566 */ | |
| 1567 idx = 0; /* first entry in w_lines[].wl_size */ | |
| 1568 row = 0; | |
| 1569 srow = 0; | |
| 1570 lnum = wp->w_topline; /* first line shown in window */ | |
| 1571 for (;;) | |
| 1572 { | |
| 1573 /* stop updating when reached the end of the window (check for _past_ | |
| 1574 * the end of the window is at the end of the loop) */ | |
| 1575 if (row == wp->w_height) | |
| 1576 { | |
| 1577 didline = TRUE; | |
| 1578 break; | |
| 1579 } | |
| 1580 | |
| 1581 /* stop updating when hit the end of the file */ | |
| 1582 if (lnum > buf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 1583 { | |
| 1584 eof = TRUE; | |
| 1585 break; | |
| 1586 } | |
| 1587 | |
| 1588 /* Remember the starting row of the line that is going to be dealt | |
| 1589 * with. It is used further down when the line doesn't fit. */ | |
| 1590 srow = row; | |
| 1591 | |
| 1592 /* | |
| 1593 * Update a line when it is in an area that needs updating, when it | |
| 1594 * has changes or w_lines[idx] is invalid. | |
| 1595 * bot_start may be halfway a wrapped line after using | |
| 1596 * win_del_lines(), check if the current line includes it. | |
| 1597 * When syntax folding is being used, the saved syntax states will | |
| 1598 * already have been updated, we can't see where the syntax state is | |
| 1599 * the same again, just update until the end of the window. | |
| 1600 */ | |
| 1601 if (row < top_end | |
| 1602 || (row >= mid_start && row < mid_end) | |
| 1603 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 1604 || top_to_mod | |
| 1605 #endif | |
| 1606 || idx >= wp->w_lines_valid | |
| 1607 || (row + wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size > bot_start) | |
| 1608 || (mod_top != 0 | |
| 1609 && (lnum == mod_top | |
| 1610 || (lnum >= mod_top | |
| 1611 && (lnum < mod_bot | |
| 1612 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 1613 || did_update == DID_FOLD | |
| 1614 || (did_update == DID_LINE | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
1615 && syntax_present(wp) |
| 7 | 1616 && ( |
| 1617 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 1618 (foldmethodIsSyntax(wp) | |
| 1619 && hasAnyFolding(wp)) || | |
| 1620 # endif | |
| 1621 syntax_check_changed(lnum))) | |
| 1622 #endif | |
| 1623 ))))) | |
| 1624 { | |
| 1625 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 1626 if (lnum == mod_top) | |
| 1627 top_to_mod = FALSE; | |
| 1628 #endif | |
| 1629 | |
| 1630 /* | |
| 1631 * When at start of changed lines: May scroll following lines | |
| 1632 * up or down to minimize redrawing. | |
| 1633 * Don't do this when the change continues until the end. | |
| 1634 * Don't scroll when dollar_vcol is non-zero, keep the "$". | |
| 1635 */ | |
| 1636 if (lnum == mod_top | |
| 1637 && mod_bot != MAXLNUM | |
| 1638 && !(dollar_vcol != 0 && mod_bot == mod_top + 1)) | |
| 1639 { | |
| 1640 int old_rows = 0; | |
| 1641 int new_rows = 0; | |
| 1642 int xtra_rows; | |
| 1643 linenr_T l; | |
| 1644 | |
| 1645 /* Count the old number of window rows, using w_lines[], which | |
| 1646 * should still contain the sizes for the lines as they are | |
| 1647 * currently displayed. */ | |
| 1648 for (i = idx; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i) | |
| 1649 { | |
| 1650 /* Only valid lines have a meaningful wl_lnum. Invalid | |
| 1651 * lines are part of the changed area. */ | |
| 1652 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid | |
| 1653 && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum == mod_bot) | |
| 1654 break; | |
| 1655 old_rows += wp->w_lines[i].wl_size; | |
| 1656 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 1657 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid | |
| 1658 && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum + 1 == mod_bot) | |
| 1659 { | |
| 1660 /* Must have found the last valid entry above mod_bot. | |
| 1661 * Add following invalid entries. */ | |
| 1662 ++i; | |
| 1663 while (i < wp->w_lines_valid | |
| 1664 && !wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid) | |
| 1665 old_rows += wp->w_lines[i++].wl_size; | |
| 1666 break; | |
| 1667 } | |
| 1668 #endif | |
| 1669 } | |
| 1670 | |
| 1671 if (i >= wp->w_lines_valid) | |
| 1672 { | |
| 1673 /* We can't find a valid line below the changed lines, | |
| 1674 * need to redraw until the end of the window. | |
| 1675 * Inserting/deleting lines has no use. */ | |
| 1676 bot_start = 0; | |
| 1677 } | |
| 1678 else | |
| 1679 { | |
| 1680 /* Able to count old number of rows: Count new window | |
| 1681 * rows, and may insert/delete lines */ | |
| 1682 j = idx; | |
| 1683 for (l = lnum; l < mod_bot; ++l) | |
| 1684 { | |
| 1685 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 1686 if (hasFoldingWin(wp, l, NULL, &l, TRUE, NULL)) | |
| 1687 ++new_rows; | |
| 1688 else | |
| 1689 #endif | |
| 1690 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 1691 if (l == wp->w_topline) | |
| 1692 new_rows += plines_win_nofill(wp, l, TRUE) | |
| 1693 + wp->w_topfill; | |
| 1694 else | |
| 1695 #endif | |
| 1696 new_rows += plines_win(wp, l, TRUE); | |
| 1697 ++j; | |
| 1698 if (new_rows > wp->w_height - row - 2) | |
| 1699 { | |
| 1700 /* it's getting too much, must redraw the rest */ | |
| 1701 new_rows = 9999; | |
| 1702 break; | |
| 1703 } | |
| 1704 } | |
| 1705 xtra_rows = new_rows - old_rows; | |
| 1706 if (xtra_rows < 0) | |
| 1707 { | |
| 1708 /* May scroll text up. If there is not enough | |
| 1709 * remaining text or scrolling fails, must redraw the | |
| 1710 * rest. If scrolling works, must redraw the text | |
| 1711 * below the scrolled text. */ | |
| 1712 if (row - xtra_rows >= wp->w_height - 2) | |
| 1713 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; | |
| 1714 else | |
| 1715 { | |
| 1716 check_for_delay(FALSE); | |
| 1717 if (win_del_lines(wp, row, | |
| 1718 -xtra_rows, FALSE, FALSE) == FAIL) | |
| 1719 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; | |
| 1720 else | |
| 1721 bot_start = wp->w_height + xtra_rows; | |
| 1722 } | |
| 1723 } | |
| 1724 else if (xtra_rows > 0) | |
| 1725 { | |
| 1726 /* May scroll text down. If there is not enough | |
| 1727 * remaining text of scrolling fails, must redraw the | |
| 1728 * rest. */ | |
| 1729 if (row + xtra_rows >= wp->w_height - 2) | |
| 1730 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; | |
| 1731 else | |
| 1732 { | |
| 1733 check_for_delay(FALSE); | |
| 1734 if (win_ins_lines(wp, row + old_rows, | |
| 1735 xtra_rows, FALSE, FALSE) == FAIL) | |
| 1736 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; | |
| 1737 else if (top_end > row + old_rows) | |
| 1738 /* Scrolled the part at the top that requires | |
| 1739 * updating down. */ | |
| 1740 top_end += xtra_rows; | |
| 1741 } | |
| 1742 } | |
| 1743 | |
| 1744 /* When not updating the rest, may need to move w_lines[] | |
| 1745 * entries. */ | |
| 1746 if (mod_bot != MAXLNUM && i != j) | |
| 1747 { | |
| 1748 if (j < i) | |
| 1749 { | |
| 1750 int x = row + new_rows; | |
| 1751 | |
| 1752 /* move entries in w_lines[] upwards */ | |
| 1753 for (;;) | |
| 1754 { | |
| 1755 /* stop at last valid entry in w_lines[] */ | |
| 1756 if (i >= wp->w_lines_valid) | |
| 1757 { | |
| 1758 wp->w_lines_valid = j; | |
| 1759 break; | |
| 1760 } | |
| 1761 wp->w_lines[j] = wp->w_lines[i]; | |
| 1762 /* stop at a line that won't fit */ | |
| 1763 if (x + (int)wp->w_lines[j].wl_size | |
| 1764 > wp->w_height) | |
| 1765 { | |
| 1766 wp->w_lines_valid = j + 1; | |
| 1767 break; | |
| 1768 } | |
| 1769 x += wp->w_lines[j++].wl_size; | |
| 1770 ++i; | |
| 1771 } | |
| 1772 if (bot_start > x) | |
| 1773 bot_start = x; | |
| 1774 } | |
| 1775 else /* j > i */ | |
| 1776 { | |
| 1777 /* move entries in w_lines[] downwards */ | |
| 1778 j -= i; | |
| 1779 wp->w_lines_valid += j; | |
| 1780 if (wp->w_lines_valid > wp->w_height) | |
| 1781 wp->w_lines_valid = wp->w_height; | |
| 1782 for (i = wp->w_lines_valid; i - j >= idx; --i) | |
| 1783 wp->w_lines[i] = wp->w_lines[i - j]; | |
| 1784 | |
| 1785 /* The w_lines[] entries for inserted lines are | |
| 1786 * now invalid, but wl_size may be used above. | |
| 1787 * Reset to zero. */ | |
| 1788 while (i >= idx) | |
| 1789 { | |
| 1790 wp->w_lines[i].wl_size = 0; | |
| 1791 wp->w_lines[i--].wl_valid = FALSE; | |
| 1792 } | |
| 1793 } | |
| 1794 } | |
| 1795 } | |
| 1796 } | |
| 1797 | |
| 1798 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 1799 /* | |
| 1800 * When lines are folded, display one line for all of them. | |
| 1801 * Otherwise, display normally (can be several display lines when | |
| 1802 * 'wrap' is on). | |
| 1803 */ | |
| 1804 fold_count = foldedCount(wp, lnum, &win_foldinfo); | |
| 1805 if (fold_count != 0) | |
| 1806 { | |
| 1807 fold_line(wp, fold_count, &win_foldinfo, lnum, row); | |
| 1808 ++row; | |
| 1809 --fold_count; | |
| 1810 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_folded = TRUE; | |
| 1811 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lastlnum = lnum + fold_count; | |
| 1812 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 1813 did_update = DID_FOLD; | |
| 1814 # endif | |
| 1815 } | |
| 1816 else | |
| 1817 #endif | |
| 1818 if (idx < wp->w_lines_valid | |
| 1819 && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid | |
| 1820 && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum == lnum | |
| 1821 && lnum > wp->w_topline | |
| 1822 && !(dy_flags & DY_LASTLINE) | |
| 1823 && srow + wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size > wp->w_height | |
| 1824 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 1825 && diff_check_fill(wp, lnum) == 0 | |
| 1826 #endif | |
| 1827 ) | |
| 1828 { | |
| 1829 /* This line is not going to fit. Don't draw anything here, | |
| 1830 * will draw "@ " lines below. */ | |
| 1831 row = wp->w_height + 1; | |
| 1832 } | |
| 1833 else | |
| 1834 { | |
| 1835 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 1836 prepare_search_hl(wp, lnum); | |
| 1837 #endif | |
| 1838 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 1839 /* Let the syntax stuff know we skipped a few lines. */ | |
| 1840 if (syntax_last_parsed != 0 && syntax_last_parsed + 1 < lnum | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
1841 && syntax_present(wp)) |
| 7 | 1842 syntax_end_parsing(syntax_last_parsed + 1); |
| 1843 #endif | |
| 1844 | |
| 1845 /* | |
| 1846 * Display one line. | |
| 1847 */ | |
| 625 | 1848 row = win_line(wp, lnum, srow, wp->w_height, mod_top == 0); |
| 7 | 1849 |
| 1850 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 1851 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_folded = FALSE; | |
| 1852 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lastlnum = lnum; | |
| 1853 #endif | |
| 1854 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 1855 did_update = DID_LINE; | |
| 1856 syntax_last_parsed = lnum; | |
| 1857 #endif | |
| 1858 } | |
| 1859 | |
| 1860 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum = lnum; | |
| 1861 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid = TRUE; | |
| 1862 if (row > wp->w_height) /* past end of screen */ | |
| 1863 { | |
| 1864 /* we may need the size of that too long line later on */ | |
| 1865 if (dollar_vcol == 0) | |
| 1866 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size = plines_win(wp, lnum, TRUE); | |
| 1867 ++idx; | |
| 1868 break; | |
| 1869 } | |
| 1870 if (dollar_vcol == 0) | |
| 1871 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size = row - srow; | |
| 1872 ++idx; | |
| 1873 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 1874 lnum += fold_count + 1; | |
| 1875 #else | |
| 1876 ++lnum; | |
| 1877 #endif | |
| 1878 } | |
| 1879 else | |
| 1880 { | |
| 1881 /* This line does not need updating, advance to the next one */ | |
| 1882 row += wp->w_lines[idx++].wl_size; | |
| 1883 if (row > wp->w_height) /* past end of screen */ | |
| 1884 break; | |
| 1885 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 1886 lnum = wp->w_lines[idx - 1].wl_lastlnum + 1; | |
| 1887 #else | |
| 1888 ++lnum; | |
| 1889 #endif | |
| 1890 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 1891 did_update = DID_NONE; | |
| 1892 #endif | |
| 1893 } | |
| 1894 | |
| 1895 if (lnum > buf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 1896 { | |
| 1897 eof = TRUE; | |
| 1898 break; | |
| 1899 } | |
| 1900 } | |
| 1901 /* | |
| 1902 * End of loop over all window lines. | |
| 1903 */ | |
| 1904 | |
| 1905 | |
| 1906 if (idx > wp->w_lines_valid) | |
| 1907 wp->w_lines_valid = idx; | |
| 1908 | |
| 1909 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 1910 /* | |
| 1911 * Let the syntax stuff know we stop parsing here. | |
| 1912 */ | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
1913 if (syntax_last_parsed != 0 && syntax_present(wp)) |
| 7 | 1914 syntax_end_parsing(syntax_last_parsed + 1); |
| 1915 #endif | |
| 1916 | |
| 1917 /* | |
| 1918 * If we didn't hit the end of the file, and we didn't finish the last | |
| 1919 * line we were working on, then the line didn't fit. | |
| 1920 */ | |
| 1921 wp->w_empty_rows = 0; | |
| 1922 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 1923 wp->w_filler_rows = 0; | |
| 1924 #endif | |
| 1925 if (!eof && !didline) | |
| 1926 { | |
| 1927 if (lnum == wp->w_topline) | |
| 1928 { | |
| 1929 /* | |
| 1930 * Single line that does not fit! | |
| 1931 * Don't overwrite it, it can be edited. | |
| 1932 */ | |
| 1933 wp->w_botline = lnum + 1; | |
| 1934 } | |
| 1935 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 1936 else if (diff_check_fill(wp, lnum) >= wp->w_height - srow) | |
| 1937 { | |
| 1938 /* Window ends in filler lines. */ | |
| 1939 wp->w_botline = lnum; | |
| 1940 wp->w_filler_rows = wp->w_height - srow; | |
| 1941 } | |
| 1942 #endif | |
| 1943 else if (dy_flags & DY_LASTLINE) /* 'display' has "lastline" */ | |
| 1944 { | |
| 1945 /* | |
| 1946 * Last line isn't finished: Display "@@@" at the end. | |
| 1947 */ | |
| 1948 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height - 1, | |
| 1949 W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height, | |
| 1950 (int)W_ENDCOL(wp) - 3, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), | |
| 1951 '@', '@', hl_attr(HLF_AT)); | |
| 1952 set_empty_rows(wp, srow); | |
| 1953 wp->w_botline = lnum; | |
| 1954 } | |
| 1955 else | |
| 1956 { | |
| 1957 win_draw_end(wp, '@', ' ', srow, wp->w_height, HLF_AT); | |
| 1958 wp->w_botline = lnum; | |
| 1959 } | |
| 1960 } | |
| 1961 else | |
| 1962 { | |
| 1963 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 1964 draw_vsep_win(wp, row); | |
| 1965 #endif | |
| 1966 if (eof) /* we hit the end of the file */ | |
| 1967 { | |
| 1968 wp->w_botline = buf->b_ml.ml_line_count + 1; | |
| 1969 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 1970 j = diff_check_fill(wp, wp->w_botline); | |
| 1971 if (j > 0 && !wp->w_botfill) | |
| 1972 { | |
| 1973 /* | |
| 1974 * Display filler lines at the end of the file | |
| 1975 */ | |
| 1976 if (char2cells(fill_diff) > 1) | |
| 1977 i = '-'; | |
| 1978 else | |
| 1979 i = fill_diff; | |
| 1980 if (row + j > wp->w_height) | |
| 1981 j = wp->w_height - row; | |
| 1982 win_draw_end(wp, i, i, row, row + (int)j, HLF_DED); | |
| 1983 row += j; | |
| 1984 } | |
| 1985 #endif | |
| 1986 } | |
| 1987 else if (dollar_vcol == 0) | |
| 1988 wp->w_botline = lnum; | |
| 1989 | |
| 1990 /* make sure the rest of the screen is blank */ | |
| 1991 /* put '~'s on rows that aren't part of the file. */ | |
| 1992 win_draw_end(wp, '~', ' ', row, wp->w_height, HLF_AT); | |
| 1993 } | |
| 1994 | |
| 1995 /* Reset the type of redrawing required, the window has been updated. */ | |
| 1996 wp->w_redr_type = 0; | |
| 1997 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 1998 wp->w_old_topfill = wp->w_topfill; | |
| 1999 wp->w_old_botfill = wp->w_botfill; | |
| 2000 #endif | |
| 2001 | |
| 2002 if (dollar_vcol == 0) | |
| 2003 { | |
| 2004 /* | |
| 2005 * There is a trick with w_botline. If we invalidate it on each | |
| 2006 * change that might modify it, this will cause a lot of expensive | |
| 2007 * calls to plines() in update_topline() each time. Therefore the | |
| 2008 * value of w_botline is often approximated, and this value is used to | |
| 2009 * compute the value of w_topline. If the value of w_botline was | |
| 2010 * wrong, check that the value of w_topline is correct (cursor is on | |
| 2011 * the visible part of the text). If it's not, we need to redraw | |
| 2012 * again. Mostly this just means scrolling up a few lines, so it | |
| 2013 * doesn't look too bad. Only do this for the current window (where | |
| 2014 * changes are relevant). | |
| 2015 */ | |
| 2016 wp->w_valid |= VALID_BOTLINE; | |
| 2017 if (wp == curwin && wp->w_botline != old_botline && !recursive) | |
| 2018 { | |
| 2019 recursive = TRUE; | |
| 2020 curwin->w_valid &= ~VALID_TOPLINE; | |
| 2021 update_topline(); /* may invalidate w_botline again */ | |
| 2022 if (must_redraw != 0) | |
| 2023 { | |
| 2024 /* Don't update for changes in buffer again. */ | |
| 2025 i = curbuf->b_mod_set; | |
| 2026 curbuf->b_mod_set = FALSE; | |
| 2027 win_update(curwin); | |
| 2028 must_redraw = 0; | |
| 2029 curbuf->b_mod_set = i; | |
| 2030 } | |
| 2031 recursive = FALSE; | |
| 2032 } | |
| 2033 } | |
| 2034 | |
| 2035 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) | |
| 2036 /* restore got_int, unless CTRL-C was hit while redrawing */ | |
| 2037 if (!got_int) | |
| 2038 got_int = save_got_int; | |
| 2039 #endif | |
| 2040 } | |
| 2041 | |
| 2042 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS | |
| 2043 static int draw_signcolumn __ARGS((win_T *wp)); | |
| 2044 | |
| 2045 /* | |
| 2046 * Return TRUE when window "wp" has a column to draw signs in. | |
| 2047 */ | |
| 2048 static int | |
| 2049 draw_signcolumn(wp) | |
| 2050 win_T *wp; | |
| 2051 { | |
| 2052 return (wp->w_buffer->b_signlist != NULL | |
| 2053 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG | |
| 2210 | 2054 || netbeans_active() |
| 7 | 2055 # endif |
| 2056 ); | |
| 2057 } | |
| 2058 #endif | |
| 2059 | |
| 2060 /* | |
| 2061 * Clear the rest of the window and mark the unused lines with "c1". use "c2" | |
| 2062 * as the filler character. | |
| 2063 */ | |
| 2064 static void | |
| 2065 win_draw_end(wp, c1, c2, row, endrow, hl) | |
| 2066 win_T *wp; | |
| 2067 int c1; | |
| 2068 int c2; | |
| 2069 int row; | |
| 2070 int endrow; | |
| 534 | 2071 hlf_T hl; |
| 7 | 2072 { |
| 2073 #if defined(FEAT_FOLDING) || defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(FEAT_CMDWIN) | |
| 2074 int n = 0; | |
| 2075 # define FDC_OFF n | |
| 2076 #else | |
| 2077 # define FDC_OFF 0 | |
| 2078 #endif | |
| 2079 | |
| 2080 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 2081 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 2082 { | |
| 2083 /* No check for cmdline window: should never be right-left. */ | |
| 2084 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 2085 n = wp->w_p_fdc; | |
| 2086 | |
| 2087 if (n > 0) | |
| 2088 { | |
| 2089 /* draw the fold column at the right */ | |
| 119 | 2090 if (n > W_WIDTH(wp)) |
| 2091 n = W_WIDTH(wp); | |
| 7 | 2092 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, |
| 2093 W_ENDCOL(wp) - n, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), | |
| 2094 ' ', ' ', hl_attr(HLF_FC)); | |
| 2095 } | |
| 2096 # endif | |
| 2097 # ifdef FEAT_SIGNS | |
| 2098 if (draw_signcolumn(wp)) | |
| 2099 { | |
| 2100 int nn = n + 2; | |
| 2101 | |
| 2102 /* draw the sign column left of the fold column */ | |
| 119 | 2103 if (nn > W_WIDTH(wp)) |
| 2104 nn = W_WIDTH(wp); | |
| 7 | 2105 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, |
| 2106 W_ENDCOL(wp) - nn, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp) - n, | |
| 2107 ' ', ' ', hl_attr(HLF_SC)); | |
| 2108 n = nn; | |
| 2109 } | |
| 2110 # endif | |
| 2111 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, | |
| 2112 W_WINCOL(wp), W_ENDCOL(wp) - 1 - FDC_OFF, | |
| 2113 c2, c2, hl_attr(hl)); | |
| 2114 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, | |
| 2115 W_ENDCOL(wp) - 1 - FDC_OFF, W_ENDCOL(wp) - FDC_OFF, | |
| 2116 c1, c2, hl_attr(hl)); | |
| 2117 } | |
| 2118 else | |
| 2119 #endif | |
| 2120 { | |
| 2121 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN | |
| 2122 if (cmdwin_type != 0 && wp == curwin) | |
| 2123 { | |
| 2124 /* draw the cmdline character in the leftmost column */ | |
| 2125 n = 1; | |
| 2126 if (n > wp->w_width) | |
| 2127 n = wp->w_width; | |
| 2128 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, | |
| 2129 W_WINCOL(wp), (int)W_WINCOL(wp) + n, | |
| 2130 cmdwin_type, ' ', hl_attr(HLF_AT)); | |
| 2131 } | |
| 2132 #endif | |
| 2133 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 2134 if (wp->w_p_fdc > 0) | |
| 2135 { | |
| 2136 int nn = n + wp->w_p_fdc; | |
| 2137 | |
| 2138 /* draw the fold column at the left */ | |
| 2139 if (nn > W_WIDTH(wp)) | |
| 2140 nn = W_WIDTH(wp); | |
| 2141 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, | |
| 2142 W_WINCOL(wp) + n, (int)W_WINCOL(wp) + nn, | |
| 2143 ' ', ' ', hl_attr(HLF_FC)); | |
| 2144 n = nn; | |
| 2145 } | |
| 2146 #endif | |
| 2147 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS | |
| 2148 if (draw_signcolumn(wp)) | |
| 2149 { | |
| 2150 int nn = n + 2; | |
| 2151 | |
| 2152 /* draw the sign column after the fold column */ | |
| 2153 if (nn > W_WIDTH(wp)) | |
| 2154 nn = W_WIDTH(wp); | |
| 2155 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, | |
| 2156 W_WINCOL(wp) + n, (int)W_WINCOL(wp) + nn, | |
| 2157 ' ', ' ', hl_attr(HLF_SC)); | |
| 2158 n = nn; | |
| 2159 } | |
| 2160 #endif | |
| 2161 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, | |
| 2162 W_WINCOL(wp) + FDC_OFF, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), | |
| 2163 c1, c2, hl_attr(hl)); | |
| 2164 } | |
| 2165 set_empty_rows(wp, row); | |
| 2166 } | |
| 2167 | |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2168 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2169 static int advance_color_col __ARGS((int vcol, int **color_cols)); |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2170 |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2171 /* |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2172 * Advance **color_cols and return TRUE when there are columns to draw. |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2173 */ |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2174 static int |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2175 advance_color_col(vcol, color_cols) |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2176 int vcol; |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2177 int **color_cols; |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2178 { |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2179 while (**color_cols >= 0 && vcol > **color_cols) |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2180 ++*color_cols; |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2181 return (**color_cols >= 0); |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2182 } |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2183 #endif |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2184 |
| 7 | 2185 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING |
| 2186 /* | |
| 2187 * Display one folded line. | |
| 2188 */ | |
| 2189 static void | |
| 2190 fold_line(wp, fold_count, foldinfo, lnum, row) | |
| 2191 win_T *wp; | |
| 2192 long fold_count; | |
| 2193 foldinfo_T *foldinfo; | |
| 2194 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 2195 int row; | |
| 2196 { | |
| 2197 char_u buf[51]; | |
| 2198 pos_T *top, *bot; | |
| 2199 linenr_T lnume = lnum + fold_count - 1; | |
| 2200 int len; | |
| 29 | 2201 char_u *text; |
| 7 | 2202 int fdc; |
| 2203 int col; | |
| 2204 int txtcol; | |
| 2205 int off = (int)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); | |
| 216 | 2206 int ri; |
| 7 | 2207 |
| 2208 /* Build the fold line: | |
| 2209 * 1. Add the cmdwin_type for the command-line window | |
| 2210 * 2. Add the 'foldcolumn' | |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2211 * 3. Add the 'number' or 'relativenumber' column |
| 7 | 2212 * 4. Compose the text |
| 2213 * 5. Add the text | |
| 2214 * 6. set highlighting for the Visual area an other text | |
| 2215 */ | |
| 2216 col = 0; | |
| 2217 | |
| 2218 /* | |
| 2219 * 1. Add the cmdwin_type for the command-line window | |
| 2220 * Ignores 'rightleft', this window is never right-left. | |
| 2221 */ | |
| 2222 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN | |
| 2223 if (cmdwin_type != 0 && wp == curwin) | |
| 2224 { | |
| 2225 ScreenLines[off] = cmdwin_type; | |
| 2226 ScreenAttrs[off] = hl_attr(HLF_AT); | |
| 2227 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2228 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 2229 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; | |
| 2230 #endif | |
| 2231 ++col; | |
| 2232 } | |
| 2233 #endif | |
| 2234 | |
| 2235 /* | |
| 2236 * 2. Add the 'foldcolumn' | |
| 2237 */ | |
| 2238 fdc = wp->w_p_fdc; | |
| 2239 if (fdc > W_WIDTH(wp) - col) | |
| 2240 fdc = W_WIDTH(wp) - col; | |
| 2241 if (fdc > 0) | |
| 2242 { | |
| 2243 fill_foldcolumn(buf, wp, TRUE, lnum); | |
| 2244 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 2245 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 2246 { | |
| 2247 int i; | |
| 2248 | |
| 2249 copy_text_attr(off + W_WIDTH(wp) - fdc - col, buf, fdc, | |
| 2250 hl_attr(HLF_FC)); | |
| 2251 /* reverse the fold column */ | |
| 2252 for (i = 0; i < fdc; ++i) | |
| 2253 ScreenLines[off + W_WIDTH(wp) - i - 1 - col] = buf[i]; | |
| 2254 } | |
| 2255 else | |
| 2256 #endif | |
| 2257 copy_text_attr(off + col, buf, fdc, hl_attr(HLF_FC)); | |
| 2258 col += fdc; | |
| 2259 } | |
| 2260 | |
| 2261 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 216 | 2262 # define RL_MEMSET(p, v, l) if (wp->w_p_rl) \ |
| 2263 for (ri = 0; ri < l; ++ri) \ | |
| 2264 ScreenAttrs[off + (W_WIDTH(wp) - (p) - (l)) + ri] = v; \ | |
| 2265 else \ | |
| 2266 for (ri = 0; ri < l; ++ri) \ | |
| 2267 ScreenAttrs[off + (p) + ri] = v | |
| 7 | 2268 #else |
| 216 | 2269 # define RL_MEMSET(p, v, l) for (ri = 0; ri < l; ++ri) \ |
| 2270 ScreenAttrs[off + (p) + ri] = v | |
| 7 | 2271 #endif |
| 2272 | |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2273 /* Set all attributes of the 'number' or 'relativenumber' column and the |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2274 * text */ |
| 216 | 2275 RL_MEMSET(col, hl_attr(HLF_FL), W_WIDTH(wp) - col); |
| 7 | 2276 |
| 2277 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS | |
| 2278 /* If signs are being displayed, add two spaces. */ | |
| 2279 if (draw_signcolumn(wp)) | |
| 2280 { | |
| 2281 len = W_WIDTH(wp) - col; | |
| 2282 if (len > 0) | |
| 2283 { | |
| 2284 if (len > 2) | |
| 2285 len = 2; | |
| 2286 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 2287 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 2288 /* the line number isn't reversed */ | |
| 2289 copy_text_attr(off + W_WIDTH(wp) - len - col, | |
| 2290 (char_u *)" ", len, hl_attr(HLF_FL)); | |
| 2291 else | |
| 2292 # endif | |
| 2293 copy_text_attr(off + col, (char_u *)" ", len, hl_attr(HLF_FL)); | |
| 2294 col += len; | |
| 2295 } | |
| 2296 } | |
| 2297 #endif | |
| 2298 | |
| 2299 /* | |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2300 * 3. Add the 'number' or 'relativenumber' column |
| 7 | 2301 */ |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2302 if (wp->w_p_nu || wp->w_p_rnu) |
| 7 | 2303 { |
| 2304 len = W_WIDTH(wp) - col; | |
| 2305 if (len > 0) | |
| 2306 { | |
| 13 | 2307 int w = number_width(wp); |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2308 long num; |
| 13 | 2309 |
| 2310 if (len > w + 1) | |
| 2311 len = w + 1; | |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2312 |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2313 if (wp->w_p_nu) |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2314 /* 'number' */ |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2315 num = (long)lnum; |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2316 else |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2317 /* 'relativenumber', don't use negative numbers */ |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2318 num = (long)abs((int)get_cursor_rel_lnum(wp, lnum)); |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2319 |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2320 sprintf((char *)buf, "%*ld ", w, num); |
| 7 | 2321 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
| 2322 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 2323 /* the line number isn't reversed */ | |
| 2324 copy_text_attr(off + W_WIDTH(wp) - len - col, buf, len, | |
| 2325 hl_attr(HLF_FL)); | |
| 2326 else | |
| 2327 #endif | |
| 2328 copy_text_attr(off + col, buf, len, hl_attr(HLF_FL)); | |
| 2329 col += len; | |
| 2330 } | |
| 2331 } | |
| 2332 | |
| 2333 /* | |
| 2334 * 4. Compose the folded-line string with 'foldtext', if set. | |
| 2335 */ | |
| 29 | 2336 text = get_foldtext(wp, lnum, lnume, foldinfo, buf); |
| 7 | 2337 |
| 2338 txtcol = col; /* remember where text starts */ | |
| 2339 | |
| 2340 /* | |
| 2341 * 5. move the text to current_ScreenLine. Fill up with "fill_fold". | |
| 2342 * Right-left text is put in columns 0 - number-col, normal text is put | |
| 2343 * in columns number-col - window-width. | |
| 2344 */ | |
| 2345 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2346 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2347 { | |
| 2348 int cells; | |
| 714 | 2349 int u8c, u8cc[MAX_MCO]; |
| 2350 int i; | |
| 7 | 2351 int idx; |
| 2352 int c_len; | |
| 33 | 2353 char_u *p; |
| 7 | 2354 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC |
| 2355 int prev_c = 0; /* previous Arabic character */ | |
| 2356 int prev_c1 = 0; /* first composing char for prev_c */ | |
| 2357 # endif | |
| 2358 | |
| 2359 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 2360 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 2361 idx = off; | |
| 2362 else | |
| 2363 # endif | |
| 2364 idx = off + col; | |
| 2365 | |
| 2366 /* Store multibyte characters in ScreenLines[] et al. correctly. */ | |
| 2367 for (p = text; *p != NUL; ) | |
| 2368 { | |
| 2369 cells = (*mb_ptr2cells)(p); | |
| 474 | 2370 c_len = (*mb_ptr2len)(p); |
| 7 | 2371 if (col + cells > W_WIDTH(wp) |
| 2372 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 2373 - (wp->w_p_rl ? col : 0) | |
| 2374 # endif | |
| 2375 ) | |
| 2376 break; | |
| 2377 ScreenLines[idx] = *p; | |
| 2378 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 2379 { | |
| 714 | 2380 u8c = utfc_ptr2char(p, u8cc); |
| 2381 if (*p < 0x80 && u8cc[0] == 0) | |
| 7 | 2382 { |
| 2383 ScreenLinesUC[idx] = 0; | |
| 2384 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC | |
| 2385 prev_c = u8c; | |
| 2386 #endif | |
| 2387 } | |
| 2388 else | |
| 2389 { | |
| 2390 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC | |
| 2391 if (p_arshape && !p_tbidi && ARABIC_CHAR(u8c)) | |
| 2392 { | |
| 2393 /* Do Arabic shaping. */ | |
| 714 | 2394 int pc, pc1, nc; |
| 2395 int pcc[MAX_MCO]; | |
| 7 | 2396 int firstbyte = *p; |
| 2397 | |
| 2398 /* The idea of what is the previous and next | |
| 2399 * character depends on 'rightleft'. */ | |
| 2400 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 2401 { | |
| 2402 pc = prev_c; | |
| 2403 pc1 = prev_c1; | |
| 2404 nc = utf_ptr2char(p + c_len); | |
| 714 | 2405 prev_c1 = u8cc[0]; |
| 7 | 2406 } |
| 2407 else | |
| 2408 { | |
| 714 | 2409 pc = utfc_ptr2char(p + c_len, pcc); |
| 7 | 2410 nc = prev_c; |
| 714 | 2411 pc1 = pcc[0]; |
| 7 | 2412 } |
| 2413 prev_c = u8c; | |
| 2414 | |
| 714 | 2415 u8c = arabic_shape(u8c, &firstbyte, &u8cc[0], |
| 7 | 2416 pc, pc1, nc); |
| 2417 ScreenLines[idx] = firstbyte; | |
| 2418 } | |
| 2419 else | |
| 2420 prev_c = u8c; | |
| 2421 #endif | |
| 2422 /* Non-BMP character: display as ? or fullwidth ?. */ | |
| 1401 | 2423 #ifdef UNICODE16 |
| 7 | 2424 if (u8c >= 0x10000) |
| 2425 ScreenLinesUC[idx] = (cells == 2) ? 0xff1f : (int)'?'; | |
| 2426 else | |
| 1401 | 2427 #endif |
| 7 | 2428 ScreenLinesUC[idx] = u8c; |
| 714 | 2429 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) |
| 2430 { | |
| 2431 ScreenLinesC[i][idx] = u8cc[i]; | |
| 2432 if (u8cc[i] == 0) | |
| 2433 break; | |
| 2434 } | |
| 7 | 2435 } |
| 2436 if (cells > 1) | |
| 2437 ScreenLines[idx + 1] = 0; | |
| 2438 } | |
|
2069
63613d8d7e4d
updated for version 7.2.354
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2055
diff
changeset
|
2439 else if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && *p == 0x8e) |
|
63613d8d7e4d
updated for version 7.2.354
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2055
diff
changeset
|
2440 /* double-byte single width character */ |
|
63613d8d7e4d
updated for version 7.2.354
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2055
diff
changeset
|
2441 ScreenLines2[idx] = p[1]; |
|
63613d8d7e4d
updated for version 7.2.354
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2055
diff
changeset
|
2442 else if (cells > 1) |
|
63613d8d7e4d
updated for version 7.2.354
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2055
diff
changeset
|
2443 /* double-width character */ |
|
63613d8d7e4d
updated for version 7.2.354
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2055
diff
changeset
|
2444 ScreenLines[idx + 1] = p[1]; |
| 7 | 2445 col += cells; |
| 2446 idx += cells; | |
| 2447 p += c_len; | |
| 2448 } | |
| 2449 } | |
| 2450 else | |
| 2451 #endif | |
| 2452 { | |
| 2453 len = (int)STRLEN(text); | |
| 2454 if (len > W_WIDTH(wp) - col) | |
| 2455 len = W_WIDTH(wp) - col; | |
| 2456 if (len > 0) | |
| 2457 { | |
| 2458 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 2459 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 2460 STRNCPY(current_ScreenLine, text, len); | |
| 2461 else | |
| 2462 #endif | |
| 2463 STRNCPY(current_ScreenLine + col, text, len); | |
| 2464 col += len; | |
| 2465 } | |
| 2466 } | |
| 2467 | |
| 2468 /* Fill the rest of the line with the fold filler */ | |
| 2469 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 2470 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 2471 col -= txtcol; | |
| 2472 #endif | |
| 2473 while (col < W_WIDTH(wp) | |
| 2474 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 2475 - (wp->w_p_rl ? txtcol : 0) | |
| 2476 #endif | |
| 2477 ) | |
| 2478 { | |
| 2479 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2480 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 2481 { | |
| 2482 if (fill_fold >= 0x80) | |
| 2483 { | |
| 2484 ScreenLinesUC[off + col] = fill_fold; | |
| 714 | 2485 ScreenLinesC[0][off + col] = 0; |
| 7 | 2486 } |
| 2487 else | |
| 2488 ScreenLinesUC[off + col] = 0; | |
| 2489 } | |
| 2490 #endif | |
| 2491 ScreenLines[off + col++] = fill_fold; | |
| 2492 } | |
| 2493 | |
| 2494 if (text != buf) | |
| 2495 vim_free(text); | |
| 2496 | |
| 2497 /* | |
| 2498 * 6. set highlighting for the Visual area an other text. | |
| 2499 * If all folded lines are in the Visual area, highlight the line. | |
| 2500 */ | |
| 2501 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
| 2502 if (VIsual_active && wp->w_buffer == curwin->w_buffer) | |
| 2503 { | |
| 2504 if (ltoreq(curwin->w_cursor, VIsual)) | |
| 2505 { | |
| 2506 /* Visual is after curwin->w_cursor */ | |
| 2507 top = &curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 2508 bot = &VIsual; | |
| 2509 } | |
| 2510 else | |
| 2511 { | |
| 2512 /* Visual is before curwin->w_cursor */ | |
| 2513 top = &VIsual; | |
| 2514 bot = &curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 2515 } | |
| 2516 if (lnum >= top->lnum | |
| 2517 && lnume <= bot->lnum | |
| 2518 && (VIsual_mode != 'v' | |
| 2519 || ((lnum > top->lnum | |
| 2520 || (lnum == top->lnum | |
| 2521 && top->col == 0)) | |
| 2522 && (lnume < bot->lnum | |
| 2523 || (lnume == bot->lnum | |
| 2524 && (bot->col - (*p_sel == 'e')) | |
| 1883 | 2525 >= (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnume, FALSE))))))) |
| 7 | 2526 { |
| 2527 if (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) | |
| 2528 { | |
| 2529 /* Visual block mode: highlight the chars part of the block */ | |
| 2530 if (wp->w_old_cursor_fcol + txtcol < (colnr_T)W_WIDTH(wp)) | |
| 2531 { | |
| 2532 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lcol + txtcol < (colnr_T)W_WIDTH(wp)) | |
| 2533 len = wp->w_old_cursor_lcol; | |
| 2534 else | |
| 2535 len = W_WIDTH(wp) - txtcol; | |
| 2536 RL_MEMSET(wp->w_old_cursor_fcol + txtcol, hl_attr(HLF_V), | |
| 230 | 2537 len - (int)wp->w_old_cursor_fcol); |
| 7 | 2538 } |
| 2539 } | |
| 2540 else | |
| 216 | 2541 { |
| 7 | 2542 /* Set all attributes of the text */ |
| 216 | 2543 RL_MEMSET(txtcol, hl_attr(HLF_V), W_WIDTH(wp) - txtcol); |
| 2544 } | |
| 7 | 2545 } |
| 2546 } | |
| 2547 #endif | |
| 2548 | |
| 743 | 2549 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
| 2550 /* Show 'cursorcolumn' in the fold line. */ | |
| 1725 | 2551 if (wp->w_p_cuc) |
| 2552 { | |
| 2553 txtcol += wp->w_virtcol; | |
| 2554 if (wp->w_p_wrap) | |
| 2555 txtcol -= wp->w_skipcol; | |
| 2556 else | |
| 2557 txtcol -= wp->w_leftcol; | |
| 2558 if (txtcol >= 0 && txtcol < W_WIDTH(wp)) | |
| 2559 ScreenAttrs[off + txtcol] = hl_combine_attr( | |
| 2560 ScreenAttrs[off + txtcol], hl_attr(HLF_CUC)); | |
| 2561 } | |
| 743 | 2562 #endif |
| 7 | 2563 |
| 2564 SCREEN_LINE(row + W_WINROW(wp), W_WINCOL(wp), (int)W_WIDTH(wp), | |
| 2565 (int)W_WIDTH(wp), FALSE); | |
| 2566 | |
| 2567 /* | |
| 2568 * Update w_cline_height and w_cline_folded if the cursor line was | |
| 2569 * updated (saves a call to plines() later). | |
| 2570 */ | |
| 2571 if (wp == curwin | |
| 2572 && lnum <= curwin->w_cursor.lnum | |
| 2573 && lnume >= curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
| 2574 { | |
| 2575 curwin->w_cline_row = row; | |
| 2576 curwin->w_cline_height = 1; | |
| 2577 curwin->w_cline_folded = TRUE; | |
| 2578 curwin->w_valid |= (VALID_CHEIGHT|VALID_CROW); | |
| 2579 } | |
| 2580 } | |
| 2581 | |
| 2582 /* | |
| 2583 * Copy "buf[len]" to ScreenLines["off"] and set attributes to "attr". | |
| 2584 */ | |
| 2585 static void | |
| 2586 copy_text_attr(off, buf, len, attr) | |
| 2587 int off; | |
| 2588 char_u *buf; | |
| 2589 int len; | |
| 2590 int attr; | |
| 2591 { | |
| 216 | 2592 int i; |
| 2593 | |
| 7 | 2594 mch_memmove(ScreenLines + off, buf, (size_t)len); |
| 2595 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2596 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 2597 vim_memset(ScreenLinesUC + off, 0, sizeof(u8char_T) * (size_t)len); | |
| 2598 # endif | |
| 216 | 2599 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i) |
| 2600 ScreenAttrs[off + i] = attr; | |
| 7 | 2601 } |
| 2602 | |
| 2603 /* | |
| 2604 * Fill the foldcolumn at "p" for window "wp". | |
| 548 | 2605 * Only to be called when 'foldcolumn' > 0. |
| 7 | 2606 */ |
| 2607 static void | |
| 2608 fill_foldcolumn(p, wp, closed, lnum) | |
| 2609 char_u *p; | |
| 2610 win_T *wp; | |
| 2611 int closed; /* TRUE of FALSE */ | |
| 2612 linenr_T lnum; /* current line number */ | |
| 2613 { | |
| 2614 int i = 0; | |
| 2615 int level; | |
| 2616 int first_level; | |
| 519 | 2617 int empty; |
| 7 | 2618 |
| 2619 /* Init to all spaces. */ | |
| 2620 copy_spaces(p, (size_t)wp->w_p_fdc); | |
| 2621 | |
| 2622 level = win_foldinfo.fi_level; | |
| 2623 if (level > 0) | |
| 2624 { | |
| 519 | 2625 /* If there is only one column put more info in it. */ |
| 2626 empty = (wp->w_p_fdc == 1) ? 0 : 1; | |
| 2627 | |
| 7 | 2628 /* If the column is too narrow, we start at the lowest level that |
| 2629 * fits and use numbers to indicated the depth. */ | |
| 519 | 2630 first_level = level - wp->w_p_fdc - closed + 1 + empty; |
| 7 | 2631 if (first_level < 1) |
| 2632 first_level = 1; | |
| 2633 | |
| 519 | 2634 for (i = 0; i + empty < wp->w_p_fdc; ++i) |
| 7 | 2635 { |
| 2636 if (win_foldinfo.fi_lnum == lnum | |
| 2637 && first_level + i >= win_foldinfo.fi_low_level) | |
| 2638 p[i] = '-'; | |
| 2639 else if (first_level == 1) | |
| 2640 p[i] = '|'; | |
| 2641 else if (first_level + i <= 9) | |
| 2642 p[i] = '0' + first_level + i; | |
| 2643 else | |
| 2644 p[i] = '>'; | |
| 2645 if (first_level + i == level) | |
| 2646 break; | |
| 2647 } | |
| 2648 } | |
| 2649 if (closed) | |
| 548 | 2650 p[i >= wp->w_p_fdc ? i - 1 : i] = '+'; |
| 7 | 2651 } |
| 2652 #endif /* FEAT_FOLDING */ | |
| 2653 | |
| 2654 /* | |
| 2655 * Display line "lnum" of window 'wp' on the screen. | |
| 2656 * Start at row "startrow", stop when "endrow" is reached. | |
| 2657 * wp->w_virtcol needs to be valid. | |
| 2658 * | |
| 2659 * Return the number of last row the line occupies. | |
| 2660 */ | |
| 2661 static int | |
| 625 | 2662 win_line(wp, lnum, startrow, endrow, nochange) |
| 7 | 2663 win_T *wp; |
| 2664 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 2665 int startrow; | |
| 2666 int endrow; | |
| 1883 | 2667 int nochange UNUSED; /* not updating for changed text */ |
| 7 | 2668 { |
| 2669 int col; /* visual column on screen */ | |
| 2670 unsigned off; /* offset in ScreenLines/ScreenAttrs */ | |
| 2671 int c = 0; /* init for GCC */ | |
| 2672 long vcol = 0; /* virtual column (for tabs) */ | |
| 2673 long vcol_prev = -1; /* "vcol" of previous character */ | |
| 2674 char_u *line; /* current line */ | |
| 2675 char_u *ptr; /* current position in "line" */ | |
| 2676 int row; /* row in the window, excl w_winrow */ | |
| 2677 int screen_row; /* row on the screen, incl w_winrow */ | |
| 2678 | |
| 2679 char_u extra[18]; /* "%ld" and 'fdc' must fit in here */ | |
| 2680 int n_extra = 0; /* number of extra chars */ | |
| 1340 | 2681 char_u *p_extra = NULL; /* string of extra chars, plus NUL */ |
| 7 | 2682 int c_extra = NUL; /* extra chars, all the same */ |
| 2683 int extra_attr = 0; /* attributes when n_extra != 0 */ | |
| 2684 static char_u *at_end_str = (char_u *)""; /* used for p_extra when | |
| 2685 displaying lcs_eol at end-of-line */ | |
| 2686 int lcs_eol_one = lcs_eol; /* lcs_eol until it's been used */ | |
| 2687 int lcs_prec_todo = lcs_prec; /* lcs_prec until it's been used */ | |
| 2688 | |
| 2689 /* saved "extra" items for when draw_state becomes WL_LINE (again) */ | |
| 2690 int saved_n_extra = 0; | |
| 2691 char_u *saved_p_extra = NULL; | |
| 2692 int saved_c_extra = 0; | |
| 2693 int saved_char_attr = 0; | |
| 2694 | |
| 2695 int n_attr = 0; /* chars with special attr */ | |
| 2696 int saved_attr2 = 0; /* char_attr saved for n_attr */ | |
| 2697 int n_attr3 = 0; /* chars with overruling special attr */ | |
| 2698 int saved_attr3 = 0; /* char_attr saved for n_attr3 */ | |
| 2699 | |
| 2700 int n_skip = 0; /* nr of chars to skip for 'nowrap' */ | |
| 2701 | |
| 2702 int fromcol, tocol; /* start/end of inverting */ | |
| 2703 int fromcol_prev = -2; /* start of inverting after cursor */ | |
| 2704 int noinvcur = FALSE; /* don't invert the cursor */ | |
| 2705 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
| 2706 pos_T *top, *bot; | |
| 1813 | 2707 int lnum_in_visual_area = FALSE; |
| 7 | 2708 #endif |
| 2709 pos_T pos; | |
| 2710 long v; | |
| 2711 | |
| 2712 int char_attr = 0; /* attributes for next character */ | |
| 674 | 2713 int attr_pri = FALSE; /* char_attr has priority */ |
| 7 | 2714 int area_highlighting = FALSE; /* Visual or incsearch highlighting |
| 2715 in this line */ | |
| 2716 int attr = 0; /* attributes for area highlighting */ | |
| 2717 int area_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by highlighting */ | |
| 2718 int search_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by 'hlsearch' */ | |
| 2719 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 743 | 2720 int vcol_save_attr = 0; /* saved attr for 'cursorcolumn' */ |
| 7 | 2721 int syntax_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by syntax */ |
| 2722 int has_syntax = FALSE; /* this buffer has syntax highl. */ | |
| 2723 int save_did_emsg; | |
| 1437 | 2724 int eol_hl_off = 0; /* 1 if highlighted char after EOL */ |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2725 int draw_color_col = FALSE; /* highlight colorcolumn */ |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2726 int *color_cols = NULL; /* pointer to according columns array */ |
| 743 | 2727 #endif |
| 2728 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL | |
| 221 | 2729 int has_spell = FALSE; /* this buffer has spell checking */ |
| 348 | 2730 # define SPWORDLEN 150 |
| 2731 char_u nextline[SPWORDLEN * 2];/* text with start of the next line */ | |
| 353 | 2732 int nextlinecol = 0; /* column where nextline[] starts */ |
| 2733 int nextline_idx = 0; /* index in nextline[] where next line | |
| 348 | 2734 starts */ |
| 221 | 2735 int spell_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by spelling */ |
| 2736 int word_end = 0; /* last byte with same spell_attr */ | |
| 378 | 2737 static linenr_T checked_lnum = 0; /* line number for "checked_col" */ |
| 2738 static int checked_col = 0; /* column in "checked_lnum" up to which | |
| 348 | 2739 * there are no spell errors */ |
| 386 | 2740 static int cap_col = -1; /* column to check for Cap word */ |
| 2741 static linenr_T capcol_lnum = 0; /* line number where "cap_col" used */ | |
| 348 | 2742 int cur_checked_col = 0; /* checked column for current line */ |
| 7 | 2743 #endif |
| 2744 int extra_check; /* has syntax or linebreak */ | |
| 2745 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2746 int multi_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by multibyte */ | |
| 2747 int mb_l = 1; /* multi-byte byte length */ | |
| 2748 int mb_c = 0; /* decoded multi-byte character */ | |
| 2749 int mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* screen char is UTF-8 char */ | |
| 714 | 2750 int u8cc[MAX_MCO]; /* composing UTF-8 chars */ |
| 7 | 2751 #endif |
| 2752 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 2753 int filler_lines; /* nr of filler lines to be drawn */ | |
| 2754 int filler_todo; /* nr of filler lines still to do + 1 */ | |
| 534 | 2755 hlf_T diff_hlf = (hlf_T)0; /* type of diff highlighting */ |
| 7 | 2756 int change_start = MAXCOL; /* first col of changed area */ |
| 2757 int change_end = -1; /* last col of changed area */ | |
| 2758 #endif | |
| 2759 colnr_T trailcol = MAXCOL; /* start of trailing spaces */ | |
| 2760 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK | |
| 2761 int need_showbreak = FALSE; | |
| 2762 #endif | |
| 910 | 2763 #if defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || (defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)) \ |
| 2764 || defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_DIFF) | |
| 7 | 2765 # define LINE_ATTR |
| 1536 | 2766 int line_attr = 0; /* attribute for the whole line */ |
| 7 | 2767 #endif |
| 2768 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 1326 | 2769 matchitem_T *cur; /* points to the match list */ |
| 2770 match_T *shl; /* points to search_hl or a match */ | |
| 2771 int shl_flag; /* flag to indicate whether search_hl | |
| 2772 has been processed or not */ | |
| 2773 int prevcol_hl_flag; /* flag to indicate whether prevcol | |
| 2774 equals startcol of search_hl or one | |
| 2775 of the matches */ | |
| 7 | 2776 #endif |
| 2777 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC | |
| 2778 int prev_c = 0; /* previous Arabic character */ | |
| 2779 int prev_c1 = 0; /* first composing char for prev_c */ | |
| 2780 #endif | |
| 910 | 2781 #if defined(LINE_ATTR) |
| 867 | 2782 int did_line_attr = 0; |
| 2783 #endif | |
| 7 | 2784 |
| 2785 /* draw_state: items that are drawn in sequence: */ | |
| 2786 #define WL_START 0 /* nothing done yet */ | |
| 2787 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN | |
| 2788 # define WL_CMDLINE WL_START + 1 /* cmdline window column */ | |
| 2789 #else | |
| 2790 # define WL_CMDLINE WL_START | |
| 2791 #endif | |
| 2792 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 2793 # define WL_FOLD WL_CMDLINE + 1 /* 'foldcolumn' */ | |
| 2794 #else | |
| 2795 # define WL_FOLD WL_CMDLINE | |
| 2796 #endif | |
| 2797 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS | |
| 2798 # define WL_SIGN WL_FOLD + 1 /* column for signs */ | |
| 2799 #else | |
| 2800 # define WL_SIGN WL_FOLD /* column for signs */ | |
| 2801 #endif | |
| 2802 #define WL_NR WL_SIGN + 1 /* line number */ | |
| 2803 #if defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) || defined(FEAT_DIFF) | |
| 2804 # define WL_SBR WL_NR + 1 /* 'showbreak' or 'diff' */ | |
| 2805 #else | |
| 2806 # define WL_SBR WL_NR | |
| 2807 #endif | |
| 2808 #define WL_LINE WL_SBR + 1 /* text in the line */ | |
| 2809 int draw_state = WL_START; /* what to draw next */ | |
| 574 | 2810 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) |
| 7 | 2811 int feedback_col = 0; |
| 2812 int feedback_old_attr = -1; | |
| 2813 #endif | |
| 2814 | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
2815 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
2816 int syntax_flags = 0; |
|
2375
a96dd77ce213
For conceal mode: when two different syntax items follow each other, show the
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2364
diff
changeset
|
2817 int syntax_id = 0; |
|
a96dd77ce213
For conceal mode: when two different syntax items follow each other, show the
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2364
diff
changeset
|
2818 int prev_syntax_id = 0; |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
2819 int conceal_attr = hl_attr(HLF_CONCEAL); |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
2820 int is_concealing = FALSE; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
2821 int boguscols = 0; /* nonexistent columns added to force |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
2822 wrapping */ |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
2823 int vcol_off = 0; /* offset for concealed characters */ |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
2824 int did_wcol = FALSE; |
|
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
2825 # define VCOL_HLC (vcol - vcol_off) |
|
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
2826 #else |
|
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
2827 # define VCOL_HLC (vcol) |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
2828 #endif |
| 7 | 2829 |
| 2830 if (startrow > endrow) /* past the end already! */ | |
| 2831 return startrow; | |
| 2832 | |
| 2833 row = startrow; | |
| 2834 screen_row = row + W_WINROW(wp); | |
| 2835 | |
| 2836 /* | |
| 2837 * To speed up the loop below, set extra_check when there is linebreak, | |
| 2838 * trailing white space and/or syntax processing to be done. | |
| 2839 */ | |
| 2840 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK | |
| 2841 extra_check = wp->w_p_lbr; | |
| 2842 #else | |
| 2843 extra_check = 0; | |
| 2844 #endif | |
| 2845 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
2846 if (syntax_present(wp) && !wp->w_s->b_syn_error) |
| 7 | 2847 { |
| 2848 /* Prepare for syntax highlighting in this line. When there is an | |
| 2849 * error, stop syntax highlighting. */ | |
| 2850 save_did_emsg = did_emsg; | |
| 2851 did_emsg = FALSE; | |
| 2852 syntax_start(wp, lnum); | |
| 2853 if (did_emsg) | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
2854 wp->w_s->b_syn_error = TRUE; |
| 7 | 2855 else |
| 2856 { | |
| 2857 did_emsg = save_did_emsg; | |
| 2858 has_syntax = TRUE; | |
| 2859 extra_check = TRUE; | |
| 2860 } | |
| 2861 } | |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2862 |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2863 /* Check for columns to display for 'colorcolumn'. */ |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2864 color_cols = wp->w_p_cc_cols; |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2865 if (color_cols != NULL) |
|
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
2866 draw_color_col = advance_color_col(VCOL_HLC, &color_cols); |
| 743 | 2867 #endif |
| 2868 | |
| 2869 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL | |
| 258 | 2870 if (wp->w_p_spell |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
2871 && *wp->w_s->b_p_spl != NUL |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
2872 && wp->w_s->b_langp.ga_len > 0 |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
2873 && *(char **)(wp->w_s->b_langp.ga_data) != NULL) |
| 221 | 2874 { |
| 2875 /* Prepare for spell checking. */ | |
| 2876 has_spell = TRUE; | |
| 2877 extra_check = TRUE; | |
| 348 | 2878 |
| 2879 /* Get the start of the next line, so that words that wrap to the next | |
| 2880 * line are found too: "et<line-break>al.". | |
| 2881 * Trick: skip a few chars for C/shell/Vim comments */ | |
| 2882 nextline[SPWORDLEN] = NUL; | |
| 2883 if (lnum < wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 2884 { | |
| 2885 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum + 1, FALSE); | |
| 2886 spell_cat_line(nextline + SPWORDLEN, line, SPWORDLEN); | |
| 2887 } | |
| 2888 | |
| 2889 /* When a word wrapped from the previous line the start of the current | |
| 2890 * line is valid. */ | |
| 2891 if (lnum == checked_lnum) | |
| 2892 cur_checked_col = checked_col; | |
| 2893 checked_lnum = 0; | |
| 386 | 2894 |
| 2895 /* When there was a sentence end in the previous line may require a | |
| 2896 * word starting with capital in this line. In line 1 always check | |
| 2897 * the first word. */ | |
| 2898 if (lnum != capcol_lnum) | |
| 2899 cap_col = -1; | |
| 2900 if (lnum == 1) | |
| 2901 cap_col = 0; | |
| 2902 capcol_lnum = 0; | |
| 221 | 2903 } |
| 7 | 2904 #endif |
| 2905 | |
| 2906 /* | |
| 2907 * handle visual active in this window | |
| 2908 */ | |
| 2909 fromcol = -10; | |
| 2910 tocol = MAXCOL; | |
| 2911 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
| 2912 if (VIsual_active && wp->w_buffer == curwin->w_buffer) | |
| 2913 { | |
| 2914 /* Visual is after curwin->w_cursor */ | |
| 2915 if (ltoreq(curwin->w_cursor, VIsual)) | |
| 2916 { | |
| 2917 top = &curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 2918 bot = &VIsual; | |
| 2919 } | |
| 2920 else /* Visual is before curwin->w_cursor */ | |
| 2921 { | |
| 2922 top = &VIsual; | |
| 2923 bot = &curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 2924 } | |
| 1813 | 2925 lnum_in_visual_area = (lnum >= top->lnum && lnum <= bot->lnum); |
| 7 | 2926 if (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) /* block mode */ |
| 2927 { | |
| 1813 | 2928 if (lnum_in_visual_area) |
| 7 | 2929 { |
| 2930 fromcol = wp->w_old_cursor_fcol; | |
| 2931 tocol = wp->w_old_cursor_lcol; | |
| 2932 } | |
| 2933 } | |
| 2934 else /* non-block mode */ | |
| 2935 { | |
| 2936 if (lnum > top->lnum && lnum <= bot->lnum) | |
| 2937 fromcol = 0; | |
| 2938 else if (lnum == top->lnum) | |
| 2939 { | |
| 2940 if (VIsual_mode == 'V') /* linewise */ | |
| 2941 fromcol = 0; | |
| 2942 else | |
| 2943 { | |
| 2944 getvvcol(wp, top, (colnr_T *)&fromcol, NULL, NULL); | |
| 2945 if (gchar_pos(top) == NUL) | |
| 2946 tocol = fromcol + 1; | |
| 2947 } | |
| 2948 } | |
| 2949 if (VIsual_mode != 'V' && lnum == bot->lnum) | |
| 2950 { | |
| 2951 if (*p_sel == 'e' && bot->col == 0 | |
| 2952 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 2953 && bot->coladd == 0 | |
| 2954 #endif | |
| 2955 ) | |
| 2956 { | |
| 2957 fromcol = -10; | |
| 2958 tocol = MAXCOL; | |
| 2959 } | |
| 36 | 2960 else if (bot->col == MAXCOL) |
| 2961 tocol = MAXCOL; | |
| 7 | 2962 else |
| 2963 { | |
| 2964 pos = *bot; | |
| 2965 if (*p_sel == 'e') | |
| 2966 getvvcol(wp, &pos, (colnr_T *)&tocol, NULL, NULL); | |
| 2967 else | |
| 2968 { | |
| 2969 getvvcol(wp, &pos, NULL, NULL, (colnr_T *)&tocol); | |
| 2970 ++tocol; | |
| 2971 } | |
| 2972 } | |
| 2973 } | |
| 2974 } | |
| 2975 | |
| 2976 #ifndef MSDOS | |
| 2977 /* Check if the character under the cursor should not be inverted */ | |
| 2978 if (!highlight_match && lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum && wp == curwin | |
| 2979 # ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 2980 && !gui.in_use | |
| 2981 # endif | |
| 2982 ) | |
| 2983 noinvcur = TRUE; | |
| 2984 #endif | |
| 2985 | |
| 2986 /* if inverting in this line set area_highlighting */ | |
| 2987 if (fromcol >= 0) | |
| 2988 { | |
| 2989 area_highlighting = TRUE; | |
| 2990 attr = hl_attr(HLF_V); | |
| 2991 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) && defined(FEAT_X11) | |
| 2992 if (clip_star.available && !clip_star.owned && clip_isautosel()) | |
| 2993 attr = hl_attr(HLF_VNC); | |
| 2994 #endif | |
| 2995 } | |
| 2996 } | |
| 2997 | |
| 2998 /* | |
| 674 | 2999 * handle 'incsearch' and ":s///c" highlighting |
| 7 | 3000 */ |
| 3001 else | |
| 3002 #endif /* FEAT_VISUAL */ | |
| 3003 if (highlight_match | |
| 3004 && wp == curwin | |
| 3005 && lnum >= curwin->w_cursor.lnum | |
| 3006 && lnum <= curwin->w_cursor.lnum + search_match_lines) | |
| 3007 { | |
| 3008 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
| 3009 getvcol(curwin, &(curwin->w_cursor), | |
| 3010 (colnr_T *)&fromcol, NULL, NULL); | |
| 3011 else | |
| 3012 fromcol = 0; | |
| 3013 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum + search_match_lines) | |
| 3014 { | |
| 3015 pos.lnum = lnum; | |
| 3016 pos.col = search_match_endcol; | |
| 3017 getvcol(curwin, &pos, (colnr_T *)&tocol, NULL, NULL); | |
| 3018 } | |
| 3019 else | |
| 3020 tocol = MAXCOL; | |
| 1850 | 3021 /* do at least one character; happens when past end of line */ |
| 3022 if (fromcol == tocol) | |
| 3023 tocol = fromcol + 1; | |
| 7 | 3024 area_highlighting = TRUE; |
| 3025 attr = hl_attr(HLF_I); | |
| 3026 } | |
| 3027 | |
| 3028 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 3029 filler_lines = diff_check(wp, lnum); | |
| 3030 if (filler_lines < 0) | |
| 3031 { | |
| 3032 if (filler_lines == -1) | |
| 3033 { | |
| 3034 if (diff_find_change(wp, lnum, &change_start, &change_end)) | |
| 3035 diff_hlf = HLF_ADD; /* added line */ | |
| 3036 else if (change_start == 0) | |
| 3037 diff_hlf = HLF_TXD; /* changed text */ | |
| 3038 else | |
| 3039 diff_hlf = HLF_CHD; /* changed line */ | |
| 3040 } | |
| 3041 else | |
| 3042 diff_hlf = HLF_ADD; /* added line */ | |
| 3043 filler_lines = 0; | |
| 3044 area_highlighting = TRUE; | |
| 3045 } | |
| 3046 if (lnum == wp->w_topline) | |
| 3047 filler_lines = wp->w_topfill; | |
| 3048 filler_todo = filler_lines; | |
| 3049 #endif | |
| 3050 | |
| 3051 #ifdef LINE_ATTR | |
| 3052 # ifdef FEAT_SIGNS | |
| 3053 /* If this line has a sign with line highlighting set line_attr. */ | |
| 3054 v = buf_getsigntype(wp->w_buffer, lnum, SIGN_LINEHL); | |
| 3055 if (v != 0) | |
| 3056 line_attr = sign_get_attr((int)v, TRUE); | |
| 3057 # endif | |
| 3058 # if defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) | |
| 3059 /* Highlight the current line in the quickfix window. */ | |
| 644 | 3060 if (bt_quickfix(wp->w_buffer) && qf_current_entry(wp) == lnum) |
| 7 | 3061 line_attr = hl_attr(HLF_L); |
| 3062 # endif | |
| 3063 if (line_attr != 0) | |
| 3064 area_highlighting = TRUE; | |
| 3065 #endif | |
| 3066 | |
| 3067 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); | |
| 3068 ptr = line; | |
| 3069 | |
| 743 | 3070 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 348 | 3071 if (has_spell) |
| 3072 { | |
| 386 | 3073 /* For checking first word with a capital skip white space. */ |
| 3074 if (cap_col == 0) | |
| 835 | 3075 cap_col = (int)(skipwhite(line) - line); |
| 386 | 3076 |
| 348 | 3077 /* To be able to spell-check over line boundaries copy the end of the |
| 3078 * current line into nextline[]. Above the start of the next line was | |
| 3079 * copied to nextline[SPWORDLEN]. */ | |
| 3080 if (nextline[SPWORDLEN] == NUL) | |
| 3081 { | |
| 3082 /* No next line or it is empty. */ | |
| 3083 nextlinecol = MAXCOL; | |
| 3084 nextline_idx = 0; | |
| 3085 } | |
| 3086 else | |
| 3087 { | |
| 835 | 3088 v = (long)STRLEN(line); |
| 348 | 3089 if (v < SPWORDLEN) |
| 3090 { | |
| 3091 /* Short line, use it completely and append the start of the | |
| 3092 * next line. */ | |
| 3093 nextlinecol = 0; | |
| 3094 mch_memmove(nextline, line, (size_t)v); | |
| 1621 | 3095 STRMOVE(nextline + v, nextline + SPWORDLEN); |
| 348 | 3096 nextline_idx = v + 1; |
| 3097 } | |
| 3098 else | |
| 3099 { | |
| 3100 /* Long line, use only the last SPWORDLEN bytes. */ | |
| 3101 nextlinecol = v - SPWORDLEN; | |
| 3102 mch_memmove(nextline, line + nextlinecol, SPWORDLEN); | |
| 3103 nextline_idx = SPWORDLEN + 1; | |
| 3104 } | |
| 3105 } | |
| 3106 } | |
| 3107 #endif | |
| 3108 | |
| 7 | 3109 /* find start of trailing whitespace */ |
| 3110 if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_trail) | |
| 3111 { | |
| 3112 trailcol = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ptr); | |
| 3113 while (trailcol > (colnr_T)0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[trailcol - 1])) | |
| 3114 --trailcol; | |
| 3115 trailcol += (colnr_T) (ptr - line); | |
| 3116 extra_check = TRUE; | |
| 3117 } | |
| 3118 | |
| 3119 /* | |
| 3120 * 'nowrap' or 'wrap' and a single line that doesn't fit: Advance to the | |
| 3121 * first character to be displayed. | |
| 3122 */ | |
| 3123 if (wp->w_p_wrap) | |
| 3124 v = wp->w_skipcol; | |
| 3125 else | |
| 3126 v = wp->w_leftcol; | |
| 3127 if (v > 0) | |
| 3128 { | |
| 3129 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3130 char_u *prev_ptr = ptr; | |
| 3131 #endif | |
| 3132 while (vcol < v && *ptr != NUL) | |
| 3133 { | |
| 3134 c = win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, ptr, (colnr_T)vcol, NULL); | |
| 3135 vcol += c; | |
| 3136 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3137 prev_ptr = ptr; | |
| 39 | 3138 #endif |
| 3139 mb_ptr_adv(ptr); | |
| 7 | 3140 } |
| 3141 | |
| 1984 | 3142 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT) || defined(FEAT_VISUAL) |
| 3143 /* When: | |
| 3144 * - 'cuc' is set, or | |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
3145 * - 'colorcolumn' is set, or |
| 1984 | 3146 * - 'virtualedit' is set, or |
| 3147 * - the visual mode is active, | |
| 3148 * the end of the line may be before the start of the displayed part. | |
| 3149 */ | |
| 3150 if (vcol < v && ( | |
| 3151 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 3152 wp->w_p_cuc | |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
3153 || draw_color_col |
| 1984 | 3154 # if defined(FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT) || defined(FEAT_VISUAL) |
| 3155 || | |
| 3156 # endif | |
| 3157 # endif | |
| 3158 # ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 3159 virtual_active() | |
| 3160 # ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
| 3161 || | |
| 3162 # endif | |
| 3163 # endif | |
| 3164 # ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
| 3165 (VIsual_active && wp->w_buffer == curwin->w_buffer) | |
| 3166 # endif | |
| 3167 )) | |
| 3168 { | |
| 7 | 3169 vcol = v; |
| 1984 | 3170 } |
| 7 | 3171 #endif |
| 3172 | |
| 3173 /* Handle a character that's not completely on the screen: Put ptr at | |
| 3174 * that character but skip the first few screen characters. */ | |
| 3175 if (vcol > v) | |
| 3176 { | |
| 3177 vcol -= c; | |
| 3178 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3179 ptr = prev_ptr; | |
| 3180 #else | |
| 3181 --ptr; | |
| 3182 #endif | |
| 3183 n_skip = v - vcol; | |
| 3184 } | |
| 3185 | |
| 3186 /* | |
| 3187 * Adjust for when the inverted text is before the screen, | |
| 3188 * and when the start of the inverted text is before the screen. | |
| 3189 */ | |
| 3190 if (tocol <= vcol) | |
| 3191 fromcol = 0; | |
| 3192 else if (fromcol >= 0 && fromcol < vcol) | |
| 3193 fromcol = vcol; | |
| 3194 | |
| 3195 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK | |
| 3196 /* When w_skipcol is non-zero, first line needs 'showbreak' */ | |
| 3197 if (wp->w_p_wrap) | |
| 3198 need_showbreak = TRUE; | |
| 3199 #endif | |
| 743 | 3200 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 499 | 3201 /* When spell checking a word we need to figure out the start of the |
| 3202 * word and if it's badly spelled or not. */ | |
| 3203 if (has_spell) | |
| 3204 { | |
| 3205 int len; | |
| 1536 | 3206 colnr_T linecol = (colnr_T)(ptr - line); |
| 534 | 3207 hlf_T spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT; |
| 499 | 3208 |
| 3209 pos = wp->w_cursor; | |
| 3210 wp->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
| 1536 | 3211 wp->w_cursor.col = linecol; |
| 534 | 3212 len = spell_move_to(wp, FORWARD, TRUE, TRUE, &spell_hlf); |
| 1536 | 3213 |
| 3214 /* spell_move_to() may call ml_get() and make "line" invalid */ | |
| 3215 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); | |
| 3216 ptr = line + linecol; | |
| 3217 | |
| 530 | 3218 if (len == 0 || (int)wp->w_cursor.col > ptr - line) |
| 499 | 3219 { |
| 3220 /* no bad word found at line start, don't check until end of a | |
| 3221 * word */ | |
| 534 | 3222 spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT; |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
3223 word_end = (int)(spell_to_word_end(ptr, wp) |
| 1536 | 3224 - line + 1); |
| 499 | 3225 } |
| 3226 else | |
| 534 | 3227 { |
| 499 | 3228 /* bad word found, use attributes until end of word */ |
| 3229 word_end = wp->w_cursor.col + len + 1; | |
| 3230 | |
| 534 | 3231 /* Turn index into actual attributes. */ |
| 3232 if (spell_hlf != HLF_COUNT) | |
| 3233 spell_attr = highlight_attr[spell_hlf]; | |
| 3234 } | |
| 499 | 3235 wp->w_cursor = pos; |
| 501 | 3236 |
| 743 | 3237 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
| 501 | 3238 /* Need to restart syntax highlighting for this line. */ |
| 3239 if (has_syntax) | |
| 3240 syntax_start(wp, lnum); | |
| 743 | 3241 # endif |
| 499 | 3242 } |
| 3243 #endif | |
| 7 | 3244 } |
| 3245 | |
| 3246 /* | |
| 3247 * Correct highlighting for cursor that can't be disabled. | |
| 3248 * Avoids having to check this for each character. | |
| 3249 */ | |
| 3250 if (fromcol >= 0) | |
| 3251 { | |
| 3252 if (noinvcur) | |
| 3253 { | |
| 3254 if ((colnr_T)fromcol == wp->w_virtcol) | |
| 3255 { | |
| 3256 /* highlighting starts at cursor, let it start just after the | |
| 3257 * cursor */ | |
| 3258 fromcol_prev = fromcol; | |
| 3259 fromcol = -1; | |
| 3260 } | |
| 3261 else if ((colnr_T)fromcol < wp->w_virtcol) | |
| 3262 /* restart highlighting after the cursor */ | |
| 3263 fromcol_prev = wp->w_virtcol; | |
| 3264 } | |
| 3265 if (fromcol >= tocol) | |
| 3266 fromcol = -1; | |
| 3267 } | |
| 3268 | |
| 3269 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 3270 /* | |
| 1326 | 3271 * Handle highlighting the last used search pattern and matches. |
| 3272 * Do this for both search_hl and the match list. | |
| 7 | 3273 */ |
| 1326 | 3274 cur = wp->w_match_head; |
| 3275 shl_flag = FALSE; | |
| 3276 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE) | |
| 3277 { | |
| 3278 if (shl_flag == FALSE) | |
| 3279 { | |
| 3280 shl = &search_hl; | |
| 3281 shl_flag = TRUE; | |
| 3282 } | |
| 3283 else | |
| 3284 shl = &cur->hl; | |
| 36 | 3285 shl->startcol = MAXCOL; |
| 3286 shl->endcol = MAXCOL; | |
| 7 | 3287 shl->attr_cur = 0; |
| 3288 if (shl->rm.regprog != NULL) | |
| 3289 { | |
| 3290 v = (long)(ptr - line); | |
| 3291 next_search_hl(wp, shl, lnum, (colnr_T)v); | |
| 3292 | |
| 3293 /* Need to get the line again, a multi-line regexp may have made it | |
| 3294 * invalid. */ | |
| 3295 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); | |
| 3296 ptr = line + v; | |
| 3297 | |
| 3298 if (shl->lnum != 0 && shl->lnum <= lnum) | |
| 3299 { | |
| 3300 if (shl->lnum == lnum) | |
| 36 | 3301 shl->startcol = shl->rm.startpos[0].col; |
| 7 | 3302 else |
| 36 | 3303 shl->startcol = 0; |
| 7 | 3304 if (lnum == shl->lnum + shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum |
| 3305 - shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum) | |
| 36 | 3306 shl->endcol = shl->rm.endpos[0].col; |
| 7 | 3307 else |
| 36 | 3308 shl->endcol = MAXCOL; |
| 7 | 3309 /* Highlight one character for an empty match. */ |
| 36 | 3310 if (shl->startcol == shl->endcol) |
| 7 | 3311 { |
| 3312 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 36 | 3313 if (has_mbyte && line[shl->endcol] != NUL) |
| 474 | 3314 shl->endcol += (*mb_ptr2len)(line + shl->endcol); |
| 7 | 3315 else |
| 3316 #endif | |
| 36 | 3317 ++shl->endcol; |
| 7 | 3318 } |
| 36 | 3319 if ((long)shl->startcol < v) /* match at leftcol */ |
| 7 | 3320 { |
| 3321 shl->attr_cur = shl->attr; | |
| 3322 search_attr = shl->attr; | |
| 3323 } | |
| 3324 area_highlighting = TRUE; | |
| 3325 } | |
| 3326 } | |
| 1326 | 3327 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL) |
| 3328 cur = cur->next; | |
| 7 | 3329 } |
| 3330 #endif | |
| 3331 | |
| 743 | 3332 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
| 818 | 3333 /* Cursor line highlighting for 'cursorline'. Not when Visual mode is |
| 3334 * active, because it's not clear what is selected then. */ | |
| 3335 if (wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum && !VIsual_active) | |
| 743 | 3336 { |
| 3337 line_attr = hl_attr(HLF_CUL); | |
| 3338 area_highlighting = TRUE; | |
| 3339 } | |
| 3340 #endif | |
| 3341 | |
| 504 | 3342 off = (unsigned)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); |
| 7 | 3343 col = 0; |
| 3344 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 3345 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 3346 { | |
| 3347 /* Rightleft window: process the text in the normal direction, but put | |
| 3348 * it in current_ScreenLine[] from right to left. Start at the | |
| 3349 * rightmost column of the window. */ | |
| 3350 col = W_WIDTH(wp) - 1; | |
| 3351 off += col; | |
| 3352 } | |
| 3353 #endif | |
| 3354 | |
| 3355 /* | |
| 3356 * Repeat for the whole displayed line. | |
| 3357 */ | |
| 3358 for (;;) | |
| 3359 { | |
| 3360 /* Skip this quickly when working on the text. */ | |
| 3361 if (draw_state != WL_LINE) | |
| 3362 { | |
| 3363 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN | |
| 3364 if (draw_state == WL_CMDLINE - 1 && n_extra == 0) | |
| 3365 { | |
| 3366 draw_state = WL_CMDLINE; | |
| 3367 if (cmdwin_type != 0 && wp == curwin) | |
| 3368 { | |
| 3369 /* Draw the cmdline character. */ | |
| 3370 n_extra = 1; | |
| 1340 | 3371 c_extra = cmdwin_type; |
| 7 | 3372 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); |
| 3373 } | |
| 3374 } | |
| 3375 #endif | |
| 3376 | |
| 3377 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 3378 if (draw_state == WL_FOLD - 1 && n_extra == 0) | |
| 3379 { | |
| 3380 draw_state = WL_FOLD; | |
| 3381 if (wp->w_p_fdc > 0) | |
| 3382 { | |
| 3383 /* Draw the 'foldcolumn'. */ | |
| 3384 fill_foldcolumn(extra, wp, FALSE, lnum); | |
| 3385 n_extra = wp->w_p_fdc; | |
| 3386 p_extra = extra; | |
| 1340 | 3387 p_extra[n_extra] = NUL; |
| 7 | 3388 c_extra = NUL; |
| 3389 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_FC); | |
| 3390 } | |
| 3391 } | |
| 3392 #endif | |
| 3393 | |
| 3394 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS | |
| 3395 if (draw_state == WL_SIGN - 1 && n_extra == 0) | |
| 3396 { | |
| 3397 draw_state = WL_SIGN; | |
| 3398 /* Show the sign column when there are any signs in this | |
| 3399 * buffer or when using Netbeans. */ | |
| 3400 if (draw_signcolumn(wp) | |
| 3401 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 3402 && filler_todo <= 0 | |
| 3403 # endif | |
| 3404 ) | |
| 3405 { | |
| 3406 int_u text_sign; | |
| 3407 # ifdef FEAT_SIGN_ICONS | |
| 3408 int_u icon_sign; | |
| 3409 # endif | |
| 3410 | |
| 3411 /* Draw two cells with the sign value or blank. */ | |
| 3412 c_extra = ' '; | |
| 3413 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_SC); | |
| 3414 n_extra = 2; | |
| 3415 | |
| 3416 if (row == startrow) | |
| 3417 { | |
| 3418 text_sign = buf_getsigntype(wp->w_buffer, lnum, | |
| 3419 SIGN_TEXT); | |
| 3420 # ifdef FEAT_SIGN_ICONS | |
| 3421 icon_sign = buf_getsigntype(wp->w_buffer, lnum, | |
| 3422 SIGN_ICON); | |
| 3423 if (gui.in_use && icon_sign != 0) | |
| 3424 { | |
| 3425 /* Use the image in this position. */ | |
| 3426 c_extra = SIGN_BYTE; | |
| 3427 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG | |
| 3428 if (buf_signcount(wp->w_buffer, lnum) > 1) | |
| 3429 c_extra = MULTISIGN_BYTE; | |
| 3430 # endif | |
| 3431 char_attr = icon_sign; | |
| 3432 } | |
| 3433 else | |
| 3434 # endif | |
| 3435 if (text_sign != 0) | |
| 3436 { | |
| 3437 p_extra = sign_get_text(text_sign); | |
| 3438 if (p_extra != NULL) | |
| 3439 { | |
| 3440 c_extra = NUL; | |
| 835 | 3441 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(p_extra); |
| 7 | 3442 } |
| 3443 char_attr = sign_get_attr(text_sign, FALSE); | |
| 3444 } | |
| 3445 } | |
| 3446 } | |
| 3447 } | |
| 3448 #endif | |
| 3449 | |
| 3450 if (draw_state == WL_NR - 1 && n_extra == 0) | |
| 3451 { | |
| 3452 draw_state = WL_NR; | |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
3453 /* Display the absolute or relative line number. After the |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
3454 * first fill with blanks when the 'n' flag isn't in 'cpo' */ |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
3455 if ((wp->w_p_nu || wp->w_p_rnu) |
| 7 | 3456 && (row == startrow |
| 3457 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 3458 + filler_lines | |
| 3459 #endif | |
| 3460 || vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_NUMCOL) == NULL)) | |
| 3461 { | |
| 3462 /* Draw the line number (empty space after wrapping). */ | |
| 3463 if (row == startrow | |
| 3464 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 3465 + filler_lines | |
| 3466 #endif | |
| 3467 ) | |
| 3468 { | |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
3469 long num; |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
3470 |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
3471 if (wp->w_p_nu) |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
3472 /* 'number' */ |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
3473 num = (long)lnum; |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
3474 else |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
3475 /* 'relativenumber', don't use negative numbers */ |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
3476 num = (long)abs((int)get_cursor_rel_lnum(wp, |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
3477 lnum)); |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
3478 |
| 13 | 3479 sprintf((char *)extra, "%*ld ", |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
3480 number_width(wp), num); |
| 7 | 3481 if (wp->w_skipcol > 0) |
| 3482 for (p_extra = extra; *p_extra == ' '; ++p_extra) | |
| 3483 *p_extra = '-'; | |
| 3484 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 3485 if (wp->w_p_rl) /* reverse line numbers */ | |
| 3486 rl_mirror(extra); | |
| 3487 #endif | |
| 3488 p_extra = extra; | |
| 3489 c_extra = NUL; | |
| 3490 } | |
| 3491 else | |
| 3492 c_extra = ' '; | |
| 13 | 3493 n_extra = number_width(wp) + 1; |
| 7 | 3494 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_N); |
| 743 | 3495 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
| 3496 /* When 'cursorline' is set highlight the line number of | |
| 3497 * the current line differently. */ | |
| 3498 if (wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum) | |
| 3499 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(hl_attr(HLF_CUL), char_attr); | |
| 3500 #endif | |
| 7 | 3501 } |
| 3502 } | |
| 3503 | |
| 3504 #if defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) || defined(FEAT_DIFF) | |
| 3505 if (draw_state == WL_SBR - 1 && n_extra == 0) | |
| 3506 { | |
| 3507 draw_state = WL_SBR; | |
| 3508 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 3509 if (filler_todo > 0) | |
| 3510 { | |
| 3511 /* Draw "deleted" diff line(s). */ | |
| 3512 if (char2cells(fill_diff) > 1) | |
| 3513 c_extra = '-'; | |
| 3514 else | |
| 3515 c_extra = fill_diff; | |
| 3516 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 3517 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 3518 n_extra = col + 1; | |
| 3519 else | |
| 3520 # endif | |
| 3521 n_extra = W_WIDTH(wp) - col; | |
| 3522 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_DED); | |
| 3523 } | |
| 3524 # endif | |
| 3525 # ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK | |
| 3526 if (*p_sbr != NUL && need_showbreak) | |
| 3527 { | |
| 3528 /* Draw 'showbreak' at the start of each broken line. */ | |
| 3529 p_extra = p_sbr; | |
| 3530 c_extra = NUL; | |
| 3531 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(p_sbr); | |
| 3532 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); | |
| 3533 need_showbreak = FALSE; | |
| 3534 /* Correct end of highlighted area for 'showbreak', | |
| 3535 * required when 'linebreak' is also set. */ | |
| 3536 if (tocol == vcol) | |
| 3537 tocol += n_extra; | |
| 3538 } | |
| 3539 # endif | |
| 3540 } | |
| 3541 #endif | |
| 3542 | |
| 3543 if (draw_state == WL_LINE - 1 && n_extra == 0) | |
| 3544 { | |
| 3545 draw_state = WL_LINE; | |
| 3546 if (saved_n_extra) | |
| 3547 { | |
| 3548 /* Continue item from end of wrapped line. */ | |
| 3549 n_extra = saved_n_extra; | |
| 3550 c_extra = saved_c_extra; | |
| 3551 p_extra = saved_p_extra; | |
| 3552 char_attr = saved_char_attr; | |
| 3553 } | |
| 3554 else | |
| 3555 char_attr = 0; | |
| 3556 } | |
| 3557 } | |
| 3558 | |
| 3559 /* When still displaying '$' of change command, stop at cursor */ | |
| 819 | 3560 if (dollar_vcol != 0 && wp == curwin |
| 3561 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum && vcol >= (long)wp->w_virtcol | |
| 7 | 3562 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF |
| 3563 && filler_todo <= 0 | |
| 3564 #endif | |
| 3565 ) | |
| 3566 { | |
| 3567 SCREEN_LINE(screen_row, W_WINCOL(wp), col, -(int)W_WIDTH(wp), | |
| 3568 wp->w_p_rl); | |
| 819 | 3569 /* Pretend we have finished updating the window. Except when |
| 3570 * 'cursorcolumn' is set. */ | |
| 3571 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 3572 if (wp->w_p_cuc) | |
| 3573 row = wp->w_cline_row + wp->w_cline_height; | |
| 3574 else | |
| 3575 #endif | |
| 3576 row = wp->w_height; | |
| 7 | 3577 break; |
| 3578 } | |
| 3579 | |
| 3580 if (draw_state == WL_LINE && area_highlighting) | |
| 3581 { | |
| 3582 /* handle Visual or match highlighting in this line */ | |
| 3583 if (vcol == fromcol | |
| 3584 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3585 || (has_mbyte && vcol + 1 == fromcol && n_extra == 0 | |
| 3586 && (*mb_ptr2cells)(ptr) > 1) | |
| 3587 #endif | |
| 3588 || ((int)vcol_prev == fromcol_prev | |
| 1814 | 3589 && vcol_prev < vcol /* not at margin */ |
| 7 | 3590 && vcol < tocol)) |
| 3591 area_attr = attr; /* start highlighting */ | |
| 3592 else if (area_attr != 0 | |
| 3593 && (vcol == tocol | |
| 3594 || (noinvcur && (colnr_T)vcol == wp->w_virtcol))) | |
| 3595 area_attr = 0; /* stop highlighting */ | |
| 3596 | |
| 3597 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 3598 if (!n_extra) | |
| 3599 { | |
| 3600 /* | |
| 3601 * Check for start/end of search pattern match. | |
| 3602 * After end, check for start/end of next match. | |
| 3603 * When another match, have to check for start again. | |
| 3604 * Watch out for matching an empty string! | |
| 1326 | 3605 * Do this for 'search_hl' and the match list (ordered by |
| 3606 * priority). | |
| 7 | 3607 */ |
| 36 | 3608 v = (long)(ptr - line); |
| 1326 | 3609 cur = wp->w_match_head; |
| 3610 shl_flag = FALSE; | |
| 3611 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE) | |
| 3612 { | |
| 3613 if (shl_flag == FALSE | |
| 3614 && ((cur != NULL | |
| 3615 && cur->priority > SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY) | |
| 3616 || cur == NULL)) | |
| 3617 { | |
| 3618 shl = &search_hl; | |
| 3619 shl_flag = TRUE; | |
| 3620 } | |
| 3621 else | |
| 3622 shl = &cur->hl; | |
| 7 | 3623 while (shl->rm.regprog != NULL) |
| 3624 { | |
| 36 | 3625 if (shl->startcol != MAXCOL |
| 3626 && v >= (long)shl->startcol | |
| 3627 && v < (long)shl->endcol) | |
| 7 | 3628 { |
| 3629 shl->attr_cur = shl->attr; | |
| 3630 } | |
| 36 | 3631 else if (v == (long)shl->endcol) |
| 7 | 3632 { |
| 3633 shl->attr_cur = 0; | |
| 3634 | |
| 3635 next_search_hl(wp, shl, lnum, (colnr_T)v); | |
| 3636 | |
| 3637 /* Need to get the line again, a multi-line regexp | |
| 3638 * may have made it invalid. */ | |
| 3639 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); | |
| 3640 ptr = line + v; | |
| 3641 | |
| 3642 if (shl->lnum == lnum) | |
| 3643 { | |
| 36 | 3644 shl->startcol = shl->rm.startpos[0].col; |
| 7 | 3645 if (shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum == 0) |
| 36 | 3646 shl->endcol = shl->rm.endpos[0].col; |
| 7 | 3647 else |
| 36 | 3648 shl->endcol = MAXCOL; |
| 3649 | |
| 3650 if (shl->startcol == shl->endcol) | |
| 7 | 3651 { |
| 3652 /* highlight empty match, try again after | |
| 3653 * it */ | |
| 3654 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3655 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 474 | 3656 shl->endcol += (*mb_ptr2len)(line |
| 36 | 3657 + shl->endcol); |
| 7 | 3658 else |
| 3659 #endif | |
| 36 | 3660 ++shl->endcol; |
| 7 | 3661 } |
| 3662 | |
| 3663 /* Loop to check if the match starts at the | |
| 3664 * current position */ | |
| 3665 continue; | |
| 3666 } | |
| 3667 } | |
| 3668 break; | |
| 3669 } | |
| 1326 | 3670 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL) |
| 3671 cur = cur->next; | |
| 3672 } | |
| 3673 | |
| 3674 /* Use attributes from match with highest priority among | |
| 3675 * 'search_hl' and the match list. */ | |
| 3676 search_attr = search_hl.attr_cur; | |
| 3677 cur = wp->w_match_head; | |
| 3678 shl_flag = FALSE; | |
| 3679 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE) | |
| 3680 { | |
| 3681 if (shl_flag == FALSE | |
| 3682 && ((cur != NULL | |
| 3683 && cur->priority > SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY) | |
| 3684 || cur == NULL)) | |
| 699 | 3685 { |
| 1326 | 3686 shl = &search_hl; |
| 3687 shl_flag = TRUE; | |
| 699 | 3688 } |
| 1326 | 3689 else |
| 3690 shl = &cur->hl; | |
| 3691 if (shl->attr_cur != 0) | |
| 3692 search_attr = shl->attr_cur; | |
| 3693 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL) | |
| 3694 cur = cur->next; | |
| 3695 } | |
| 7 | 3696 } |
| 3697 #endif | |
| 3698 | |
| 3699 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 674 | 3700 if (diff_hlf != (hlf_T)0) |
| 7 | 3701 { |
| 1295 | 3702 if (diff_hlf == HLF_CHD && ptr - line >= change_start |
| 3703 && n_extra == 0) | |
| 7 | 3704 diff_hlf = HLF_TXD; /* changed text */ |
| 1295 | 3705 if (diff_hlf == HLF_TXD && ptr - line > change_end |
| 3706 && n_extra == 0) | |
| 7 | 3707 diff_hlf = HLF_CHD; /* changed line */ |
| 674 | 3708 line_attr = hl_attr(diff_hlf); |
| 3709 } | |
| 3710 #endif | |
| 3711 | |
| 3712 /* Decide which of the highlight attributes to use. */ | |
| 3713 attr_pri = TRUE; | |
| 3714 if (area_attr != 0) | |
| 3715 char_attr = area_attr; | |
| 3716 else if (search_attr != 0) | |
| 3717 char_attr = search_attr; | |
| 3718 #ifdef LINE_ATTR | |
| 3719 /* Use line_attr when not in the Visual or 'incsearch' area | |
| 3720 * (area_attr may be 0 when "noinvcur" is set). */ | |
| 3721 else if (line_attr != 0 && ((fromcol == -10 && tocol == MAXCOL) | |
| 1842 | 3722 || vcol < fromcol || vcol_prev < fromcol_prev |
| 3723 || vcol >= tocol)) | |
| 674 | 3724 char_attr = line_attr; |
| 3725 #endif | |
| 3726 else | |
| 3727 { | |
| 3728 attr_pri = FALSE; | |
| 3729 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 3730 if (has_syntax) | |
| 3731 char_attr = syntax_attr; | |
| 3732 else | |
| 3733 #endif | |
| 3734 char_attr = 0; | |
| 3735 } | |
| 7 | 3736 } |
| 3737 | |
| 3738 /* | |
| 3739 * Get the next character to put on the screen. | |
| 3740 */ | |
| 3741 /* | |
| 1340 | 3742 * The "p_extra" points to the extra stuff that is inserted to |
| 3743 * represent special characters (non-printable stuff) and other | |
| 3744 * things. When all characters are the same, c_extra is used. | |
| 3745 * "p_extra" must end in a NUL to avoid mb_ptr2len() reads past | |
| 3746 * "p_extra[n_extra]". | |
| 7 | 3747 * For the '$' of the 'list' option, n_extra == 1, p_extra == "". |
| 3748 */ | |
| 3749 if (n_extra > 0) | |
| 3750 { | |
| 3751 if (c_extra != NUL) | |
| 3752 { | |
| 3753 c = c_extra; | |
| 3754 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3755 mb_c = c; /* doesn't handle non-utf-8 multi-byte! */ | |
| 3756 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) | |
| 3757 { | |
| 3758 mb_utf8 = TRUE; | |
| 714 | 3759 u8cc[0] = 0; |
| 819 | 3760 c = 0xc0; |
| 7 | 3761 } |
| 3762 else | |
| 3763 mb_utf8 = FALSE; | |
| 3764 #endif | |
| 3765 } | |
| 3766 else | |
| 3767 { | |
| 3768 c = *p_extra; | |
| 3769 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3770 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 3771 { | |
| 3772 mb_c = c; | |
| 3773 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 3774 { | |
| 3775 /* If the UTF-8 character is more than one byte: | |
| 3776 * Decode it into "mb_c". */ | |
| 474 | 3777 mb_l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p_extra); |
| 7 | 3778 mb_utf8 = FALSE; |
| 3779 if (mb_l > n_extra) | |
| 3780 mb_l = 1; | |
| 3781 else if (mb_l > 1) | |
| 3782 { | |
| 714 | 3783 mb_c = utfc_ptr2char(p_extra, u8cc); |
| 7 | 3784 mb_utf8 = TRUE; |
| 819 | 3785 c = 0xc0; |
| 7 | 3786 } |
| 3787 } | |
| 3788 else | |
| 3789 { | |
| 3790 /* if this is a DBCS character, put it in "mb_c" */ | |
| 3791 mb_l = MB_BYTE2LEN(c); | |
| 3792 if (mb_l >= n_extra) | |
| 3793 mb_l = 1; | |
| 3794 else if (mb_l > 1) | |
| 3795 mb_c = (c << 8) + p_extra[1]; | |
| 3796 } | |
| 504 | 3797 if (mb_l == 0) /* at the NUL at end-of-line */ |
| 3798 mb_l = 1; | |
| 3799 | |
| 7 | 3800 /* If a double-width char doesn't fit display a '>' in the |
| 3801 * last column. */ | |
| 504 | 3802 if (( |
| 7 | 3803 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
| 3804 wp->w_p_rl ? (col <= 0) : | |
| 3805 # endif | |
| 504 | 3806 (col >= W_WIDTH(wp) - 1)) |
| 7 | 3807 && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) == 2) |
| 3808 { | |
| 3809 c = '>'; | |
| 3810 mb_c = c; | |
| 3811 mb_l = 1; | |
| 3812 mb_utf8 = FALSE; | |
| 3813 multi_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); | |
| 3814 /* put the pointer back to output the double-width | |
| 3815 * character at the start of the next line. */ | |
| 3816 ++n_extra; | |
| 3817 --p_extra; | |
| 3818 } | |
| 3819 else | |
| 3820 { | |
| 3821 n_extra -= mb_l - 1; | |
| 3822 p_extra += mb_l - 1; | |
| 3823 } | |
| 3824 } | |
| 3825 #endif | |
| 3826 ++p_extra; | |
| 3827 } | |
| 3828 --n_extra; | |
| 3829 } | |
| 3830 else | |
| 3831 { | |
| 3832 /* | |
| 3833 * Get a character from the line itself. | |
| 3834 */ | |
| 3835 c = *ptr; | |
| 3836 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3837 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 3838 { | |
| 3839 mb_c = c; | |
| 3840 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 3841 { | |
| 3842 /* If the UTF-8 character is more than one byte: Decode it | |
| 3843 * into "mb_c". */ | |
| 474 | 3844 mb_l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); |
| 7 | 3845 mb_utf8 = FALSE; |
| 3846 if (mb_l > 1) | |
| 3847 { | |
| 714 | 3848 mb_c = utfc_ptr2char(ptr, u8cc); |
| 7 | 3849 /* Overlong encoded ASCII or ASCII with composing char |
| 3850 * is displayed normally, except a NUL. */ | |
| 3851 if (mb_c < 0x80) | |
| 3852 c = mb_c; | |
| 3853 mb_utf8 = TRUE; | |
| 507 | 3854 |
| 3855 /* At start of the line we can have a composing char. | |
| 3856 * Draw it as a space with a composing char. */ | |
| 3857 if (utf_iscomposing(mb_c)) | |
| 3858 { | |
| 1326 | 3859 int i; |
| 3860 | |
| 714 | 3861 for (i = Screen_mco - 1; i > 0; --i) |
| 3862 u8cc[i] = u8cc[i - 1]; | |
| 3863 u8cc[0] = mb_c; | |
| 507 | 3864 mb_c = ' '; |
| 3865 } | |
| 7 | 3866 } |
| 3867 | |
| 3868 if ((mb_l == 1 && c >= 0x80) | |
| 3869 || (mb_l >= 1 && mb_c == 0) | |
| 3870 || (mb_l > 1 && (!vim_isprintc(mb_c) | |
| 1401 | 3871 # ifdef UNICODE16 |
| 3872 || mb_c >= 0x10000 | |
| 3873 # endif | |
| 3874 ))) | |
| 7 | 3875 { |
| 3876 /* | |
| 3877 * Illegal UTF-8 byte: display as <xx>. | |
| 3878 * Non-BMP character : display as ? or fullwidth ?. | |
| 3879 */ | |
| 1401 | 3880 # ifdef UNICODE16 |
| 7 | 3881 if (mb_c < 0x10000) |
| 1401 | 3882 # endif |
| 7 | 3883 { |
| 3884 transchar_hex(extra, mb_c); | |
| 714 | 3885 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
| 7 | 3886 if (wp->w_p_rl) /* reverse */ |
| 3887 rl_mirror(extra); | |
| 714 | 3888 # endif |
| 7 | 3889 } |
| 1401 | 3890 # ifdef UNICODE16 |
| 7 | 3891 else if (utf_char2cells(mb_c) != 2) |
| 3892 STRCPY(extra, "?"); | |
| 3893 else | |
| 3894 /* 0xff1f in UTF-8: full-width '?' */ | |
| 3895 STRCPY(extra, "\357\274\237"); | |
| 1401 | 3896 # endif |
| 7 | 3897 |
| 3898 p_extra = extra; | |
| 3899 c = *p_extra; | |
| 3900 mb_c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p_extra); | |
| 3901 mb_utf8 = (c >= 0x80); | |
| 3902 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(p_extra); | |
| 3903 c_extra = NUL; | |
| 3904 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) | |
| 3905 { | |
| 3906 n_attr = n_extra + 1; | |
| 3907 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); | |
| 3908 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ | |
| 3909 } | |
| 3910 } | |
| 3911 else if (mb_l == 0) /* at the NUL at end-of-line */ | |
| 3912 mb_l = 1; | |
| 3913 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC | |
| 3914 else if (p_arshape && !p_tbidi && ARABIC_CHAR(mb_c)) | |
| 3915 { | |
| 3916 /* Do Arabic shaping. */ | |
| 714 | 3917 int pc, pc1, nc; |
| 3918 int pcc[MAX_MCO]; | |
| 7 | 3919 |
| 3920 /* The idea of what is the previous and next | |
| 3921 * character depends on 'rightleft'. */ | |
| 3922 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 3923 { | |
| 3924 pc = prev_c; | |
| 3925 pc1 = prev_c1; | |
| 3926 nc = utf_ptr2char(ptr + mb_l); | |
| 714 | 3927 prev_c1 = u8cc[0]; |
| 7 | 3928 } |
| 3929 else | |
| 3930 { | |
| 714 | 3931 pc = utfc_ptr2char(ptr + mb_l, pcc); |
| 7 | 3932 nc = prev_c; |
| 714 | 3933 pc1 = pcc[0]; |
| 7 | 3934 } |
| 3935 prev_c = mb_c; | |
| 3936 | |
| 714 | 3937 mb_c = arabic_shape(mb_c, &c, &u8cc[0], pc, pc1, nc); |
| 7 | 3938 } |
| 3939 else | |
| 3940 prev_c = mb_c; | |
| 3941 #endif | |
| 3942 } | |
| 3943 else /* enc_dbcs */ | |
| 3944 { | |
| 3945 mb_l = MB_BYTE2LEN(c); | |
| 3946 if (mb_l == 0) /* at the NUL at end-of-line */ | |
| 3947 mb_l = 1; | |
| 3948 else if (mb_l > 1) | |
| 3949 { | |
| 3950 /* We assume a second byte below 32 is illegal. | |
| 3951 * Hopefully this is OK for all double-byte encodings! | |
| 3952 */ | |
| 3953 if (ptr[1] >= 32) | |
| 3954 mb_c = (c << 8) + ptr[1]; | |
| 3955 else | |
| 3956 { | |
| 3957 if (ptr[1] == NUL) | |
| 3958 { | |
| 3959 /* head byte at end of line */ | |
| 3960 mb_l = 1; | |
| 3961 transchar_nonprint(extra, c); | |
| 3962 } | |
| 3963 else | |
| 3964 { | |
| 3965 /* illegal tail byte */ | |
| 3966 mb_l = 2; | |
| 3967 STRCPY(extra, "XX"); | |
| 3968 } | |
| 3969 p_extra = extra; | |
| 3970 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(extra) - 1; | |
| 3971 c_extra = NUL; | |
| 3972 c = *p_extra++; | |
| 3973 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) | |
| 3974 { | |
| 3975 n_attr = n_extra + 1; | |
| 3976 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); | |
| 3977 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ | |
| 3978 } | |
| 3979 mb_c = c; | |
| 3980 } | |
| 3981 } | |
| 3982 } | |
| 3983 /* If a double-width char doesn't fit display a '>' in the | |
| 3984 * last column; the character is displayed at the start of the | |
| 3985 * next line. */ | |
| 3986 if (( | |
| 3987 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 3988 wp->w_p_rl ? (col <= 0) : | |
| 3989 # endif | |
| 3990 (col >= W_WIDTH(wp) - 1)) | |
| 3991 && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) == 2) | |
| 3992 { | |
| 3993 c = '>'; | |
| 3994 mb_c = c; | |
| 3995 mb_utf8 = FALSE; | |
| 3996 mb_l = 1; | |
| 3997 multi_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); | |
| 3998 /* Put pointer back so that the character will be | |
| 3999 * displayed at the start of the next line. */ | |
| 4000 --ptr; | |
| 4001 } | |
| 4002 else if (*ptr != NUL) | |
| 4003 ptr += mb_l - 1; | |
| 4004 | |
| 4005 /* If a double-width char doesn't fit at the left side display | |
| 4006 * a '<' in the first column. */ | |
| 4007 if (n_skip > 0 && mb_l > 1) | |
| 4008 { | |
| 4009 n_extra = 1; | |
| 1340 | 4010 c_extra = '<'; |
| 7 | 4011 c = ' '; |
| 4012 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) | |
| 4013 { | |
| 4014 n_attr = n_extra + 1; | |
| 4015 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); | |
| 4016 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ | |
| 4017 } | |
| 4018 mb_c = c; | |
| 4019 mb_utf8 = FALSE; | |
| 4020 mb_l = 1; | |
| 4021 } | |
| 4022 | |
| 4023 } | |
| 4024 #endif | |
| 4025 ++ptr; | |
| 4026 | |
| 12 | 4027 /* 'list' : change char 160 to lcs_nbsp. */ |
| 819 | 4028 if (wp->w_p_list && (c == 160 |
| 4029 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 4030 || (mb_utf8 && mb_c == 160) | |
| 4031 #endif | |
| 4032 ) && lcs_nbsp) | |
| 12 | 4033 { |
| 4034 c = lcs_nbsp; | |
| 4035 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) | |
| 4036 { | |
| 4037 n_attr = 1; | |
| 4038 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); | |
| 4039 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ | |
| 4040 } | |
| 4041 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 4042 mb_c = c; | |
| 4043 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) | |
| 4044 { | |
| 4045 mb_utf8 = TRUE; | |
| 714 | 4046 u8cc[0] = 0; |
| 819 | 4047 c = 0xc0; |
| 12 | 4048 } |
| 4049 else | |
| 4050 mb_utf8 = FALSE; | |
| 4051 #endif | |
| 4052 } | |
| 4053 | |
| 7 | 4054 if (extra_check) |
| 4055 { | |
| 743 | 4056 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 221 | 4057 int can_spell = TRUE; |
| 743 | 4058 #endif |
| 4059 | |
| 4060 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 7 | 4061 /* Get syntax attribute, unless still at the start of the line |
| 4062 * (double-wide char that doesn't fit). */ | |
| 221 | 4063 v = (long)(ptr - line); |
| 4064 if (has_syntax && v > 0) | |
| 7 | 4065 { |
| 4066 /* Get the syntax attribute for the character. If there | |
| 4067 * is an error, disable syntax highlighting. */ | |
| 4068 save_did_emsg = did_emsg; | |
| 4069 did_emsg = FALSE; | |
| 4070 | |
| 221 | 4071 syntax_attr = get_syntax_attr((colnr_T)v - 1, |
| 743 | 4072 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4073 has_spell ? &can_spell : |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4074 # endif |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4075 NULL, FALSE); |
| 7 | 4076 |
| 4077 if (did_emsg) | |
| 482 | 4078 { |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4079 wp->w_s->b_syn_error = TRUE; |
| 482 | 4080 has_syntax = FALSE; |
| 4081 } | |
| 7 | 4082 else |
| 4083 did_emsg = save_did_emsg; | |
| 4084 | |
| 4085 /* Need to get the line again, a multi-line regexp may | |
| 4086 * have made it invalid. */ | |
| 4087 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); | |
| 4088 ptr = line + v; | |
| 4089 | |
| 674 | 4090 if (!attr_pri) |
| 7 | 4091 char_attr = syntax_attr; |
| 301 | 4092 else |
| 303 | 4093 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(syntax_attr, char_attr); |
|
2364
151b037b7e74
Fix hang when resizing in diff mode and there are concealed items.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2359
diff
changeset
|
4094 # ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
|
151b037b7e74
Fix hang when resizing in diff mode and there are concealed items.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2359
diff
changeset
|
4095 /* no concealing past the end of the line, it interferes |
|
151b037b7e74
Fix hang when resizing in diff mode and there are concealed items.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2359
diff
changeset
|
4096 * with line highlighting */ |
|
151b037b7e74
Fix hang when resizing in diff mode and there are concealed items.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2359
diff
changeset
|
4097 if (c == NUL) |
|
151b037b7e74
Fix hang when resizing in diff mode and there are concealed items.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2359
diff
changeset
|
4098 syntax_flags = 0; |
|
2375
a96dd77ce213
For conceal mode: when two different syntax items follow each other, show the
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2364
diff
changeset
|
4099 else |
|
a96dd77ce213
For conceal mode: when two different syntax items follow each other, show the
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2364
diff
changeset
|
4100 syntax_flags = get_syntax_info(&syntax_id); |
|
2364
151b037b7e74
Fix hang when resizing in diff mode and there are concealed items.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2359
diff
changeset
|
4101 # endif |
| 7 | 4102 } |
| 743 | 4103 #endif |
| 4104 | |
| 4105 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL | |
| 301 | 4106 /* Check spelling (unless at the end of the line). |
| 319 | 4107 * Only do this when there is no syntax highlighting, the |
| 4108 * @Spell cluster is not used or the current syntax item | |
| 4109 * contains the @Spell cluster. */ | |
| 348 | 4110 if (has_spell && v >= word_end && v > cur_checked_col) |
| 221 | 4111 { |
| 230 | 4112 spell_attr = 0; |
| 743 | 4113 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
| 674 | 4114 if (!attr_pri) |
| 230 | 4115 char_attr = syntax_attr; |
| 743 | 4116 # endif |
| 4117 if (c != 0 && ( | |
| 4118 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 4119 !has_syntax || | |
| 4120 # endif | |
| 4121 can_spell)) | |
| 221 | 4122 { |
| 348 | 4123 char_u *prev_ptr, *p; |
| 4124 int len; | |
| 534 | 4125 hlf_T spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT; |
| 221 | 4126 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 336 | 4127 if (has_mbyte) |
| 4128 { | |
| 4129 prev_ptr = ptr - mb_l; | |
| 4130 v -= mb_l - 1; | |
| 4131 } | |
| 4132 else | |
| 221 | 4133 # endif |
| 336 | 4134 prev_ptr = ptr - 1; |
| 348 | 4135 |
| 4136 /* Use nextline[] if possible, it has the start of the | |
| 4137 * next line concatenated. */ | |
| 4138 if ((prev_ptr - line) - nextlinecol >= 0) | |
| 4139 p = nextline + (prev_ptr - line) - nextlinecol; | |
| 4140 else | |
| 4141 p = prev_ptr; | |
| 835 | 4142 cap_col -= (int)(prev_ptr - line); |
| 625 | 4143 len = spell_check(wp, p, &spell_hlf, &cap_col, |
| 4144 nochange); | |
| 348 | 4145 word_end = v + len; |
| 301 | 4146 |
| 4147 /* In Insert mode only highlight a word that | |
| 4148 * doesn't touch the cursor. */ | |
| 534 | 4149 if (spell_hlf != HLF_COUNT |
| 301 | 4150 && (State & INSERT) != 0 |
| 4151 && wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnum | |
| 4152 && wp->w_cursor.col >= | |
| 4153 (colnr_T)(prev_ptr - line) | |
| 4154 && wp->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)word_end) | |
| 221 | 4155 { |
| 534 | 4156 spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT; |
| 301 | 4157 spell_redraw_lnum = lnum; |
| 221 | 4158 } |
| 348 | 4159 |
| 534 | 4160 if (spell_hlf == HLF_COUNT && p != prev_ptr |
| 348 | 4161 && (p - nextline) + len > nextline_idx) |
| 4162 { | |
| 4163 /* Remember that the good word continues at the | |
| 4164 * start of the next line. */ | |
| 4165 checked_lnum = lnum + 1; | |
| 835 | 4166 checked_col = (int)((p - nextline) + len - nextline_idx); |
| 348 | 4167 } |
| 386 | 4168 |
| 534 | 4169 /* Turn index into actual attributes. */ |
| 4170 if (spell_hlf != HLF_COUNT) | |
| 4171 spell_attr = highlight_attr[spell_hlf]; | |
| 4172 | |
| 386 | 4173 if (cap_col > 0) |
| 4174 { | |
| 4175 if (p != prev_ptr | |
| 4176 && (p - nextline) + cap_col >= nextline_idx) | |
| 4177 { | |
| 4178 /* Remember that the word in the next line | |
| 4179 * must start with a capital. */ | |
| 4180 capcol_lnum = lnum + 1; | |
| 835 | 4181 cap_col = (int)((p - nextline) + cap_col |
| 4182 - nextline_idx); | |
| 386 | 4183 } |
| 4184 else | |
| 4185 /* Compute the actual column. */ | |
| 835 | 4186 cap_col += (int)(prev_ptr - line); |
| 386 | 4187 } |
| 221 | 4188 } |
| 4189 } | |
| 4190 if (spell_attr != 0) | |
| 348 | 4191 { |
| 674 | 4192 if (!attr_pri) |
| 348 | 4193 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, spell_attr); |
| 4194 else | |
| 4195 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(spell_attr, char_attr); | |
| 4196 } | |
| 7 | 4197 #endif |
| 4198 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK | |
| 4199 /* | |
| 221 | 4200 * Found last space before word: check for line break. |
| 7 | 4201 */ |
| 4202 if (wp->w_p_lbr && vim_isbreak(c) && !vim_isbreak(*ptr) | |
| 819 | 4203 && !wp->w_p_list) |
| 7 | 4204 { |
| 4205 n_extra = win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, ptr - ( | |
| 4206 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 4207 has_mbyte ? mb_l : | |
| 4208 # endif | |
| 4209 1), (colnr_T)vcol, NULL) - 1; | |
| 4210 c_extra = ' '; | |
| 4211 if (vim_iswhite(c)) | |
| 4212 c = ' '; | |
| 4213 } | |
| 4214 #endif | |
| 4215 | |
| 4216 if (trailcol != MAXCOL && ptr > line + trailcol && c == ' ') | |
| 4217 { | |
| 4218 c = lcs_trail; | |
| 674 | 4219 if (!attr_pri) |
| 7 | 4220 { |
| 4221 n_attr = 1; | |
| 4222 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); | |
| 4223 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ | |
| 4224 } | |
| 4225 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 4226 mb_c = c; | |
| 4227 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) | |
| 4228 { | |
| 4229 mb_utf8 = TRUE; | |
| 714 | 4230 u8cc[0] = 0; |
| 819 | 4231 c = 0xc0; |
| 7 | 4232 } |
| 4233 else | |
| 4234 mb_utf8 = FALSE; | |
| 4235 #endif | |
| 4236 } | |
| 4237 } | |
| 4238 | |
| 4239 /* | |
| 4240 * Handling of non-printable characters. | |
| 4241 */ | |
| 819 | 4242 if (!(chartab[c & 0xff] & CT_PRINT_CHAR)) |
| 7 | 4243 { |
| 4244 /* | |
| 4245 * when getting a character from the file, we may have to | |
| 4246 * turn it into something else on the way to putting it | |
| 4247 * into "ScreenLines". | |
| 4248 */ | |
| 4249 if (c == TAB && (!wp->w_p_list || lcs_tab1)) | |
| 4250 { | |
| 4251 /* tab amount depends on current column */ | |
| 4252 n_extra = (int)wp->w_buffer->b_p_ts | |
| 4253 - vcol % (int)wp->w_buffer->b_p_ts - 1; | |
| 4254 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 4255 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ | |
| 4256 #endif | |
| 4257 if (wp->w_p_list) | |
| 4258 { | |
| 4259 c = lcs_tab1; | |
| 4260 c_extra = lcs_tab2; | |
| 4261 n_attr = n_extra + 1; | |
| 4262 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); | |
| 4263 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ | |
| 4264 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 4265 mb_c = c; | |
| 4266 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) | |
| 4267 { | |
| 4268 mb_utf8 = TRUE; | |
| 714 | 4269 u8cc[0] = 0; |
| 819 | 4270 c = 0xc0; |
| 7 | 4271 } |
| 4272 #endif | |
| 4273 } | |
| 4274 else | |
| 4275 { | |
| 4276 c_extra = ' '; | |
| 4277 c = ' '; | |
| 4278 } | |
| 4279 } | |
| 36 | 4280 else if (c == NUL |
| 4281 && ((wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol > 0) | |
| 4282 || ((fromcol >= 0 || fromcol_prev >= 0) | |
| 4283 && tocol > vcol | |
| 39 | 4284 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL |
| 36 | 4285 && VIsual_mode != Ctrl_V |
| 39 | 4286 #endif |
| 36 | 4287 && ( |
| 4288 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 4289 wp->w_p_rl ? (col >= 0) : | |
| 4290 # endif | |
| 4291 (col < W_WIDTH(wp))) | |
| 4292 && !(noinvcur | |
| 1850 | 4293 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum |
| 36 | 4294 && (colnr_T)vcol == wp->w_virtcol))) |
| 4295 && lcs_eol_one >= 0) | |
| 7 | 4296 { |
| 36 | 4297 /* Display a '$' after the line or highlight an extra |
| 4298 * character if the line break is included. */ | |
| 7 | 4299 #if defined(FEAT_DIFF) || defined(LINE_ATTR) |
| 4300 /* For a diff line the highlighting continues after the | |
| 4301 * "$". */ | |
| 4302 if ( | |
| 4303 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 534 | 4304 diff_hlf == (hlf_T)0 |
| 7 | 4305 # ifdef LINE_ATTR |
| 4306 && | |
| 4307 # endif | |
| 4308 # endif | |
| 4309 # ifdef LINE_ATTR | |
| 4310 line_attr == 0 | |
| 4311 # endif | |
| 4312 ) | |
| 4313 #endif | |
| 4314 { | |
| 4315 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 4316 /* In virtualedit, visual selections may extend | |
| 4317 * beyond end of line. */ | |
| 4318 if (area_highlighting && virtual_active() | |
| 4319 && tocol != MAXCOL && vcol < tocol) | |
| 4320 n_extra = 0; | |
| 4321 else | |
| 4322 #endif | |
| 4323 { | |
| 4324 p_extra = at_end_str; | |
| 4325 n_extra = 1; | |
| 4326 c_extra = NUL; | |
| 4327 } | |
| 4328 } | |
| 36 | 4329 if (wp->w_p_list) |
| 4330 c = lcs_eol; | |
| 4331 else | |
| 4332 c = ' '; | |
| 7 | 4333 lcs_eol_one = -1; |
| 4334 --ptr; /* put it back at the NUL */ | |
| 674 | 4335 if (!attr_pri) |
| 7 | 4336 { |
| 4337 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); | |
| 4338 n_attr = 1; | |
| 4339 } | |
| 4340 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 4341 mb_c = c; | |
| 4342 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) | |
| 4343 { | |
| 4344 mb_utf8 = TRUE; | |
| 714 | 4345 u8cc[0] = 0; |
| 819 | 4346 c = 0xc0; |
| 7 | 4347 } |
| 4348 else | |
| 4349 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ | |
| 4350 #endif | |
| 4351 } | |
| 4352 else if (c != NUL) | |
| 4353 { | |
| 4354 p_extra = transchar(c); | |
| 4355 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 4356 if ((dy_flags & DY_UHEX) && wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 4357 rl_mirror(p_extra); /* reverse "<12>" */ | |
| 4358 #endif | |
| 4359 n_extra = byte2cells(c) - 1; | |
| 4360 c_extra = NUL; | |
| 4361 c = *p_extra++; | |
| 674 | 4362 if (!attr_pri) |
| 7 | 4363 { |
| 4364 n_attr = n_extra + 1; | |
| 4365 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); | |
| 4366 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ | |
| 4367 } | |
| 4368 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 4369 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ | |
| 4370 #endif | |
| 4371 } | |
| 4372 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 4373 else if (VIsual_active | |
| 4374 && (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V | |
| 4375 || VIsual_mode == 'v') | |
| 4376 && virtual_active() | |
| 4377 && tocol != MAXCOL | |
| 4378 && vcol < tocol | |
| 4379 && ( | |
| 4380 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 4381 wp->w_p_rl ? (col >= 0) : | |
| 4382 # endif | |
| 4383 (col < W_WIDTH(wp)))) | |
| 4384 { | |
| 4385 c = ' '; | |
| 4386 --ptr; /* put it back at the NUL */ | |
| 4387 } | |
| 4388 #endif | |
| 910 | 4389 #if defined(LINE_ATTR) |
| 7 | 4390 else if (( |
| 4391 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 910 | 4392 diff_hlf != (hlf_T)0 || |
| 7 | 4393 # endif |
| 4394 line_attr != 0 | |
| 4395 ) && ( | |
| 4396 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 4397 wp->w_p_rl ? (col >= 0) : | |
| 4398 # endif | |
| 4399 (col < W_WIDTH(wp)))) | |
| 4400 { | |
| 4401 /* Highlight until the right side of the window */ | |
| 4402 c = ' '; | |
| 4403 --ptr; /* put it back at the NUL */ | |
| 867 | 4404 |
| 4405 /* Remember we do the char for line highlighting. */ | |
| 4406 ++did_line_attr; | |
| 4407 | |
| 4408 /* don't do search HL for the rest of the line */ | |
| 4409 if (line_attr != 0 && char_attr == search_attr && col > 0) | |
| 4410 char_attr = line_attr; | |
| 7 | 4411 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF |
| 4412 if (diff_hlf == HLF_TXD) | |
| 4413 { | |
| 4414 diff_hlf = HLF_CHD; | |
| 4415 if (attr == 0 || char_attr != attr) | |
| 4416 char_attr = hl_attr(diff_hlf); | |
| 4417 } | |
| 4418 # endif | |
| 4419 } | |
| 4420 #endif | |
| 4421 } | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4422 |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4423 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4424 if ( wp->w_p_cole > 0 |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4425 && (wp != curwin || lnum != wp->w_cursor.lnum || |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4426 conceal_cursor_line(wp)) |
|
2349
586a459f3980
Never hide text for conceal in cursor line. Do hide when there is
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
4427 && (syntax_flags & HL_CONCEAL) != 0) |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4428 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4429 char_attr = conceal_attr; |
|
2375
a96dd77ce213
For conceal mode: when two different syntax items follow each other, show the
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2364
diff
changeset
|
4430 if (prev_syntax_id != syntax_id |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4431 && (syn_get_sub_char() != NUL || wp->w_p_cole == 1) |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4432 && wp->w_p_cole != 3) |
|
2375
a96dd77ce213
For conceal mode: when two different syntax items follow each other, show the
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2364
diff
changeset
|
4433 { |
|
a96dd77ce213
For conceal mode: when two different syntax items follow each other, show the
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2364
diff
changeset
|
4434 /* First time at this concealed item: display one |
|
a96dd77ce213
For conceal mode: when two different syntax items follow each other, show the
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2364
diff
changeset
|
4435 * character. */ |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4436 if (syn_get_sub_char() != NUL) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4437 c = syn_get_sub_char(); |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4438 else if (lcs_conceal != NUL) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4439 c = lcs_conceal; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4440 else |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4441 c = ' '; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4442 |
|
2375
a96dd77ce213
For conceal mode: when two different syntax items follow each other, show the
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2364
diff
changeset
|
4443 prev_syntax_id = syntax_id; |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4444 |
|
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4445 if (n_extra > 0) |
|
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4446 vcol_off += n_extra; |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4447 vcol += n_extra; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4448 if (wp->w_p_wrap && n_extra > 0) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4449 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4450 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4451 if (wp->w_p_rl) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4452 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4453 col -= n_extra; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4454 boguscols -= n_extra; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4455 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4456 else |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4457 # endif |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4458 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4459 boguscols += n_extra; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4460 col += n_extra; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4461 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4462 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4463 n_extra = 0; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4464 n_attr = 0; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4465 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4466 else if (n_skip == 0) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4467 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4468 is_concealing = TRUE; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4469 n_skip = 1; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4470 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4471 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4472 mb_c = c; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4473 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4474 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4475 mb_utf8 = TRUE; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4476 u8cc[0] = 0; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4477 c = 0xc0; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4478 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4479 else |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4480 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4481 # endif |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4482 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4483 else |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4484 { |
|
2375
a96dd77ce213
For conceal mode: when two different syntax items follow each other, show the
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2364
diff
changeset
|
4485 prev_syntax_id = 0; |
|
2348
8878a9f8db87
Rename w_p_conceal to w_p_conc for consistency.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2346
diff
changeset
|
4486 is_concealing = FALSE; |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4487 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4488 #endif /* FEAT_CONCEAL */ |
| 7 | 4489 } |
| 4490 | |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4491 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4492 /* In the cursor line and we may be concealing characters: correct |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4493 * the cursor column when we reach its position. */ |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4494 if (!did_wcol && wp == curwin && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4495 && conceal_cursor_line(wp) |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4496 && (int)wp->w_virtcol <= vcol + n_skip) |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4497 { |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4498 wp->w_wcol = col - boguscols; |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4499 did_wcol = TRUE; |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4500 } |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4501 #endif |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4502 |
| 7 | 4503 /* Don't override visual selection highlighting. */ |
| 4504 if (n_attr > 0 | |
| 4505 && draw_state == WL_LINE | |
| 674 | 4506 && !attr_pri) |
| 7 | 4507 char_attr = extra_attr; |
| 4508 | |
| 42 | 4509 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) |
| 7 | 4510 /* XIM don't send preedit_start and preedit_end, but they send |
| 4511 * preedit_changed and commit. Thus Vim can't set "im_is_active", use | |
| 4512 * im_is_preediting() here. */ | |
| 4513 if (xic != NULL | |
| 1850 | 4514 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum |
| 7 | 4515 && (State & INSERT) |
| 4516 && !p_imdisable | |
| 4517 && im_is_preediting() | |
| 4518 && draw_state == WL_LINE) | |
| 4519 { | |
| 4520 colnr_T tcol; | |
| 4521 | |
| 4522 if (preedit_end_col == MAXCOL) | |
| 1850 | 4523 getvcol(curwin, &(wp->w_cursor), &tcol, NULL, NULL); |
| 7 | 4524 else |
| 4525 tcol = preedit_end_col; | |
| 4526 if ((long)preedit_start_col <= vcol && vcol < (long)tcol) | |
| 4527 { | |
| 4528 if (feedback_old_attr < 0) | |
| 4529 { | |
| 4530 feedback_col = 0; | |
| 4531 feedback_old_attr = char_attr; | |
| 4532 } | |
| 4533 char_attr = im_get_feedback_attr(feedback_col); | |
| 4534 if (char_attr < 0) | |
| 4535 char_attr = feedback_old_attr; | |
| 4536 feedback_col++; | |
| 4537 } | |
| 4538 else if (feedback_old_attr >= 0) | |
| 4539 { | |
| 4540 char_attr = feedback_old_attr; | |
| 4541 feedback_old_attr = -1; | |
| 4542 feedback_col = 0; | |
| 4543 } | |
| 4544 } | |
| 4545 #endif | |
| 4546 /* | |
| 4547 * Handle the case where we are in column 0 but not on the first | |
| 4548 * character of the line and the user wants us to show us a | |
| 4549 * special character (via 'listchars' option "precedes:<char>". | |
| 4550 */ | |
| 4551 if (lcs_prec_todo != NUL | |
| 4552 && (wp->w_p_wrap ? wp->w_skipcol > 0 : wp->w_leftcol > 0) | |
| 4553 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 4554 && filler_todo <= 0 | |
| 4555 #endif | |
| 4556 && draw_state > WL_NR | |
| 4557 && c != NUL) | |
| 4558 { | |
| 4559 c = lcs_prec; | |
| 4560 lcs_prec_todo = NUL; | |
| 4561 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 4562 mb_c = c; | |
| 4563 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) | |
| 4564 { | |
| 4565 mb_utf8 = TRUE; | |
| 714 | 4566 u8cc[0] = 0; |
| 819 | 4567 c = 0xc0; |
| 7 | 4568 } |
| 4569 else | |
| 4570 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ | |
| 4571 #endif | |
| 674 | 4572 if (!attr_pri) |
| 7 | 4573 { |
| 4574 saved_attr3 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ | |
| 4575 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); /* later copied to char_attr */ | |
| 4576 n_attr3 = 1; | |
| 4577 } | |
| 4578 } | |
| 4579 | |
| 4580 /* | |
| 867 | 4581 * At end of the text line or just after the last character. |
| 7 | 4582 */ |
| 867 | 4583 if (c == NUL |
| 910 | 4584 #if defined(LINE_ATTR) |
| 867 | 4585 || did_line_attr == 1 |
| 4586 #endif | |
| 4587 ) | |
| 4588 { | |
| 4589 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 4590 long prevcol = (long)(ptr - line) - (c == NUL); | |
| 1437 | 4591 |
| 4592 /* we're not really at that column when skipping some text */ | |
| 1439 | 4593 if ((long)(wp->w_p_wrap ? wp->w_skipcol : wp->w_leftcol) > prevcol) |
| 1437 | 4594 ++prevcol; |
| 867 | 4595 #endif |
| 4596 | |
|
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4597 /* Invert at least one char, used for Visual and empty line or |
| 7 | 4598 * highlight match at end of line. If it's beyond the last |
| 4599 * char on the screen, just overwrite that one (tricky!) Not | |
| 4600 * needed when a '$' was displayed for 'list'. */ | |
| 1326 | 4601 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA |
| 4602 prevcol_hl_flag = FALSE; | |
| 4603 if (prevcol == (long)search_hl.startcol) | |
| 4604 prevcol_hl_flag = TRUE; | |
| 4605 else | |
| 4606 { | |
| 4607 cur = wp->w_match_head; | |
| 4608 while (cur != NULL) | |
| 4609 { | |
| 4610 if (prevcol == (long)cur->hl.startcol) | |
| 4611 { | |
| 4612 prevcol_hl_flag = TRUE; | |
| 4613 break; | |
| 4614 } | |
| 4615 cur = cur->next; | |
| 4616 } | |
| 4617 } | |
| 4618 #endif | |
| 7 | 4619 if (lcs_eol == lcs_eol_one |
| 1850 | 4620 && ((area_attr != 0 && vcol == fromcol |
| 4621 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
| 4622 && (VIsual_mode != Ctrl_V | |
| 4623 || lnum == VIsual.lnum | |
| 4624 || lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
| 4625 #endif | |
| 4626 && c == NUL) | |
| 7 | 4627 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA |
| 4628 /* highlight 'hlsearch' match at end of line */ | |
| 1326 | 4629 || (prevcol_hl_flag == TRUE |
| 910 | 4630 # if defined(LINE_ATTR) |
| 867 | 4631 && did_line_attr <= 1 |
| 4632 # endif | |
| 4633 ) | |
| 7 | 4634 #endif |
| 4635 )) | |
| 4636 { | |
| 4637 int n = 0; | |
| 4638 | |
| 4639 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 4640 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 4641 { | |
| 4642 if (col < 0) | |
| 4643 n = 1; | |
| 4644 } | |
| 4645 else | |
| 4646 #endif | |
| 4647 { | |
| 4648 if (col >= W_WIDTH(wp)) | |
| 4649 n = -1; | |
| 4650 } | |
| 4651 if (n != 0) | |
| 4652 { | |
| 4653 /* At the window boundary, highlight the last character | |
| 4654 * instead (better than nothing). */ | |
| 4655 off += n; | |
| 4656 col += n; | |
| 4657 } | |
| 4658 else | |
| 4659 { | |
| 4660 /* Add a blank character to highlight. */ | |
| 4661 ScreenLines[off] = ' '; | |
| 4662 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 4663 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 4664 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; | |
| 4665 #endif | |
| 4666 } | |
| 4667 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 4668 if (area_attr == 0) | |
| 4669 { | |
| 1326 | 4670 /* Use attributes from match with highest priority among |
| 4671 * 'search_hl' and the match list. */ | |
| 4672 char_attr = search_hl.attr; | |
| 4673 cur = wp->w_match_head; | |
| 4674 shl_flag = FALSE; | |
| 4675 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE) | |
| 699 | 4676 { |
| 1326 | 4677 if (shl_flag == FALSE |
| 4678 && ((cur != NULL | |
| 4679 && cur->priority > SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY) | |
| 4680 || cur == NULL)) | |
| 699 | 4681 { |
| 1326 | 4682 shl = &search_hl; |
| 4683 shl_flag = TRUE; | |
| 699 | 4684 } |
| 1326 | 4685 else |
| 4686 shl = &cur->hl; | |
| 4687 if ((ptr - line) - 1 == (long)shl->startcol) | |
| 4688 char_attr = shl->attr; | |
| 4689 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL) | |
| 4690 cur = cur->next; | |
| 699 | 4691 } |
| 7 | 4692 } |
| 4693 #endif | |
| 4694 ScreenAttrs[off] = char_attr; | |
| 4695 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 4696 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 1437 | 4697 { |
| 7 | 4698 --col; |
| 1437 | 4699 --off; |
| 4700 } | |
| 7 | 4701 else |
| 4702 #endif | |
| 1437 | 4703 { |
| 7 | 4704 ++col; |
| 1437 | 4705 ++off; |
| 4706 } | |
| 743 | 4707 ++vcol; |
| 1437 | 4708 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
| 4709 eol_hl_off = 1; | |
| 4710 #endif | |
| 743 | 4711 } |
| 867 | 4712 } |
| 4713 | |
| 4714 /* | |
| 4715 * At end of the text line. | |
| 4716 */ | |
| 4717 if (c == NUL) | |
| 4718 { | |
| 743 | 4719 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
| 1850 | 4720 if (eol_hl_off > 0 && vcol - eol_hl_off == (long)wp->w_virtcol |
| 4721 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum) | |
| 1437 | 4722 { |
| 4723 /* highlight last char after line */ | |
| 4724 --col; | |
| 4725 --off; | |
| 4726 --vcol; | |
| 4727 } | |
| 4728 | |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4729 /* Highlight 'cursorcolumn' & 'colorcolumn' past end of the line. */ |
| 758 | 4730 if (wp->w_p_wrap) |
| 4731 v = wp->w_skipcol; | |
| 4732 else | |
| 4733 v = wp->w_leftcol; | |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4734 |
| 820 | 4735 /* check if line ends before left margin */ |
| 4736 if (vcol < v + col - win_col_off(wp)) | |
| 4737 vcol = v + col - win_col_off(wp); | |
|
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4738 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
|
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4739 /* Get rid of the boguscols now, we want to draw until the right |
|
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4740 * edge for 'cursorcolumn'. */ |
|
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4741 col -= boguscols; |
|
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4742 boguscols = 0; |
|
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4743 #endif |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4744 |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4745 if (draw_color_col) |
|
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4746 draw_color_col = advance_color_col(VCOL_HLC, &color_cols); |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4747 |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4748 if (((wp->w_p_cuc |
|
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4749 && (int)wp->w_virtcol >= VCOL_HLC - eol_hl_off |
|
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4750 && (int)wp->w_virtcol < |
|
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4751 W_WIDTH(wp) * (row - startrow + 1) + v |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4752 && lnum != wp->w_cursor.lnum) |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4753 || draw_color_col) |
| 743 | 4754 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
| 4755 && !wp->w_p_rl | |
| 4756 # endif | |
| 4757 ) | |
| 4758 { | |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4759 int rightmost_vcol = 0; |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4760 int i; |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4761 |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4762 if (wp->w_p_cuc) |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4763 rightmost_vcol = wp->w_virtcol; |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4764 if (draw_color_col) |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4765 /* determine rightmost colorcolumn to possibly draw */ |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4766 for (i = 0; color_cols[i] >= 0; ++i) |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4767 if (rightmost_vcol < color_cols[i]) |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4768 rightmost_vcol = color_cols[i]; |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4769 |
| 743 | 4770 while (col < W_WIDTH(wp)) |
| 4771 { | |
| 4772 ScreenLines[off] = ' '; | |
| 4773 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 4774 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 4775 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; | |
| 4776 #endif | |
| 4777 ++col; | |
|
2356
eb1f2554cac5
Fix 'colorcolumn' adjecent columns not highlighted after end of line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2349
diff
changeset
|
4778 if (draw_color_col) |
|
eb1f2554cac5
Fix 'colorcolumn' adjecent columns not highlighted after end of line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2349
diff
changeset
|
4779 draw_color_col = advance_color_col(VCOL_HLC, |
|
eb1f2554cac5
Fix 'colorcolumn' adjecent columns not highlighted after end of line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2349
diff
changeset
|
4780 &color_cols); |
|
eb1f2554cac5
Fix 'colorcolumn' adjecent columns not highlighted after end of line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2349
diff
changeset
|
4781 |
|
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4782 if (wp->w_p_cuc && VCOL_HLC == (long)wp->w_virtcol) |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4783 ScreenAttrs[off++] = hl_attr(HLF_CUC); |
|
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4784 else if (draw_color_col && VCOL_HLC == *color_cols) |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4785 ScreenAttrs[off++] = hl_attr(HLF_MC); |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4786 else |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4787 ScreenAttrs[off++] = 0; |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4788 |
|
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4789 if (VCOL_HLC >= rightmost_vcol) |
| 743 | 4790 break; |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4791 |
| 743 | 4792 ++vcol; |
| 4793 } | |
| 4794 } | |
| 4795 #endif | |
| 7 | 4796 |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4797 SCREEN_LINE(screen_row, W_WINCOL(wp), col, |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4798 (int)W_WIDTH(wp), wp->w_p_rl); |
| 7 | 4799 row++; |
| 4800 | |
| 4801 /* | |
| 4802 * Update w_cline_height and w_cline_folded if the cursor line was | |
| 4803 * updated (saves a call to plines() later). | |
| 4804 */ | |
| 4805 if (wp == curwin && lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
| 4806 { | |
| 4807 curwin->w_cline_row = startrow; | |
| 4808 curwin->w_cline_height = row - startrow; | |
| 4809 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 4810 curwin->w_cline_folded = FALSE; | |
| 4811 #endif | |
| 4812 curwin->w_valid |= (VALID_CHEIGHT|VALID_CROW); | |
| 4813 } | |
| 4814 | |
| 4815 break; | |
| 4816 } | |
| 4817 | |
| 4818 /* line continues beyond line end */ | |
| 4819 if (lcs_ext | |
| 4820 && !wp->w_p_wrap | |
| 4821 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 4822 && filler_todo <= 0 | |
| 4823 #endif | |
| 4824 && ( | |
| 4825 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 4826 wp->w_p_rl ? col == 0 : | |
| 4827 #endif | |
| 4828 col == W_WIDTH(wp) - 1) | |
| 4829 && (*ptr != NUL | |
| 1555 | 4830 || (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol_one > 0) |
| 7 | 4831 || (n_extra && (c_extra != NUL || *p_extra != NUL)))) |
| 4832 { | |
| 4833 c = lcs_ext; | |
| 4834 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); | |
| 4835 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 4836 mb_c = c; | |
| 4837 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) | |
| 4838 { | |
| 4839 mb_utf8 = TRUE; | |
| 714 | 4840 u8cc[0] = 0; |
| 819 | 4841 c = 0xc0; |
| 7 | 4842 } |
| 4843 else | |
| 4844 mb_utf8 = FALSE; | |
| 4845 #endif | |
| 4846 } | |
| 4847 | |
| 743 | 4848 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4849 /* advance to the next 'colorcolumn' */ |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4850 if (draw_color_col) |
|
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4851 draw_color_col = advance_color_col(VCOL_HLC, &color_cols); |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4852 |
| 743 | 4853 /* Highlight the cursor column if 'cursorcolumn' is set. But don't |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4854 * highlight the cursor position itself. |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4855 * Also highlight the 'colorcolumn' if it is different than |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4856 * 'cursorcolumn' */ |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4857 vcol_save_attr = -1; |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4858 if (draw_state == WL_LINE && !lnum_in_visual_area) |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4859 { |
|
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4860 if (wp->w_p_cuc && VCOL_HLC == (long)wp->w_virtcol |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4861 && lnum != wp->w_cursor.lnum) |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4862 { |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4863 vcol_save_attr = char_attr; |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4864 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, hl_attr(HLF_CUC)); |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4865 } |
|
2346
b38c324bdc36
Fix: 'colorcolumn' interfered with concealed text.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2338
diff
changeset
|
4866 else if (draw_color_col && VCOL_HLC == *color_cols) |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4867 { |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4868 vcol_save_attr = char_attr; |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4869 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, hl_attr(HLF_MC)); |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4870 } |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4871 } |
| 743 | 4872 #endif |
| 4873 | |
| 7 | 4874 /* |
| 4875 * Store character to be displayed. | |
| 4876 * Skip characters that are left of the screen for 'nowrap'. | |
| 4877 */ | |
| 4878 vcol_prev = vcol; | |
| 4879 if (draw_state < WL_LINE || n_skip <= 0) | |
| 4880 { | |
| 4881 /* | |
| 4882 * Store the character. | |
| 4883 */ | |
| 4884 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) && defined(FEAT_MBYTE) | |
| 4885 if (has_mbyte && wp->w_p_rl && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) > 1) | |
| 4886 { | |
| 4887 /* A double-wide character is: put first halve in left cell. */ | |
| 4888 --off; | |
| 4889 --col; | |
| 4890 } | |
| 4891 #endif | |
| 4892 ScreenLines[off] = c; | |
| 4893 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 4894 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) | |
|
2069
63613d8d7e4d
updated for version 7.2.354
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2055
diff
changeset
|
4895 { |
|
63613d8d7e4d
updated for version 7.2.354
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2055
diff
changeset
|
4896 if ((mb_c & 0xff00) == 0x8e00) |
|
63613d8d7e4d
updated for version 7.2.354
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2055
diff
changeset
|
4897 ScreenLines[off] = 0x8e; |
| 7 | 4898 ScreenLines2[off] = mb_c & 0xff; |
|
2069
63613d8d7e4d
updated for version 7.2.354
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2055
diff
changeset
|
4899 } |
| 7 | 4900 else if (enc_utf8) |
| 4901 { | |
| 4902 if (mb_utf8) | |
| 4903 { | |
| 1326 | 4904 int i; |
| 4905 | |
| 7 | 4906 ScreenLinesUC[off] = mb_c; |
| 819 | 4907 if ((c & 0xff) == 0) |
| 4908 ScreenLines[off] = 0x80; /* avoid storing zero */ | |
| 714 | 4909 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) |
| 4910 { | |
| 4911 ScreenLinesC[i][off] = u8cc[i]; | |
| 4912 if (u8cc[i] == 0) | |
| 4913 break; | |
| 4914 } | |
| 7 | 4915 } |
| 4916 else | |
| 4917 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; | |
| 4918 } | |
| 4919 if (multi_attr) | |
| 4920 { | |
| 4921 ScreenAttrs[off] = multi_attr; | |
| 4922 multi_attr = 0; | |
| 4923 } | |
| 4924 else | |
| 4925 #endif | |
| 4926 ScreenAttrs[off] = char_attr; | |
| 4927 | |
| 4928 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 4929 if (has_mbyte && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) > 1) | |
| 4930 { | |
| 4931 /* Need to fill two screen columns. */ | |
| 4932 ++off; | |
| 4933 ++col; | |
| 4934 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 4935 /* UTF-8: Put a 0 in the second screen char. */ | |
| 4936 ScreenLines[off] = 0; | |
| 4937 else | |
| 4938 /* DBCS: Put second byte in the second screen char. */ | |
| 4939 ScreenLines[off] = mb_c & 0xff; | |
| 4940 ++vcol; | |
| 4941 /* When "tocol" is halfway a character, set it to the end of | |
| 4942 * the character, otherwise highlighting won't stop. */ | |
| 4943 if (tocol == vcol) | |
| 4944 ++tocol; | |
| 4945 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 4946 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 4947 { | |
| 4948 /* now it's time to backup one cell */ | |
| 4949 --off; | |
| 4950 --col; | |
| 4951 } | |
| 4952 #endif | |
| 4953 } | |
| 4954 #endif | |
| 4955 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 4956 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 4957 { | |
| 4958 --off; | |
| 4959 --col; | |
| 4960 } | |
| 4961 else | |
| 4962 #endif | |
| 4963 { | |
| 4964 ++off; | |
| 4965 ++col; | |
| 4966 } | |
| 4967 } | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4968 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4969 else if (wp->w_p_cole > 0 && is_concealing) |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4970 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4971 --n_skip; |
|
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4972 ++vcol_off; |
|
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4973 if (n_extra > 0) |
|
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4974 vcol_off += n_extra; |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4975 if (wp->w_p_wrap) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4976 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4977 /* |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4978 * Special voodoo required if 'wrap' is on. |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4979 * |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4980 * Advance the column indicator to force the line |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4981 * drawing to wrap early. This will make the line |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4982 * take up the same screen space when parts are concealed, |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4983 * so that cursor line computations aren't messed up. |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4984 * |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4985 * To avoid the fictitious advance of 'col' causing |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4986 * trailing junk to be written out of the screen line |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4987 * we are building, 'boguscols' keeps track of the number |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4988 * of bad columns we have advanced. |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4989 */ |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4990 if (n_extra > 0) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4991 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4992 vcol += n_extra; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4993 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4994 if (wp->w_p_rl) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4995 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4996 col -= n_extra; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4997 boguscols -= n_extra; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4998 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4999 else |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5000 # endif |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5001 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5002 col += n_extra; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5003 boguscols += n_extra; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5004 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5005 n_extra = 0; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5006 n_attr = 0; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5007 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5008 |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5009 |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5010 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5011 if (has_mbyte && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) > 1) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5012 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5013 /* Need to fill two screen columns. */ |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5014 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5015 if (wp->w_p_rl) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5016 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5017 --boguscols; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5018 --col; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5019 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5020 else |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5021 # endif |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5022 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5023 ++boguscols; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5024 ++col; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5025 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5026 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5027 # endif |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5028 |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5029 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5030 if (wp->w_p_rl) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5031 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5032 --boguscols; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5033 --col; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5034 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5035 else |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5036 # endif |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5037 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5038 ++boguscols; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5039 ++col; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5040 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5041 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5042 else |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5043 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5044 if (n_extra > 0) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5045 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5046 vcol += n_extra; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5047 n_extra = 0; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5048 n_attr = 0; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5049 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5050 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5051 |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5052 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5053 #endif /* FEAT_CONCEAL */ |
| 7 | 5054 else |
| 5055 --n_skip; | |
| 5056 | |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
5057 /* Only advance the "vcol" when after the 'number' or 'relativenumber' |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
5058 * column. */ |
| 1849 | 5059 if (draw_state > WL_NR |
| 7 | 5060 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF |
| 5061 && filler_todo <= 0 | |
| 5062 #endif | |
| 5063 ) | |
| 5064 ++vcol; | |
| 5065 | |
| 743 | 5066 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
| 5067 if (vcol_save_attr >= 0) | |
| 5068 char_attr = vcol_save_attr; | |
| 5069 #endif | |
| 5070 | |
| 7 | 5071 /* restore attributes after "predeces" in 'listchars' */ |
| 5072 if (draw_state > WL_NR && n_attr3 > 0 && --n_attr3 == 0) | |
| 5073 char_attr = saved_attr3; | |
| 5074 | |
| 5075 /* restore attributes after last 'listchars' or 'number' char */ | |
| 5076 if (n_attr > 0 && draw_state == WL_LINE && --n_attr == 0) | |
| 5077 char_attr = saved_attr2; | |
| 5078 | |
| 5079 /* | |
| 5080 * At end of screen line and there is more to come: Display the line | |
| 1378 | 5081 * so far. If there is no more to display it is caught above. |
| 7 | 5082 */ |
| 5083 if (( | |
| 5084 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 5085 wp->w_p_rl ? (col < 0) : | |
| 5086 #endif | |
| 5087 (col >= W_WIDTH(wp))) | |
| 5088 && (*ptr != NUL | |
| 5089 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 5090 || filler_todo > 0 | |
| 5091 #endif | |
| 5092 || (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol != NUL && p_extra != at_end_str) | |
| 5093 || (n_extra != 0 && (c_extra != NUL || *p_extra != NUL))) | |
| 5094 ) | |
| 5095 { | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5096 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5097 SCREEN_LINE(screen_row, W_WINCOL(wp), col - boguscols, |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5098 (int)W_WIDTH(wp), wp->w_p_rl); |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5099 boguscols = 0; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5100 #else |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5101 SCREEN_LINE(screen_row, W_WINCOL(wp), col, |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5102 (int)W_WIDTH(wp), wp->w_p_rl); |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5103 #endif |
| 7 | 5104 ++row; |
| 5105 ++screen_row; | |
| 5106 | |
| 5107 /* When not wrapping and finished diff lines, or when displayed | |
| 5108 * '$' and highlighting until last column, break here. */ | |
| 5109 if ((!wp->w_p_wrap | |
| 5110 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 5111 && filler_todo <= 0 | |
| 5112 #endif | |
| 5113 ) || lcs_eol_one == -1) | |
| 5114 break; | |
| 5115 | |
| 5116 /* When the window is too narrow draw all "@" lines. */ | |
| 5117 if (draw_state != WL_LINE | |
| 5118 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 5119 && filler_todo <= 0 | |
| 5120 #endif | |
| 5121 ) | |
| 5122 { | |
| 5123 win_draw_end(wp, '@', ' ', row, wp->w_height, HLF_AT); | |
| 5124 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 5125 draw_vsep_win(wp, row); | |
| 5126 #endif | |
| 5127 row = endrow; | |
| 5128 } | |
| 5129 | |
| 5130 /* When line got too long for screen break here. */ | |
| 5131 if (row == endrow) | |
| 5132 { | |
| 5133 ++row; | |
| 5134 break; | |
| 5135 } | |
| 5136 | |
| 5137 if (screen_cur_row == screen_row - 1 | |
| 5138 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 5139 && filler_todo <= 0 | |
| 5140 #endif | |
| 5141 && W_WIDTH(wp) == Columns) | |
| 5142 { | |
| 5143 /* Remember that the line wraps, used for modeless copy. */ | |
| 5144 LineWraps[screen_row - 1] = TRUE; | |
| 5145 | |
| 5146 /* | |
| 5147 * Special trick to make copy/paste of wrapped lines work with | |
| 5148 * xterm/screen: write an extra character beyond the end of | |
| 5149 * the line. This will work with all terminal types | |
| 5150 * (regardless of the xn,am settings). | |
| 5151 * Only do this on a fast tty. | |
| 5152 * Only do this if the cursor is on the current line | |
| 5153 * (something has been written in it). | |
| 5154 * Don't do this for the GUI. | |
| 5155 * Don't do this for double-width characters. | |
| 5156 * Don't do this for a window not at the right screen border. | |
| 5157 */ | |
| 5158 if (p_tf | |
| 5159 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 5160 && !gui.in_use | |
| 5161 #endif | |
| 5162 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5163 && !(has_mbyte | |
| 1378 | 5164 && ((*mb_off2cells)(LineOffset[screen_row], |
| 5165 LineOffset[screen_row] + screen_Columns) | |
| 5166 == 2 | |
| 7 | 5167 || (*mb_off2cells)(LineOffset[screen_row - 1] |
| 1378 | 5168 + (int)Columns - 2, |
| 5169 LineOffset[screen_row] + screen_Columns) | |
| 5170 == 2)) | |
| 7 | 5171 #endif |
| 5172 ) | |
| 5173 { | |
| 5174 /* First make sure we are at the end of the screen line, | |
| 5175 * then output the same character again to let the | |
| 5176 * terminal know about the wrap. If the terminal doesn't | |
| 5177 * auto-wrap, we overwrite the character. */ | |
| 5178 if (screen_cur_col != W_WIDTH(wp)) | |
| 5179 screen_char(LineOffset[screen_row - 1] | |
| 5180 + (unsigned)Columns - 1, | |
| 5181 screen_row - 1, (int)(Columns - 1)); | |
| 5182 | |
| 5183 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5184 /* When there is a multi-byte character, just output a | |
| 5185 * space to keep it simple. */ | |
| 148 | 5186 if (has_mbyte && MB_BYTE2LEN(ScreenLines[LineOffset[ |
| 5187 screen_row - 1] + (Columns - 1)]) > 1) | |
| 7 | 5188 out_char(' '); |
| 5189 else | |
| 5190 #endif | |
| 5191 out_char(ScreenLines[LineOffset[screen_row - 1] | |
| 5192 + (Columns - 1)]); | |
| 5193 /* force a redraw of the first char on the next line */ | |
| 5194 ScreenAttrs[LineOffset[screen_row]] = (sattr_T)-1; | |
| 5195 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
| 5196 } | |
| 5197 } | |
| 5198 | |
| 5199 col = 0; | |
| 5200 off = (unsigned)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); | |
| 5201 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 5202 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 5203 { | |
| 5204 col = W_WIDTH(wp) - 1; /* col is not used if breaking! */ | |
| 5205 off += col; | |
| 5206 } | |
| 5207 #endif | |
| 5208 | |
| 5209 /* reset the drawing state for the start of a wrapped line */ | |
| 5210 draw_state = WL_START; | |
| 5211 saved_n_extra = n_extra; | |
| 5212 saved_p_extra = p_extra; | |
| 5213 saved_c_extra = c_extra; | |
| 5214 saved_char_attr = char_attr; | |
| 5215 n_extra = 0; | |
| 5216 lcs_prec_todo = lcs_prec; | |
| 5217 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK | |
| 5218 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 5219 if (filler_todo <= 0) | |
| 5220 # endif | |
| 5221 need_showbreak = TRUE; | |
| 5222 #endif | |
| 5223 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 5224 --filler_todo; | |
| 5225 /* When the filler lines are actually below the last line of the | |
| 5226 * file, don't draw the line itself, break here. */ | |
| 5227 if (filler_todo == 0 && wp->w_botfill) | |
| 5228 break; | |
| 5229 #endif | |
| 5230 } | |
| 5231 | |
| 5232 } /* for every character in the line */ | |
| 5233 | |
| 743 | 5234 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 386 | 5235 /* After an empty line check first word for capital. */ |
| 5236 if (*skipwhite(line) == NUL) | |
| 5237 { | |
| 5238 capcol_lnum = lnum + 1; | |
| 5239 cap_col = 0; | |
| 5240 } | |
| 5241 #endif | |
| 5242 | |
| 7 | 5243 return row; |
| 5244 } | |
| 5245 | |
| 714 | 5246 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 5247 static int comp_char_differs __ARGS((int, int)); | |
| 5248 | |
| 5249 /* | |
| 5250 * Return if the composing characters at "off_from" and "off_to" differ. | |
|
2124
dc8a5699253b
updated for version 7.2.406
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2122
diff
changeset
|
5251 * Only to be used when ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != 0. |
| 714 | 5252 */ |
| 5253 static int | |
| 5254 comp_char_differs(off_from, off_to) | |
| 5255 int off_from; | |
| 5256 int off_to; | |
| 5257 { | |
| 5258 int i; | |
| 5259 | |
| 5260 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) | |
| 5261 { | |
| 5262 if (ScreenLinesC[i][off_from] != ScreenLinesC[i][off_to]) | |
| 5263 return TRUE; | |
| 5264 if (ScreenLinesC[i][off_from] == 0) | |
| 5265 break; | |
| 5266 } | |
| 5267 return FALSE; | |
| 5268 } | |
| 5269 #endif | |
| 5270 | |
| 7 | 5271 /* |
| 5272 * Check whether the given character needs redrawing: | |
| 5273 * - the (first byte of the) character is different | |
| 5274 * - the attributes are different | |
| 5275 * - the character is multi-byte and the next byte is different | |
| 1616 | 5276 * - the character is two cells wide and the second cell differs. |
| 7 | 5277 */ |
| 5278 static int | |
| 5279 char_needs_redraw(off_from, off_to, cols) | |
| 5280 int off_from; | |
| 5281 int off_to; | |
| 5282 int cols; | |
| 5283 { | |
| 5284 if (cols > 0 | |
| 5285 && ((ScreenLines[off_from] != ScreenLines[off_to] | |
| 5286 || ScreenAttrs[off_from] != ScreenAttrs[off_to]) | |
| 5287 | |
| 5288 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5289 || (enc_dbcs != 0 | |
| 5290 && MB_BYTE2LEN(ScreenLines[off_from]) > 1 | |
| 5291 && (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines[off_from] == 0x8e | |
| 5292 ? ScreenLines2[off_from] != ScreenLines2[off_to] | |
| 5293 : (cols > 1 && ScreenLines[off_from + 1] | |
| 5294 != ScreenLines[off_to + 1]))) | |
| 5295 || (enc_utf8 | |
| 5296 && (ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != ScreenLinesUC[off_to] | |
| 5297 || (ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != 0 | |
| 1616 | 5298 && comp_char_differs(off_from, off_to)) |
| 5299 || (cols > 1 && ScreenLines[off_from + 1] | |
| 5300 != ScreenLines[off_to + 1]))) | |
| 7 | 5301 #endif |
| 5302 )) | |
| 5303 return TRUE; | |
| 5304 return FALSE; | |
| 5305 } | |
| 5306 | |
| 5307 /* | |
| 5308 * Move one "cooked" screen line to the screen, but only the characters that | |
| 5309 * have actually changed. Handle insert/delete character. | |
| 5310 * "coloff" gives the first column on the screen for this line. | |
| 5311 * "endcol" gives the columns where valid characters are. | |
| 5312 * "clear_width" is the width of the window. It's > 0 if the rest of the line | |
| 5313 * needs to be cleared, negative otherwise. | |
| 5314 * "rlflag" is TRUE in a rightleft window: | |
| 5315 * When TRUE and "clear_width" > 0, clear columns 0 to "endcol" | |
| 5316 * When FALSE and "clear_width" > 0, clear columns "endcol" to "clear_width" | |
| 5317 */ | |
| 5318 static void | |
| 5319 screen_line(row, coloff, endcol, clear_width | |
| 5320 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 5321 , rlflag | |
| 5322 #endif | |
| 5323 ) | |
| 5324 int row; | |
| 5325 int coloff; | |
| 5326 int endcol; | |
| 5327 int clear_width; | |
| 5328 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 5329 int rlflag; | |
| 5330 #endif | |
| 5331 { | |
| 5332 unsigned off_from; | |
| 5333 unsigned off_to; | |
| 1378 | 5334 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 5335 unsigned max_off_from; | |
| 5336 unsigned max_off_to; | |
| 5337 #endif | |
| 7 | 5338 int col = 0; |
| 5339 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) || defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT) | |
| 5340 int hl; | |
| 5341 #endif | |
| 5342 int force = FALSE; /* force update rest of the line */ | |
| 5343 int redraw_this /* bool: does character need redraw? */ | |
| 5344 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 5345 = TRUE /* For GUI when while-loop empty */ | |
| 5346 #endif | |
| 5347 ; | |
| 5348 int redraw_next; /* redraw_this for next character */ | |
| 5349 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5350 int clear_next = FALSE; | |
| 5351 int char_cells; /* 1: normal char */ | |
| 5352 /* 2: occupies two display cells */ | |
| 5353 # define CHAR_CELLS char_cells | |
| 5354 #else | |
| 5355 # define CHAR_CELLS 1 | |
| 5356 #endif | |
| 5357 | |
| 5358 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
| 5359 clip_may_clear_selection(row, row); | |
| 5360 # endif | |
| 5361 | |
| 5362 off_from = (unsigned)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); | |
| 5363 off_to = LineOffset[row] + coloff; | |
| 1378 | 5364 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 5365 max_off_from = off_from + screen_Columns; | |
| 5366 max_off_to = LineOffset[row] + screen_Columns; | |
| 5367 #endif | |
| 7 | 5368 |
| 5369 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 5370 if (rlflag) | |
| 5371 { | |
| 5372 /* Clear rest first, because it's left of the text. */ | |
| 5373 if (clear_width > 0) | |
| 5374 { | |
| 5375 while (col <= endcol && ScreenLines[off_to] == ' ' | |
| 5376 && ScreenAttrs[off_to] == 0 | |
| 5377 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5378 && (!enc_utf8 || ScreenLinesUC[off_to] == 0) | |
| 5379 # endif | |
| 5380 ) | |
| 5381 { | |
| 5382 ++off_to; | |
| 5383 ++col; | |
| 5384 } | |
| 5385 if (col <= endcol) | |
| 5386 screen_fill(row, row + 1, col + coloff, | |
| 5387 endcol + coloff + 1, ' ', ' ', 0); | |
| 5388 } | |
| 5389 col = endcol + 1; | |
| 5390 off_to = LineOffset[row] + col + coloff; | |
| 5391 off_from += col; | |
| 5392 endcol = (clear_width > 0 ? clear_width : -clear_width); | |
| 5393 } | |
| 5394 #endif /* FEAT_RIGHTLEFT */ | |
| 5395 | |
| 5396 redraw_next = char_needs_redraw(off_from, off_to, endcol - col); | |
| 5397 | |
| 5398 while (col < endcol) | |
| 5399 { | |
| 5400 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5401 if (has_mbyte && (col + 1 < endcol)) | |
| 1378 | 5402 char_cells = (*mb_off2cells)(off_from, max_off_from); |
| 7 | 5403 else |
| 5404 char_cells = 1; | |
| 5405 #endif | |
| 5406 | |
| 5407 redraw_this = redraw_next; | |
| 5408 redraw_next = force || char_needs_redraw(off_from + CHAR_CELLS, | |
| 5409 off_to + CHAR_CELLS, endcol - col - CHAR_CELLS); | |
| 5410 | |
| 5411 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 5412 /* If the next character was bold, then redraw the current character to | |
| 5413 * remove any pixels that might have spilt over into us. This only | |
| 5414 * happens in the GUI. | |
| 5415 */ | |
| 5416 if (redraw_next && gui.in_use) | |
| 5417 { | |
| 5418 hl = ScreenAttrs[off_to + CHAR_CELLS]; | |
| 743 | 5419 if (hl > HL_ALL) |
| 5420 hl = syn_attr2attr(hl); | |
| 5421 if (hl & HL_BOLD) | |
| 7 | 5422 redraw_this = TRUE; |
| 5423 } | |
| 5424 #endif | |
| 5425 | |
| 5426 if (redraw_this) | |
| 5427 { | |
| 5428 /* | |
| 5429 * Special handling when 'xs' termcap flag set (hpterm): | |
| 5430 * Attributes for characters are stored at the position where the | |
| 5431 * cursor is when writing the highlighting code. The | |
| 5432 * start-highlighting code must be written with the cursor on the | |
| 5433 * first highlighted character. The stop-highlighting code must | |
| 5434 * be written with the cursor just after the last highlighted | |
| 5435 * character. | |
| 5436 * Overwriting a character doesn't remove it's highlighting. Need | |
| 5437 * to clear the rest of the line, and force redrawing it | |
| 5438 * completely. | |
| 5439 */ | |
| 5440 if ( p_wiv | |
| 5441 && !force | |
| 5442 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 5443 && !gui.in_use | |
| 5444 #endif | |
| 5445 && ScreenAttrs[off_to] != 0 | |
| 5446 && ScreenAttrs[off_from] != ScreenAttrs[off_to]) | |
| 5447 { | |
| 5448 /* | |
| 5449 * Need to remove highlighting attributes here. | |
| 5450 */ | |
| 5451 windgoto(row, col + coloff); | |
| 5452 out_str(T_CE); /* clear rest of this screen line */ | |
| 5453 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
| 5454 force = TRUE; /* force redraw of rest of the line */ | |
| 5455 redraw_next = TRUE; /* or else next char would miss out */ | |
| 5456 | |
| 5457 /* | |
| 5458 * If the previous character was highlighted, need to stop | |
| 5459 * highlighting at this character. | |
| 5460 */ | |
| 5461 if (col + coloff > 0 && ScreenAttrs[off_to - 1] != 0) | |
| 5462 { | |
| 5463 screen_attr = ScreenAttrs[off_to - 1]; | |
| 5464 term_windgoto(row, col + coloff); | |
| 5465 screen_stop_highlight(); | |
| 5466 } | |
| 5467 else | |
| 5468 screen_attr = 0; /* highlighting has stopped */ | |
| 5469 } | |
| 5470 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5471 if (enc_dbcs != 0) | |
| 5472 { | |
| 5473 /* Check if overwriting a double-byte with a single-byte or | |
| 5474 * the other way around requires another character to be | |
| 5475 * redrawn. For UTF-8 this isn't needed, because comparing | |
| 5476 * ScreenLinesUC[] is sufficient. */ | |
| 5477 if (char_cells == 1 | |
| 5478 && col + 1 < endcol | |
| 1378 | 5479 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) > 1) |
| 7 | 5480 { |
| 5481 /* Writing a single-cell character over a double-cell | |
| 5482 * character: need to redraw the next cell. */ | |
| 5483 ScreenLines[off_to + 1] = 0; | |
| 5484 redraw_next = TRUE; | |
| 5485 } | |
| 5486 else if (char_cells == 2 | |
| 5487 && col + 2 < endcol | |
| 1378 | 5488 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) == 1 |
| 5489 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to + 1, max_off_to) > 1) | |
| 7 | 5490 { |
| 5491 /* Writing the second half of a double-cell character over | |
| 5492 * a double-cell character: need to redraw the second | |
| 5493 * cell. */ | |
| 5494 ScreenLines[off_to + 2] = 0; | |
| 5495 redraw_next = TRUE; | |
| 5496 } | |
| 5497 | |
| 5498 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) | |
| 5499 ScreenLines2[off_to] = ScreenLines2[off_from]; | |
| 5500 } | |
| 5501 /* When writing a single-width character over a double-width | |
| 5502 * character and at the end of the redrawn text, need to clear out | |
| 5503 * the right halve of the old character. | |
| 5504 * Also required when writing the right halve of a double-width | |
| 5505 * char over the left halve of an existing one. */ | |
| 5506 if (has_mbyte && col + char_cells == endcol | |
| 5507 && ((char_cells == 1 | |
| 1378 | 5508 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) > 1) |
| 7 | 5509 || (char_cells == 2 |
| 1378 | 5510 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) == 1 |
| 5511 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to + 1, max_off_to) > 1))) | |
| 7 | 5512 clear_next = TRUE; |
| 5513 #endif | |
| 5514 | |
| 5515 ScreenLines[off_to] = ScreenLines[off_from]; | |
| 5516 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5517 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 5518 { | |
| 5519 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = ScreenLinesUC[off_from]; | |
| 5520 if (ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != 0) | |
| 5521 { | |
| 714 | 5522 int i; |
| 5523 | |
| 5524 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) | |
| 5525 ScreenLinesC[i][off_to] = ScreenLinesC[i][off_from]; | |
| 7 | 5526 } |
| 5527 } | |
| 5528 if (char_cells == 2) | |
| 5529 ScreenLines[off_to + 1] = ScreenLines[off_from + 1]; | |
| 5530 #endif | |
| 5531 | |
| 5532 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) | |
| 1843 | 5533 /* The bold trick makes a single column of pixels appear in the |
| 5534 * next character. When a bold character is removed, the next | |
| 7 | 5535 * character should be redrawn too. This happens for our own GUI |
| 5536 * and for some xterms. */ | |
| 5537 if ( | |
| 5538 # ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 5539 gui.in_use | |
| 5540 # endif | |
| 5541 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(UNIX) | |
| 5542 || | |
| 5543 # endif | |
| 5544 # ifdef UNIX | |
| 5545 term_is_xterm | |
| 5546 # endif | |
| 5547 ) | |
| 5548 { | |
| 5549 hl = ScreenAttrs[off_to]; | |
| 743 | 5550 if (hl > HL_ALL) |
| 5551 hl = syn_attr2attr(hl); | |
| 5552 if (hl & HL_BOLD) | |
| 7 | 5553 redraw_next = TRUE; |
| 5554 } | |
| 5555 #endif | |
| 5556 ScreenAttrs[off_to] = ScreenAttrs[off_from]; | |
| 5557 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 819 | 5558 /* For simplicity set the attributes of second half of a |
| 5559 * double-wide character equal to the first half. */ | |
| 5560 if (char_cells == 2) | |
| 5561 ScreenAttrs[off_to + 1] = ScreenAttrs[off_from]; | |
| 5562 | |
| 7 | 5563 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && char_cells == 2) |
| 5564 screen_char_2(off_to, row, col + coloff); | |
| 5565 else | |
| 5566 #endif | |
| 5567 screen_char(off_to, row, col + coloff); | |
| 5568 } | |
| 5569 else if ( p_wiv | |
| 5570 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 5571 && !gui.in_use | |
| 5572 #endif | |
| 5573 && col + coloff > 0) | |
| 5574 { | |
| 5575 if (ScreenAttrs[off_to] == ScreenAttrs[off_to - 1]) | |
| 5576 { | |
| 5577 /* | |
| 5578 * Don't output stop-highlight when moving the cursor, it will | |
| 5579 * stop the highlighting when it should continue. | |
| 5580 */ | |
| 5581 screen_attr = 0; | |
| 5582 } | |
| 5583 else if (screen_attr != 0) | |
| 5584 screen_stop_highlight(); | |
| 5585 } | |
| 5586 | |
| 5587 off_to += CHAR_CELLS; | |
| 5588 off_from += CHAR_CELLS; | |
| 5589 col += CHAR_CELLS; | |
| 5590 } | |
| 5591 | |
| 5592 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5593 if (clear_next) | |
| 5594 { | |
| 5595 /* Clear the second half of a double-wide character of which the left | |
| 5596 * half was overwritten with a single-wide character. */ | |
| 5597 ScreenLines[off_to] = ' '; | |
| 5598 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 5599 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = 0; | |
| 5600 screen_char(off_to, row, col + coloff); | |
| 5601 } | |
| 5602 #endif | |
| 5603 | |
| 5604 if (clear_width > 0 | |
| 5605 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 5606 && !rlflag | |
| 5607 #endif | |
| 5608 ) | |
| 5609 { | |
| 5610 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 5611 int startCol = col; | |
| 5612 #endif | |
| 5613 | |
| 5614 /* blank out the rest of the line */ | |
| 5615 while (col < clear_width && ScreenLines[off_to] == ' ' | |
| 5616 && ScreenAttrs[off_to] == 0 | |
| 5617 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5618 && (!enc_utf8 || ScreenLinesUC[off_to] == 0) | |
| 5619 #endif | |
| 5620 ) | |
| 5621 { | |
| 5622 ++off_to; | |
| 5623 ++col; | |
| 5624 } | |
| 5625 if (col < clear_width) | |
| 5626 { | |
| 5627 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 5628 /* | |
| 5629 * In the GUI, clearing the rest of the line may leave pixels | |
| 5630 * behind if the first character cleared was bold. Some bold | |
| 5631 * fonts spill over the left. In this case we redraw the previous | |
| 5632 * character too. If we didn't skip any blanks above, then we | |
| 5633 * only redraw if the character wasn't already redrawn anyway. | |
| 5634 */ | |
| 996 | 5635 if (gui.in_use && (col > startCol || !redraw_this)) |
| 7 | 5636 { |
| 5637 hl = ScreenAttrs[off_to]; | |
| 5638 if (hl > HL_ALL || (hl & HL_BOLD)) | |
| 996 | 5639 { |
| 5640 int prev_cells = 1; | |
| 5641 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5642 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 5643 /* for utf-8, ScreenLines[char_offset + 1] == 0 means | |
| 5644 * that its width is 2. */ | |
| 5645 prev_cells = ScreenLines[off_to - 1] == 0 ? 2 : 1; | |
| 5646 else if (enc_dbcs != 0) | |
| 5647 { | |
| 5648 /* find previous character by counting from first | |
| 5649 * column and get its width. */ | |
| 5650 unsigned off = LineOffset[row]; | |
| 1378 | 5651 unsigned max_off = LineOffset[row] + screen_Columns; |
| 996 | 5652 |
| 5653 while (off < off_to) | |
| 5654 { | |
| 1378 | 5655 prev_cells = (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off); |
| 996 | 5656 off += prev_cells; |
| 5657 } | |
| 5658 } | |
| 5659 | |
| 5660 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && prev_cells > 1) | |
| 5661 screen_char_2(off_to - prev_cells, row, | |
| 5662 col + coloff - prev_cells); | |
| 5663 else | |
| 5664 # endif | |
| 5665 screen_char(off_to - prev_cells, row, | |
| 5666 col + coloff - prev_cells); | |
| 5667 } | |
| 7 | 5668 } |
| 5669 #endif | |
| 5670 screen_fill(row, row + 1, col + coloff, clear_width + coloff, | |
| 5671 ' ', ' ', 0); | |
| 5672 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 5673 off_to += clear_width - col; | |
| 5674 col = clear_width; | |
| 5675 #endif | |
| 5676 } | |
| 5677 } | |
| 5678 | |
| 5679 if (clear_width > 0) | |
| 5680 { | |
| 5681 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 5682 /* For a window that's left of another, draw the separator char. */ | |
| 5683 if (col + coloff < Columns) | |
| 5684 { | |
| 5685 int c; | |
| 5686 | |
| 5687 c = fillchar_vsep(&hl); | |
| 5688 if (ScreenLines[off_to] != c | |
| 5689 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 714 | 5690 || (enc_utf8 && (int)ScreenLinesUC[off_to] |
| 5691 != (c >= 0x80 ? c : 0)) | |
| 7 | 5692 # endif |
| 5693 || ScreenAttrs[off_to] != hl) | |
| 5694 { | |
| 5695 ScreenLines[off_to] = c; | |
| 5696 ScreenAttrs[off_to] = hl; | |
| 5697 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5698 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 5699 { | |
| 5700 if (c >= 0x80) | |
| 5701 { | |
| 5702 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = c; | |
| 714 | 5703 ScreenLinesC[0][off_to] = 0; |
| 7 | 5704 } |
| 5705 else | |
| 5706 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = 0; | |
| 5707 } | |
| 5708 # endif | |
| 5709 screen_char(off_to, row, col + coloff); | |
| 5710 } | |
| 5711 } | |
| 5712 else | |
| 5713 #endif | |
| 5714 LineWraps[row] = FALSE; | |
| 5715 } | |
| 5716 } | |
| 5717 | |
| 474 | 5718 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(PROTO) |
| 7 | 5719 /* |
| 474 | 5720 * Mirror text "str" for right-left displaying. |
| 5721 * Only works for single-byte characters (e.g., numbers). | |
| 7 | 5722 */ |
| 474 | 5723 void |
| 7 | 5724 rl_mirror(str) |
| 5725 char_u *str; | |
| 5726 { | |
| 5727 char_u *p1, *p2; | |
| 5728 int t; | |
| 5729 | |
| 5730 for (p1 = str, p2 = str + STRLEN(str) - 1; p1 < p2; ++p1, --p2) | |
| 5731 { | |
| 5732 t = *p1; | |
| 5733 *p1 = *p2; | |
| 5734 *p2 = t; | |
| 5735 } | |
| 5736 } | |
| 5737 #endif | |
| 5738 | |
| 5739 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 5740 /* | |
| 5741 * mark all status lines for redraw; used after first :cd | |
| 5742 */ | |
| 5743 void | |
| 5744 status_redraw_all() | |
| 5745 { | |
| 5746 win_T *wp; | |
| 5747 | |
| 5748 for (wp = firstwin; wp; wp = wp->w_next) | |
| 5749 if (wp->w_status_height) | |
| 5750 { | |
| 5751 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 5752 redraw_later(VALID); | |
| 5753 } | |
| 5754 } | |
| 5755 | |
| 5756 /* | |
| 5757 * mark all status lines of the current buffer for redraw | |
| 5758 */ | |
| 5759 void | |
| 5760 status_redraw_curbuf() | |
| 5761 { | |
| 5762 win_T *wp; | |
| 5763 | |
| 5764 for (wp = firstwin; wp; wp = wp->w_next) | |
| 5765 if (wp->w_status_height != 0 && wp->w_buffer == curbuf) | |
| 5766 { | |
| 5767 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 5768 redraw_later(VALID); | |
| 5769 } | |
| 5770 } | |
| 5771 | |
| 5772 /* | |
| 5773 * Redraw all status lines that need to be redrawn. | |
| 5774 */ | |
| 5775 void | |
| 5776 redraw_statuslines() | |
| 5777 { | |
| 5778 win_T *wp; | |
| 5779 | |
| 5780 for (wp = firstwin; wp; wp = wp->w_next) | |
| 5781 if (wp->w_redr_status) | |
| 5782 win_redr_status(wp); | |
| 673 | 5783 if (redraw_tabline) |
| 677 | 5784 draw_tabline(); |
| 7 | 5785 } |
| 5786 #endif | |
| 5787 | |
| 5788 #if (defined(FEAT_WILDMENU) && defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT)) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 5789 /* | |
| 5790 * Redraw all status lines at the bottom of frame "frp". | |
| 5791 */ | |
| 5792 void | |
| 5793 win_redraw_last_status(frp) | |
| 5794 frame_T *frp; | |
| 5795 { | |
| 5796 if (frp->fr_layout == FR_LEAF) | |
| 5797 frp->fr_win->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 5798 else if (frp->fr_layout == FR_ROW) | |
| 5799 { | |
| 5800 for (frp = frp->fr_child; frp != NULL; frp = frp->fr_next) | |
| 5801 win_redraw_last_status(frp); | |
| 5802 } | |
| 5803 else /* frp->fr_layout == FR_COL */ | |
| 5804 { | |
| 5805 frp = frp->fr_child; | |
| 5806 while (frp->fr_next != NULL) | |
| 5807 frp = frp->fr_next; | |
| 5808 win_redraw_last_status(frp); | |
| 5809 } | |
| 5810 } | |
| 5811 #endif | |
| 5812 | |
| 5813 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 5814 /* | |
| 5815 * Draw the verticap separator right of window "wp" starting with line "row". | |
| 5816 */ | |
| 5817 static void | |
| 5818 draw_vsep_win(wp, row) | |
| 5819 win_T *wp; | |
| 5820 int row; | |
| 5821 { | |
| 5822 int hl; | |
| 5823 int c; | |
| 5824 | |
| 5825 if (wp->w_vsep_width) | |
| 5826 { | |
| 5827 /* draw the vertical separator right of this window */ | |
| 5828 c = fillchar_vsep(&hl); | |
| 5829 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height, | |
| 5830 W_ENDCOL(wp), W_ENDCOL(wp) + 1, | |
| 5831 c, ' ', hl); | |
| 5832 } | |
| 5833 } | |
| 5834 #endif | |
| 5835 | |
| 5836 #ifdef FEAT_WILDMENU | |
| 5837 static int status_match_len __ARGS((expand_T *xp, char_u *s)); | |
| 277 | 5838 static int skip_status_match_char __ARGS((expand_T *xp, char_u *s)); |
| 7 | 5839 |
| 5840 /* | |
| 1378 | 5841 * Get the length of an item as it will be shown in the status line. |
| 7 | 5842 */ |
| 5843 static int | |
| 5844 status_match_len(xp, s) | |
| 5845 expand_T *xp; | |
| 5846 char_u *s; | |
| 5847 { | |
| 5848 int len = 0; | |
| 5849 | |
| 5850 #ifdef FEAT_MENU | |
| 5851 int emenu = (xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUS | |
| 5852 || xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUNAMES); | |
| 5853 | |
| 5854 /* Check for menu separators - replace with '|'. */ | |
| 5855 if (emenu && menu_is_separator(s)) | |
| 5856 return 1; | |
| 5857 #endif | |
| 5858 | |
| 5859 while (*s != NUL) | |
| 5860 { | |
| 1685 | 5861 s += skip_status_match_char(xp, s); |
| 42 | 5862 len += ptr2cells(s); |
| 39 | 5863 mb_ptr_adv(s); |
| 7 | 5864 } |
| 5865 | |
| 5866 return len; | |
| 5867 } | |
| 5868 | |
| 5869 /* | |
| 1685 | 5870 * Return the number of characters that should be skipped in a status match. |
| 277 | 5871 * These are backslashes used for escaping. Do show backslashes in help tags. |
| 5872 */ | |
| 5873 static int | |
| 5874 skip_status_match_char(xp, s) | |
| 5875 expand_T *xp; | |
| 5876 char_u *s; | |
| 5877 { | |
| 1685 | 5878 if ((rem_backslash(s) && xp->xp_context != EXPAND_HELP) |
| 277 | 5879 #ifdef FEAT_MENU |
| 5880 || ((xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUS | |
| 5881 || xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUNAMES) | |
| 5882 && (s[0] == '\t' || (s[0] == '\\' && s[1] != NUL))) | |
| 5883 #endif | |
| 1685 | 5884 ) |
| 5885 { | |
| 5886 #ifndef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME | |
| 5887 if (xp->xp_shell && csh_like_shell() && s[1] == '\\' && s[2] == '!') | |
| 5888 return 2; | |
| 5889 #endif | |
| 5890 return 1; | |
| 5891 } | |
| 5892 return 0; | |
| 277 | 5893 } |
| 5894 | |
| 5895 /* | |
| 7 | 5896 * Show wildchar matches in the status line. |
| 5897 * Show at least the "match" item. | |
| 5898 * We start at item 'first_match' in the list and show all matches that fit. | |
| 5899 * | |
| 5900 * If inversion is possible we use it. Else '=' characters are used. | |
| 5901 */ | |
| 5902 void | |
| 5903 win_redr_status_matches(xp, num_matches, matches, match, showtail) | |
| 5904 expand_T *xp; | |
| 5905 int num_matches; | |
| 5906 char_u **matches; /* list of matches */ | |
| 5907 int match; | |
| 5908 int showtail; | |
| 5909 { | |
| 5910 #define L_MATCH(m) (showtail ? sm_gettail(matches[m]) : matches[m]) | |
| 5911 int row; | |
| 5912 char_u *buf; | |
| 5913 int len; | |
| 1378 | 5914 int clen; /* length in screen cells */ |
| 7 | 5915 int fillchar; |
| 5916 int attr; | |
| 5917 int i; | |
| 5918 int highlight = TRUE; | |
| 5919 char_u *selstart = NULL; | |
| 5920 int selstart_col = 0; | |
| 5921 char_u *selend = NULL; | |
| 5922 static int first_match = 0; | |
| 5923 int add_left = FALSE; | |
| 5924 char_u *s; | |
| 5925 #ifdef FEAT_MENU | |
| 5926 int emenu; | |
| 5927 #endif | |
| 5928 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_MENU) | |
| 5929 int l; | |
| 5930 #endif | |
| 5931 | |
| 5932 if (matches == NULL) /* interrupted completion? */ | |
| 5933 return; | |
| 5934 | |
| 39 | 5935 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 5936 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 5937 buf = alloc((unsigned)Columns * MB_MAXBYTES + 1); | |
| 5938 else | |
| 5939 #endif | |
| 5940 buf = alloc((unsigned)Columns + 1); | |
| 7 | 5941 if (buf == NULL) |
| 5942 return; | |
| 5943 | |
| 5944 if (match == -1) /* don't show match but original text */ | |
| 5945 { | |
| 5946 match = 0; | |
| 5947 highlight = FALSE; | |
| 5948 } | |
| 5949 /* count 1 for the ending ">" */ | |
| 5950 clen = status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(match)) + 3; | |
| 5951 if (match == 0) | |
| 5952 first_match = 0; | |
| 5953 else if (match < first_match) | |
| 5954 { | |
| 5955 /* jumping left, as far as we can go */ | |
| 5956 first_match = match; | |
| 5957 add_left = TRUE; | |
| 5958 } | |
| 5959 else | |
| 5960 { | |
| 5961 /* check if match fits on the screen */ | |
| 5962 for (i = first_match; i < match; ++i) | |
| 5963 clen += status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(i)) + 2; | |
| 5964 if (first_match > 0) | |
| 5965 clen += 2; | |
| 5966 /* jumping right, put match at the left */ | |
| 5967 if ((long)clen > Columns) | |
| 5968 { | |
| 5969 first_match = match; | |
| 5970 /* if showing the last match, we can add some on the left */ | |
| 5971 clen = 2; | |
| 5972 for (i = match; i < num_matches; ++i) | |
| 5973 { | |
| 5974 clen += status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(i)) + 2; | |
| 5975 if ((long)clen >= Columns) | |
| 5976 break; | |
| 5977 } | |
| 5978 if (i == num_matches) | |
| 5979 add_left = TRUE; | |
| 5980 } | |
| 5981 } | |
| 5982 if (add_left) | |
| 5983 while (first_match > 0) | |
| 5984 { | |
| 5985 clen += status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(first_match - 1)) + 2; | |
| 5986 if ((long)clen >= Columns) | |
| 5987 break; | |
| 5988 --first_match; | |
| 5989 } | |
| 5990 | |
| 5991 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, TRUE); | |
| 5992 | |
| 5993 if (first_match == 0) | |
| 5994 { | |
| 5995 *buf = NUL; | |
| 5996 len = 0; | |
| 5997 } | |
| 5998 else | |
| 5999 { | |
| 6000 STRCPY(buf, "< "); | |
| 6001 len = 2; | |
| 6002 } | |
| 6003 clen = len; | |
| 6004 | |
| 6005 i = first_match; | |
| 6006 while ((long)(clen + status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(i)) + 2) < Columns) | |
| 6007 { | |
| 6008 if (i == match) | |
| 6009 { | |
| 6010 selstart = buf + len; | |
| 6011 selstart_col = clen; | |
| 6012 } | |
| 6013 | |
| 6014 s = L_MATCH(i); | |
| 6015 /* Check for menu separators - replace with '|' */ | |
| 6016 #ifdef FEAT_MENU | |
| 6017 emenu = (xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUS | |
| 6018 || xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUNAMES); | |
| 6019 if (emenu && menu_is_separator(s)) | |
| 6020 { | |
| 6021 STRCPY(buf + len, transchar('|')); | |
| 6022 l = (int)STRLEN(buf + len); | |
| 6023 len += l; | |
| 6024 clen += l; | |
| 6025 } | |
| 6026 else | |
| 6027 #endif | |
| 6028 for ( ; *s != NUL; ++s) | |
| 6029 { | |
| 1685 | 6030 s += skip_status_match_char(xp, s); |
| 7 | 6031 clen += ptr2cells(s); |
| 6032 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 474 | 6033 if (has_mbyte && (l = (*mb_ptr2len)(s)) > 1) |
| 7 | 6034 { |
| 6035 STRNCPY(buf + len, s, l); | |
| 6036 s += l - 1; | |
| 6037 len += l; | |
| 6038 } | |
| 6039 else | |
| 6040 #endif | |
| 6041 { | |
| 6042 STRCPY(buf + len, transchar_byte(*s)); | |
| 6043 len += (int)STRLEN(buf + len); | |
| 6044 } | |
| 6045 } | |
| 6046 if (i == match) | |
| 6047 selend = buf + len; | |
| 6048 | |
| 6049 *(buf + len++) = ' '; | |
| 6050 *(buf + len++) = ' '; | |
| 6051 clen += 2; | |
| 6052 if (++i == num_matches) | |
| 6053 break; | |
| 6054 } | |
| 6055 | |
| 6056 if (i != num_matches) | |
| 6057 { | |
| 6058 *(buf + len++) = '>'; | |
| 6059 ++clen; | |
| 6060 } | |
| 6061 | |
| 6062 buf[len] = NUL; | |
| 6063 | |
| 6064 row = cmdline_row - 1; | |
| 6065 if (row >= 0) | |
| 6066 { | |
| 6067 if (wild_menu_showing == 0) | |
| 6068 { | |
| 6069 if (msg_scrolled > 0) | |
| 6070 { | |
| 6071 /* Put the wildmenu just above the command line. If there is | |
| 6072 * no room, scroll the screen one line up. */ | |
| 6073 if (cmdline_row == Rows - 1) | |
| 6074 { | |
| 6075 screen_del_lines(0, 0, 1, (int)Rows, TRUE, NULL); | |
| 6076 ++msg_scrolled; | |
| 6077 } | |
| 6078 else | |
| 6079 { | |
| 6080 ++cmdline_row; | |
| 6081 ++row; | |
| 6082 } | |
| 6083 wild_menu_showing = WM_SCROLLED; | |
| 6084 } | |
| 6085 else | |
| 6086 { | |
| 6087 /* Create status line if needed by setting 'laststatus' to 2. | |
| 6088 * Set 'winminheight' to zero to avoid that the window is | |
| 6089 * resized. */ | |
| 6090 if (lastwin->w_status_height == 0) | |
| 6091 { | |
| 6092 save_p_ls = p_ls; | |
| 6093 save_p_wmh = p_wmh; | |
| 6094 p_ls = 2; | |
| 6095 p_wmh = 0; | |
| 6096 last_status(FALSE); | |
| 6097 } | |
| 6098 wild_menu_showing = WM_SHOWN; | |
| 6099 } | |
| 6100 } | |
| 6101 | |
| 6102 screen_puts(buf, row, 0, attr); | |
| 6103 if (selstart != NULL && highlight) | |
| 6104 { | |
| 6105 *selend = NUL; | |
| 6106 screen_puts(selstart, row, selstart_col, hl_attr(HLF_WM)); | |
| 6107 } | |
| 6108 | |
| 6109 screen_fill(row, row + 1, clen, (int)Columns, fillchar, fillchar, attr); | |
| 6110 } | |
| 6111 | |
| 6112 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 6113 win_redraw_last_status(topframe); | |
| 6114 #else | |
| 6115 lastwin->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 6116 #endif | |
| 6117 vim_free(buf); | |
| 6118 } | |
| 6119 #endif | |
| 6120 | |
| 6121 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 6122 /* | |
| 6123 * Redraw the status line of window wp. | |
| 6124 * | |
| 6125 * If inversion is possible we use it. Else '=' characters are used. | |
| 6126 */ | |
| 6127 void | |
| 6128 win_redr_status(wp) | |
| 6129 win_T *wp; | |
| 6130 { | |
| 6131 int row; | |
| 6132 char_u *p; | |
| 6133 int len; | |
| 6134 int fillchar; | |
| 6135 int attr; | |
| 6136 int this_ru_col; | |
| 1910 | 6137 static int busy = FALSE; |
| 6138 | |
| 6139 /* It's possible to get here recursively when 'statusline' (indirectly) | |
| 6140 * invokes ":redrawstatus". Simply ignore the call then. */ | |
| 6141 if (busy) | |
| 6142 return; | |
| 6143 busy = TRUE; | |
| 7 | 6144 |
| 6145 wp->w_redr_status = FALSE; | |
| 6146 if (wp->w_status_height == 0) | |
| 6147 { | |
| 6148 /* no status line, can only be last window */ | |
| 6149 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; | |
| 6150 } | |
| 540 | 6151 else if (!redrawing() |
| 6152 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 6153 /* don't update status line when popup menu is visible and may be | |
| 6154 * drawn over it */ | |
| 6155 || pum_visible() | |
| 6156 #endif | |
| 6157 ) | |
| 7 | 6158 { |
| 6159 /* Don't redraw right now, do it later. */ | |
| 6160 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 6161 } | |
| 6162 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT | |
| 40 | 6163 else if (*p_stl != NUL || *wp->w_p_stl != NUL) |
| 7 | 6164 { |
| 6165 /* redraw custom status line */ | |
| 1983 | 6166 redraw_custom_statusline(wp); |
| 7 | 6167 } |
| 6168 #endif | |
| 6169 else | |
| 6170 { | |
| 6171 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp == curwin); | |
| 6172 | |
| 685 | 6173 get_trans_bufname(wp->w_buffer); |
| 7 | 6174 p = NameBuff; |
| 6175 len = (int)STRLEN(p); | |
| 6176 | |
| 6177 if (wp->w_buffer->b_help | |
| 6178 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX | |
| 6179 || wp->w_p_pvw | |
| 6180 #endif | |
| 6181 || bufIsChanged(wp->w_buffer) | |
| 6182 || wp->w_buffer->b_p_ro) | |
| 6183 *(p + len++) = ' '; | |
| 6184 if (wp->w_buffer->b_help) | |
| 6185 { | |
| 809 | 6186 STRCPY(p + len, _("[Help]")); |
| 7 | 6187 len += (int)STRLEN(p + len); |
| 6188 } | |
| 6189 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX | |
| 6190 if (wp->w_p_pvw) | |
| 6191 { | |
| 6192 STRCPY(p + len, _("[Preview]")); | |
| 6193 len += (int)STRLEN(p + len); | |
| 6194 } | |
| 6195 #endif | |
| 6196 if (bufIsChanged(wp->w_buffer)) | |
| 6197 { | |
| 6198 STRCPY(p + len, "[+]"); | |
| 6199 len += 3; | |
| 6200 } | |
| 6201 if (wp->w_buffer->b_p_ro) | |
| 6202 { | |
| 6203 STRCPY(p + len, "[RO]"); | |
| 6204 len += 4; | |
| 6205 } | |
| 6206 | |
| 6207 #ifndef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 6208 this_ru_col = ru_col; | |
| 6209 if (this_ru_col < (Columns + 1) / 2) | |
| 6210 this_ru_col = (Columns + 1) / 2; | |
| 6211 #else | |
| 6212 this_ru_col = ru_col - (Columns - W_WIDTH(wp)); | |
| 6213 if (this_ru_col < (W_WIDTH(wp) + 1) / 2) | |
| 6214 this_ru_col = (W_WIDTH(wp) + 1) / 2; | |
| 6215 if (this_ru_col <= 1) | |
| 6216 { | |
| 6217 p = (char_u *)"<"; /* No room for file name! */ | |
| 6218 len = 1; | |
| 6219 } | |
| 6220 else | |
| 6221 #endif | |
| 6222 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 6223 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 6224 { | |
| 6225 int clen = 0, i; | |
| 6226 | |
| 6227 /* Count total number of display cells. */ | |
|
2338
da6ec32d8d8f
Added strwidth() and strchars() functions.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2332
diff
changeset
|
6228 clen = mb_string2cells(p, -1); |
|
da6ec32d8d8f
Added strwidth() and strchars() functions.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2332
diff
changeset
|
6229 |
| 7 | 6230 /* Find first character that will fit. |
| 6231 * Going from start to end is much faster for DBCS. */ | |
| 6232 for (i = 0; p[i] != NUL && clen >= this_ru_col - 1; | |
| 474 | 6233 i += (*mb_ptr2len)(p + i)) |
| 7 | 6234 clen -= (*mb_ptr2cells)(p + i); |
| 6235 len = clen; | |
| 6236 if (i > 0) | |
| 6237 { | |
| 6238 p = p + i - 1; | |
| 6239 *p = '<'; | |
| 6240 ++len; | |
| 6241 } | |
| 6242 | |
| 6243 } | |
| 6244 else | |
| 6245 #endif | |
| 6246 if (len > this_ru_col - 1) | |
| 6247 { | |
| 6248 p += len - (this_ru_col - 1); | |
| 6249 *p = '<'; | |
| 6250 len = this_ru_col - 1; | |
| 6251 } | |
| 6252 | |
| 6253 row = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height; | |
| 6254 screen_puts(p, row, W_WINCOL(wp), attr); | |
| 6255 screen_fill(row, row + 1, len + W_WINCOL(wp), | |
| 6256 this_ru_col + W_WINCOL(wp), fillchar, fillchar, attr); | |
| 6257 | |
| 6258 if (get_keymap_str(wp, NameBuff, MAXPATHL) | |
| 6259 && (int)(this_ru_col - len) > (int)(STRLEN(NameBuff) + 1)) | |
| 6260 screen_puts(NameBuff, row, (int)(this_ru_col - STRLEN(NameBuff) | |
| 6261 - 1 + W_WINCOL(wp)), attr); | |
| 6262 | |
| 6263 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 6264 win_redr_ruler(wp, TRUE); | |
| 6265 #endif | |
| 6266 } | |
| 6267 | |
| 6268 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 6269 /* | |
| 6270 * May need to draw the character below the vertical separator. | |
| 6271 */ | |
| 6272 if (wp->w_vsep_width != 0 && wp->w_status_height != 0 && redrawing()) | |
| 6273 { | |
| 6274 if (stl_connected(wp)) | |
| 6275 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp == curwin); | |
| 6276 else | |
| 6277 fillchar = fillchar_vsep(&attr); | |
| 6278 screen_putchar(fillchar, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height, W_ENDCOL(wp), | |
| 6279 attr); | |
| 6280 } | |
| 6281 #endif | |
| 1910 | 6282 busy = FALSE; |
| 7 | 6283 } |
| 6284 | |
| 680 | 6285 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT |
| 6286 /* | |
| 6287 * Redraw the status line according to 'statusline' and take care of any | |
| 6288 * errors encountered. | |
| 6289 */ | |
| 6290 static void | |
| 1983 | 6291 redraw_custom_statusline(wp) |
| 680 | 6292 win_T *wp; |
| 6293 { | |
| 1983 | 6294 static int entered = FALSE; |
| 6295 int save_called_emsg = called_emsg; | |
| 6296 | |
| 6297 /* When called recursively return. This can happen when the statusline | |
| 6298 * contains an expression that triggers a redraw. */ | |
| 6299 if (entered) | |
| 6300 return; | |
| 6301 entered = TRUE; | |
| 680 | 6302 |
| 6303 called_emsg = FALSE; | |
| 6304 win_redr_custom(wp, FALSE); | |
| 6305 if (called_emsg) | |
| 1983 | 6306 { |
| 6307 /* When there is an error disable the statusline, otherwise the | |
| 6308 * display is messed up with errors and a redraw triggers the problem | |
| 6309 * again and again. */ | |
| 680 | 6310 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"statusline", -1, |
| 6311 (char_u *)"", OPT_FREE | (*wp->w_p_stl != NUL | |
| 694 | 6312 ? OPT_LOCAL : OPT_GLOBAL), SID_ERROR); |
| 1983 | 6313 } |
| 680 | 6314 called_emsg |= save_called_emsg; |
| 1983 | 6315 entered = FALSE; |
| 680 | 6316 } |
| 6317 #endif | |
| 6318 | |
| 7 | 6319 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT |
| 6320 /* | |
| 6321 * Return TRUE if the status line of window "wp" is connected to the status | |
| 6322 * line of the window right of it. If not, then it's a vertical separator. | |
| 6323 * Only call if (wp->w_vsep_width != 0). | |
| 6324 */ | |
| 6325 int | |
| 6326 stl_connected(wp) | |
| 6327 win_T *wp; | |
| 6328 { | |
| 6329 frame_T *fr; | |
| 6330 | |
| 6331 fr = wp->w_frame; | |
| 6332 while (fr->fr_parent != NULL) | |
| 6333 { | |
| 6334 if (fr->fr_parent->fr_layout == FR_COL) | |
| 6335 { | |
| 6336 if (fr->fr_next != NULL) | |
| 6337 break; | |
| 6338 } | |
| 6339 else | |
| 6340 { | |
| 6341 if (fr->fr_next != NULL) | |
| 6342 return TRUE; | |
| 6343 } | |
| 6344 fr = fr->fr_parent; | |
| 6345 } | |
| 6346 return FALSE; | |
| 6347 } | |
| 6348 # endif | |
| 6349 | |
| 6350 #endif /* FEAT_WINDOWS */ | |
| 6351 | |
| 6352 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 6353 /* | |
| 6354 * Get the value to show for the language mappings, active 'keymap'. | |
| 6355 */ | |
| 6356 int | |
| 6357 get_keymap_str(wp, buf, len) | |
| 6358 win_T *wp; | |
| 6359 char_u *buf; /* buffer for the result */ | |
| 6360 int len; /* length of buffer */ | |
| 6361 { | |
| 6362 char_u *p; | |
| 6363 | |
| 6364 if (wp->w_buffer->b_p_iminsert != B_IMODE_LMAP) | |
| 6365 return FALSE; | |
| 6366 | |
| 6367 { | |
| 6368 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
| 6369 buf_T *old_curbuf = curbuf; | |
| 6370 win_T *old_curwin = curwin; | |
| 6371 char_u *s; | |
| 6372 | |
| 6373 curbuf = wp->w_buffer; | |
| 6374 curwin = wp; | |
| 6375 STRCPY(buf, "b:keymap_name"); /* must be writable */ | |
| 6376 ++emsg_skip; | |
| 714 | 6377 s = p = eval_to_string(buf, NULL, FALSE); |
| 7 | 6378 --emsg_skip; |
| 6379 curbuf = old_curbuf; | |
| 6380 curwin = old_curwin; | |
| 6381 if (p == NULL || *p == NUL) | |
| 6382 #endif | |
| 6383 { | |
| 6384 #ifdef FEAT_KEYMAP | |
| 6385 if (wp->w_buffer->b_kmap_state & KEYMAP_LOADED) | |
| 6386 p = wp->w_buffer->b_p_keymap; | |
| 6387 else | |
| 6388 #endif | |
| 6389 p = (char_u *)"lang"; | |
| 6390 } | |
| 6391 if ((int)(STRLEN(p) + 3) < len) | |
| 6392 sprintf((char *)buf, "<%s>", p); | |
| 6393 else | |
| 6394 buf[0] = NUL; | |
| 6395 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
| 6396 vim_free(s); | |
| 6397 #endif | |
| 6398 } | |
| 6399 return buf[0] != NUL; | |
| 6400 } | |
| 6401 #endif | |
| 6402 | |
| 6403 #if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 6404 /* | |
| 677 | 6405 * Redraw the status line or ruler of window "wp". |
| 6406 * When "wp" is NULL redraw the tab pages line from 'tabline'. | |
| 7 | 6407 */ |
| 6408 static void | |
| 574 | 6409 win_redr_custom(wp, draw_ruler) |
| 7 | 6410 win_T *wp; |
| 574 | 6411 int draw_ruler; /* TRUE or FALSE */ |
| 7 | 6412 { |
| 6413 int attr; | |
| 6414 int curattr; | |
| 6415 int row; | |
| 6416 int col = 0; | |
| 6417 int maxwidth; | |
| 6418 int width; | |
| 6419 int n; | |
| 6420 int len; | |
| 6421 int fillchar; | |
| 6422 char_u buf[MAXPATHL]; | |
| 1983 | 6423 char_u *stl; |
| 7 | 6424 char_u *p; |
| 681 | 6425 struct stl_hlrec hltab[STL_MAX_ITEM]; |
| 6426 struct stl_hlrec tabtab[STL_MAX_ITEM]; | |
| 677 | 6427 int use_sandbox = FALSE; |
| 7 | 6428 |
| 6429 /* setup environment for the task at hand */ | |
| 677 | 6430 if (wp == NULL) |
| 6431 { | |
| 6432 /* Use 'tabline'. Always at the first line of the screen. */ | |
| 1983 | 6433 stl = p_tal; |
| 677 | 6434 row = 0; |
| 707 | 6435 fillchar = ' '; |
| 677 | 6436 attr = hl_attr(HLF_TPF); |
| 6437 maxwidth = Columns; | |
| 6438 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
| 681 | 6439 use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"tabline", 0); |
| 677 | 6440 # endif |
| 6441 } | |
| 40 | 6442 else |
| 677 | 6443 { |
| 6444 row = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height; | |
| 6445 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp == curwin); | |
| 6446 maxwidth = W_WIDTH(wp); | |
| 6447 | |
| 6448 if (draw_ruler) | |
| 6449 { | |
| 1983 | 6450 stl = p_ruf; |
| 677 | 6451 /* advance past any leading group spec - implicit in ru_col */ |
| 1983 | 6452 if (*stl == '%') |
| 6453 { | |
| 6454 if (*++stl == '-') | |
| 6455 stl++; | |
| 6456 if (atoi((char *)stl)) | |
| 6457 while (VIM_ISDIGIT(*stl)) | |
| 6458 stl++; | |
| 6459 if (*stl++ != '(') | |
| 6460 stl = p_ruf; | |
| 677 | 6461 } |
| 7 | 6462 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT |
| 677 | 6463 col = ru_col - (Columns - W_WIDTH(wp)); |
| 6464 if (col < (W_WIDTH(wp) + 1) / 2) | |
| 6465 col = (W_WIDTH(wp) + 1) / 2; | |
| 7 | 6466 #else |
| 677 | 6467 col = ru_col; |
| 6468 if (col > (Columns + 1) / 2) | |
| 6469 col = (Columns + 1) / 2; | |
| 6470 #endif | |
| 6471 maxwidth = W_WIDTH(wp) - col; | |
| 7 | 6472 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 677 | 6473 if (!wp->w_status_height) |
| 6474 #endif | |
| 6475 { | |
| 6476 row = Rows - 1; | |
| 6477 --maxwidth; /* writing in last column may cause scrolling */ | |
| 6478 fillchar = ' '; | |
| 6479 attr = 0; | |
| 6480 } | |
| 6481 | |
| 6482 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
| 681 | 6483 use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"rulerformat", 0); |
| 677 | 6484 # endif |
| 6485 } | |
| 6486 else | |
| 6487 { | |
| 6488 if (*wp->w_p_stl != NUL) | |
| 1983 | 6489 stl = wp->w_p_stl; |
| 677 | 6490 else |
| 1983 | 6491 stl = p_stl; |
| 677 | 6492 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
| 681 | 6493 use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"statusline", |
| 6494 *wp->w_p_stl == NUL ? 0 : OPT_LOCAL); | |
| 677 | 6495 # endif |
| 6496 } | |
| 6497 | |
| 6498 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 6499 col += W_WINCOL(wp); | |
| 6500 #endif | |
| 6501 } | |
| 6502 | |
| 7 | 6503 if (maxwidth <= 0) |
| 6504 return; | |
| 677 | 6505 |
| 1983 | 6506 /* Make a copy, because the statusline may include a function call that |
| 6507 * might change the option value and free the memory. */ | |
| 6508 stl = vim_strsave(stl); | |
| 677 | 6509 width = build_stl_str_hl(wp == NULL ? curwin : wp, |
| 6510 buf, sizeof(buf), | |
| 1983 | 6511 stl, use_sandbox, |
| 681 | 6512 fillchar, maxwidth, hltab, tabtab); |
| 1983 | 6513 vim_free(stl); |
| 835 | 6514 len = (int)STRLEN(buf); |
| 7 | 6515 |
| 1883 | 6516 while (width < maxwidth && len < (int)sizeof(buf) - 1) |
| 7 | 6517 { |
| 6518 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 6519 len += (*mb_char2bytes)(fillchar, buf + len); | |
| 6520 #else | |
| 6521 buf[len++] = fillchar; | |
| 6522 #endif | |
| 6523 ++width; | |
| 6524 } | |
| 6525 buf[len] = NUL; | |
| 6526 | |
| 681 | 6527 /* |
| 6528 * Draw each snippet with the specified highlighting. | |
| 6529 */ | |
| 7 | 6530 curattr = attr; |
| 6531 p = buf; | |
| 681 | 6532 for (n = 0; hltab[n].start != NULL; n++) |
| 6533 { | |
| 6534 len = (int)(hltab[n].start - p); | |
| 7 | 6535 screen_puts_len(p, len, row, col, curattr); |
| 6536 col += vim_strnsize(p, len); | |
| 681 | 6537 p = hltab[n].start; |
| 6538 | |
| 6539 if (hltab[n].userhl == 0) | |
| 7 | 6540 curattr = attr; |
| 681 | 6541 else if (hltab[n].userhl < 0) |
| 6542 curattr = syn_id2attr(-hltab[n].userhl); | |
| 7 | 6543 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 680 | 6544 else if (wp != NULL && wp != curwin && wp->w_status_height != 0) |
| 681 | 6545 curattr = highlight_stlnc[hltab[n].userhl - 1]; |
| 7 | 6546 #endif |
| 6547 else | |
| 681 | 6548 curattr = highlight_user[hltab[n].userhl - 1]; |
| 7 | 6549 } |
| 6550 screen_puts(p, row, col, curattr); | |
| 681 | 6551 |
| 6552 if (wp == NULL) | |
| 6553 { | |
| 6554 /* Fill the TabPageIdxs[] array for clicking in the tab pagesline. */ | |
| 6555 col = 0; | |
| 6556 len = 0; | |
| 6557 p = buf; | |
| 6558 fillchar = 0; | |
| 6559 for (n = 0; tabtab[n].start != NULL; n++) | |
| 6560 { | |
| 6561 len += vim_strnsize(p, (int)(tabtab[n].start - p)); | |
| 6562 while (col < len) | |
| 6563 TabPageIdxs[col++] = fillchar; | |
| 6564 p = tabtab[n].start; | |
| 6565 fillchar = tabtab[n].userhl; | |
| 6566 } | |
| 6567 while (col < Columns) | |
| 6568 TabPageIdxs[col++] = fillchar; | |
| 6569 } | |
| 7 | 6570 } |
| 6571 | |
| 6572 #endif /* FEAT_STL_OPT */ | |
| 6573 | |
| 6574 /* | |
| 6575 * Output a single character directly to the screen and update ScreenLines. | |
| 6576 */ | |
| 6577 void | |
| 6578 screen_putchar(c, row, col, attr) | |
| 6579 int c; | |
| 6580 int row, col; | |
| 6581 int attr; | |
| 6582 { | |
| 6583 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 6584 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; | |
| 6585 | |
| 6586 buf[(*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf)] = NUL; | |
| 6587 #else | |
| 6588 char_u buf[2]; | |
| 6589 | |
| 6590 buf[0] = c; | |
| 6591 buf[1] = NUL; | |
| 6592 #endif | |
| 6593 screen_puts(buf, row, col, attr); | |
| 6594 } | |
| 6595 | |
| 6596 /* | |
| 6597 * Get a single character directly from ScreenLines into "bytes[]". | |
| 6598 * Also return its attribute in *attrp; | |
| 6599 */ | |
| 6600 void | |
| 6601 screen_getbytes(row, col, bytes, attrp) | |
| 6602 int row, col; | |
| 6603 char_u *bytes; | |
| 6604 int *attrp; | |
| 6605 { | |
| 6606 unsigned off; | |
| 6607 | |
| 6608 /* safety check */ | |
| 6609 if (ScreenLines != NULL && row < screen_Rows && col < screen_Columns) | |
| 6610 { | |
| 6611 off = LineOffset[row] + col; | |
| 6612 *attrp = ScreenAttrs[off]; | |
| 6613 bytes[0] = ScreenLines[off]; | |
| 6614 bytes[1] = NUL; | |
| 6615 | |
| 6616 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 6617 if (enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0) | |
| 6618 bytes[utfc_char2bytes(off, bytes)] = NUL; | |
| 6619 else if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines[off] == 0x8e) | |
| 6620 { | |
| 6621 bytes[0] = ScreenLines[off]; | |
| 6622 bytes[1] = ScreenLines2[off]; | |
| 6623 bytes[2] = NUL; | |
| 6624 } | |
| 6625 else if (enc_dbcs && MB_BYTE2LEN(bytes[0]) > 1) | |
| 6626 { | |
| 6627 bytes[1] = ScreenLines[off + 1]; | |
| 6628 bytes[2] = NUL; | |
| 6629 } | |
| 6630 #endif | |
| 6631 } | |
| 6632 } | |
| 6633 | |
| 714 | 6634 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 6635 static int screen_comp_differs __ARGS((int, int*)); | |
| 6636 | |
| 6637 /* | |
| 6638 * Return TRUE if composing characters for screen posn "off" differs from | |
| 6639 * composing characters in "u8cc". | |
|
2124
dc8a5699253b
updated for version 7.2.406
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2122
diff
changeset
|
6640 * Only to be used when ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0. |
| 714 | 6641 */ |
| 6642 static int | |
| 6643 screen_comp_differs(off, u8cc) | |
| 6644 int off; | |
| 6645 int *u8cc; | |
| 6646 { | |
| 6647 int i; | |
| 6648 | |
| 6649 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) | |
| 6650 { | |
| 6651 if (ScreenLinesC[i][off] != (u8char_T)u8cc[i]) | |
| 6652 return TRUE; | |
| 6653 if (u8cc[i] == 0) | |
| 6654 break; | |
| 6655 } | |
| 6656 return FALSE; | |
| 6657 } | |
| 6658 #endif | |
| 6659 | |
| 7 | 6660 /* |
| 6661 * Put string '*text' on the screen at position 'row' and 'col', with | |
| 6662 * attributes 'attr', and update ScreenLines[] and ScreenAttrs[]. | |
| 6663 * Note: only outputs within one row, message is truncated at screen boundary! | |
| 6664 * Note: if ScreenLines[], row and/or col is invalid, nothing is done. | |
| 6665 */ | |
| 6666 void | |
| 6667 screen_puts(text, row, col, attr) | |
| 6668 char_u *text; | |
| 6669 int row; | |
| 6670 int col; | |
| 6671 int attr; | |
| 6672 { | |
| 6673 screen_puts_len(text, -1, row, col, attr); | |
| 6674 } | |
| 6675 | |
| 6676 /* | |
| 6677 * Like screen_puts(), but output "text[len]". When "len" is -1 output up to | |
| 6678 * a NUL. | |
| 6679 */ | |
| 6680 void | |
| 6681 screen_puts_len(text, len, row, col, attr) | |
| 6682 char_u *text; | |
| 6683 int len; | |
| 6684 int row; | |
| 6685 int col; | |
| 6686 int attr; | |
| 6687 { | |
| 6688 unsigned off; | |
| 6689 char_u *ptr = text; | |
| 6690 int c; | |
| 6691 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1378 | 6692 unsigned max_off; |
| 7 | 6693 int mbyte_blen = 1; |
| 6694 int mbyte_cells = 1; | |
| 6695 int u8c = 0; | |
| 714 | 6696 int u8cc[MAX_MCO]; |
| 7 | 6697 int clear_next_cell = FALSE; |
| 6698 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC | |
| 6699 int prev_c = 0; /* previous Arabic character */ | |
| 714 | 6700 int pc, nc, nc1; |
| 6701 int pcc[MAX_MCO]; | |
| 7 | 6702 # endif |
| 6703 #endif | |
| 1843 | 6704 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) |
| 6705 int force_redraw_this; | |
| 6706 int force_redraw_next = FALSE; | |
| 6707 #endif | |
| 6708 int need_redraw; | |
| 7 | 6709 |
| 6710 if (ScreenLines == NULL || row >= screen_Rows) /* safety check */ | |
| 6711 return; | |
| 1843 | 6712 off = LineOffset[row] + col; |
| 7 | 6713 |
| 1668 | 6714 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 6715 /* When drawing over the right halve of a double-wide char clear out the | |
| 6716 * left halve. Only needed in a terminal. */ | |
| 1685 | 6717 if (has_mbyte && col > 0 && col < screen_Columns |
| 1668 | 6718 # ifdef FEAT_GUI |
| 6719 && !gui.in_use | |
| 6720 # endif | |
| 6721 && mb_fix_col(col, row) != col) | |
| 1843 | 6722 { |
| 6723 ScreenLines[off - 1] = ' '; | |
| 6724 ScreenAttrs[off - 1] = 0; | |
| 6725 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 6726 { | |
| 6727 ScreenLinesUC[off - 1] = 0; | |
| 6728 ScreenLinesC[0][off - 1] = 0; | |
| 6729 } | |
| 6730 /* redraw the previous cell, make it empty */ | |
| 6731 screen_char(off - 1, row, col - 1); | |
| 6732 /* force the cell at "col" to be redrawn */ | |
| 6733 force_redraw_next = TRUE; | |
| 6734 } | |
| 6735 #endif | |
| 6736 | |
| 1378 | 6737 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 6738 max_off = LineOffset[row] + screen_Columns; | |
| 6739 #endif | |
| 1340 | 6740 while (col < screen_Columns |
| 6741 && (len < 0 || (int)(ptr - text) < len) | |
| 6742 && *ptr != NUL) | |
| 7 | 6743 { |
| 6744 c = *ptr; | |
| 6745 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 6746 /* check if this is the first byte of a multibyte */ | |
| 6747 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 6748 { | |
| 6749 if (enc_utf8 && len > 0) | |
| 474 | 6750 mbyte_blen = utfc_ptr2len_len(ptr, (int)((text + len) - ptr)); |
| 7 | 6751 else |
| 474 | 6752 mbyte_blen = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); |
| 7 | 6753 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && c == 0x8e) |
| 6754 mbyte_cells = 1; | |
| 6755 else if (enc_dbcs != 0) | |
| 6756 mbyte_cells = mbyte_blen; | |
| 6757 else /* enc_utf8 */ | |
| 6758 { | |
| 6759 if (len >= 0) | |
| 714 | 6760 u8c = utfc_ptr2char_len(ptr, u8cc, |
| 7 | 6761 (int)((text + len) - ptr)); |
| 6762 else | |
| 714 | 6763 u8c = utfc_ptr2char(ptr, u8cc); |
| 7 | 6764 mbyte_cells = utf_char2cells(u8c); |
| 1401 | 6765 # ifdef UNICODE16 |
| 7 | 6766 /* Non-BMP character: display as ? or fullwidth ?. */ |
| 6767 if (u8c >= 0x10000) | |
| 6768 { | |
| 6769 u8c = (mbyte_cells == 2) ? 0xff1f : (int)'?'; | |
| 6770 if (attr == 0) | |
| 6771 attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); | |
| 6772 } | |
| 1401 | 6773 # endif |
| 7 | 6774 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC |
| 6775 if (p_arshape && !p_tbidi && ARABIC_CHAR(u8c)) | |
| 6776 { | |
| 6777 /* Do Arabic shaping. */ | |
| 6778 if (len >= 0 && (int)(ptr - text) + mbyte_blen >= len) | |
| 6779 { | |
| 6780 /* Past end of string to be displayed. */ | |
| 6781 nc = NUL; | |
| 6782 nc1 = NUL; | |
| 6783 } | |
| 6784 else | |
| 714 | 6785 { |
| 1994 | 6786 nc = utfc_ptr2char_len(ptr + mbyte_blen, pcc, |
| 6787 (int)((text + len) - ptr - mbyte_blen)); | |
| 714 | 6788 nc1 = pcc[0]; |
| 6789 } | |
| 7 | 6790 pc = prev_c; |
| 6791 prev_c = u8c; | |
| 714 | 6792 u8c = arabic_shape(u8c, &c, &u8cc[0], nc, nc1, pc); |
| 7 | 6793 } |
| 6794 else | |
| 6795 prev_c = u8c; | |
| 6796 # endif | |
|
2055
4aa4510d548c
updated for version 7.2.341
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2008
diff
changeset
|
6797 if (col + mbyte_cells > screen_Columns) |
|
4aa4510d548c
updated for version 7.2.341
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2008
diff
changeset
|
6798 { |
|
4aa4510d548c
updated for version 7.2.341
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2008
diff
changeset
|
6799 /* Only 1 cell left, but character requires 2 cells: |
|
4aa4510d548c
updated for version 7.2.341
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2008
diff
changeset
|
6800 * display a '>' in the last column to avoid wrapping. */ |
|
4aa4510d548c
updated for version 7.2.341
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2008
diff
changeset
|
6801 c = '>'; |
|
4aa4510d548c
updated for version 7.2.341
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2008
diff
changeset
|
6802 mbyte_cells = 1; |
|
4aa4510d548c
updated for version 7.2.341
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2008
diff
changeset
|
6803 } |
| 7 | 6804 } |
| 6805 } | |
| 6806 #endif | |
| 6807 | |
| 1843 | 6808 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) |
| 6809 force_redraw_this = force_redraw_next; | |
| 6810 force_redraw_next = FALSE; | |
| 6811 #endif | |
| 6812 | |
| 6813 need_redraw = ScreenLines[off] != c | |
| 7 | 6814 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 6815 || (mbyte_cells == 2 | |
| 6816 && ScreenLines[off + 1] != (enc_dbcs ? ptr[1] : 0)) | |
| 6817 || (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU | |
| 6818 && c == 0x8e | |
| 6819 && ScreenLines2[off] != ptr[1]) | |
| 6820 || (enc_utf8 | |
|
2124
dc8a5699253b
updated for version 7.2.406
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2122
diff
changeset
|
6821 && (ScreenLinesUC[off] != |
|
dc8a5699253b
updated for version 7.2.406
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2122
diff
changeset
|
6822 (u8char_T)(c < 0x80 && u8cc[0] == 0 ? 0 : u8c) |
|
dc8a5699253b
updated for version 7.2.406
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2122
diff
changeset
|
6823 || (ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0 |
|
dc8a5699253b
updated for version 7.2.406
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2122
diff
changeset
|
6824 && screen_comp_differs(off, u8cc)))) |
| 7 | 6825 #endif |
| 6826 || ScreenAttrs[off] != attr | |
| 1843 | 6827 || exmode_active; |
| 6828 | |
| 6829 if (need_redraw | |
| 6830 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) | |
| 6831 || force_redraw_this | |
| 6832 #endif | |
| 7 | 6833 ) |
| 6834 { | |
| 6835 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) | |
| 6836 /* The bold trick makes a single row of pixels appear in the next | |
| 6837 * character. When a bold character is removed, the next | |
| 6838 * character should be redrawn too. This happens for our own GUI | |
| 1843 | 6839 * and for some xterms. */ |
| 6840 if (need_redraw && ScreenLines[off] != ' ' && ( | |
| 7 | 6841 # ifdef FEAT_GUI |
| 6842 gui.in_use | |
| 6843 # endif | |
| 6844 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(UNIX) | |
| 6845 || | |
| 6846 # endif | |
| 6847 # ifdef UNIX | |
| 6848 term_is_xterm | |
| 6849 # endif | |
| 1843 | 6850 )) |
| 6851 { | |
| 6852 int n = ScreenAttrs[off]; | |
| 6853 | |
| 6854 if (n > HL_ALL) | |
| 6855 n = syn_attr2attr(n); | |
| 6856 if (n & HL_BOLD) | |
| 6857 force_redraw_next = TRUE; | |
| 7 | 6858 } |
| 6859 #endif | |
| 6860 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 6861 /* When at the end of the text and overwriting a two-cell | |
| 6862 * character with a one-cell character, need to clear the next | |
| 6863 * cell. Also when overwriting the left halve of a two-cell char | |
| 6864 * with the right halve of a two-cell char. Do this only once | |
| 6865 * (mb_off2cells() may return 2 on the right halve). */ | |
| 6866 if (clear_next_cell) | |
| 6867 clear_next_cell = FALSE; | |
| 6868 else if (has_mbyte | |
| 6869 && (len < 0 ? ptr[mbyte_blen] == NUL | |
| 6870 : ptr + mbyte_blen >= text + len) | |
| 1378 | 6871 && ((mbyte_cells == 1 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) > 1) |
| 7 | 6872 || (mbyte_cells == 2 |
| 1378 | 6873 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) == 1 |
| 6874 && (*mb_off2cells)(off + 1, max_off) > 1))) | |
| 7 | 6875 clear_next_cell = TRUE; |
| 6876 | |
| 6877 /* Make sure we never leave a second byte of a double-byte behind, | |
| 6878 * it confuses mb_off2cells(). */ | |
| 6879 if (enc_dbcs | |
| 1378 | 6880 && ((mbyte_cells == 1 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) > 1) |
| 7 | 6881 || (mbyte_cells == 2 |
| 1378 | 6882 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) == 1 |
| 6883 && (*mb_off2cells)(off + 1, max_off) > 1))) | |
| 7 | 6884 ScreenLines[off + mbyte_blen] = 0; |
| 6885 #endif | |
| 6886 ScreenLines[off] = c; | |
| 6887 ScreenAttrs[off] = attr; | |
| 6888 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 6889 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 6890 { | |
| 714 | 6891 if (c < 0x80 && u8cc[0] == 0) |
| 7 | 6892 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; |
| 6893 else | |
| 6894 { | |
| 714 | 6895 int i; |
| 6896 | |
| 7 | 6897 ScreenLinesUC[off] = u8c; |
| 714 | 6898 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) |
| 6899 { | |
| 6900 ScreenLinesC[i][off] = u8cc[i]; | |
| 6901 if (u8cc[i] == 0) | |
| 6902 break; | |
| 6903 } | |
| 7 | 6904 } |
| 6905 if (mbyte_cells == 2) | |
| 6906 { | |
| 6907 ScreenLines[off + 1] = 0; | |
| 6908 ScreenAttrs[off + 1] = attr; | |
| 6909 } | |
| 6910 screen_char(off, row, col); | |
| 6911 } | |
| 6912 else if (mbyte_cells == 2) | |
| 6913 { | |
| 6914 ScreenLines[off + 1] = ptr[1]; | |
| 6915 ScreenAttrs[off + 1] = attr; | |
| 6916 screen_char_2(off, row, col); | |
| 6917 } | |
| 6918 else if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && c == 0x8e) | |
| 6919 { | |
| 6920 ScreenLines2[off] = ptr[1]; | |
| 6921 screen_char(off, row, col); | |
| 6922 } | |
| 6923 else | |
| 6924 #endif | |
| 6925 screen_char(off, row, col); | |
| 6926 } | |
| 6927 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 6928 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 6929 { | |
| 6930 off += mbyte_cells; | |
| 6931 col += mbyte_cells; | |
| 6932 ptr += mbyte_blen; | |
| 6933 if (clear_next_cell) | |
| 6934 ptr = (char_u *)" "; | |
| 6935 } | |
| 6936 else | |
| 6937 #endif | |
| 6938 { | |
| 6939 ++off; | |
| 6940 ++col; | |
| 6941 ++ptr; | |
| 6942 } | |
| 6943 } | |
| 1843 | 6944 |
| 6945 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) | |
| 6946 /* If we detected the next character needs to be redrawn, but the text | |
| 6947 * doesn't extend up to there, update the character here. */ | |
| 6948 if (force_redraw_next && col < screen_Columns) | |
| 6949 { | |
| 6950 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 6951 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && dbcs_off2cells(off, max_off) > 1) | |
| 6952 screen_char_2(off, row, col); | |
| 6953 else | |
| 6954 # endif | |
| 6955 screen_char(off, row, col); | |
| 6956 } | |
| 6957 #endif | |
| 7 | 6958 } |
| 6959 | |
| 6960 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 6961 /* | |
| 1326 | 6962 * Prepare for 'hlsearch' highlighting. |
| 7 | 6963 */ |
| 6964 static void | |
| 6965 start_search_hl() | |
| 6966 { | |
| 6967 if (p_hls && !no_hlsearch) | |
| 6968 { | |
| 6969 last_pat_prog(&search_hl.rm); | |
| 6970 search_hl.attr = hl_attr(HLF_L); | |
| 1521 | 6971 # ifdef FEAT_RELTIME |
| 6972 /* Set the time limit to 'redrawtime'. */ | |
| 6973 profile_setlimit(p_rdt, &search_hl.tm); | |
| 6974 # endif | |
| 7 | 6975 } |
| 6976 } | |
| 6977 | |
| 6978 /* | |
| 1326 | 6979 * Clean up for 'hlsearch' highlighting. |
| 7 | 6980 */ |
| 6981 static void | |
| 6982 end_search_hl() | |
| 6983 { | |
| 6984 if (search_hl.rm.regprog != NULL) | |
| 6985 { | |
| 6986 vim_free(search_hl.rm.regprog); | |
| 6987 search_hl.rm.regprog = NULL; | |
| 6988 } | |
| 6989 } | |
| 6990 | |
| 6991 /* | |
|
2284
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
6992 * Init for calling prepare_search_hl(). |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
6993 */ |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
6994 static void |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
6995 init_search_hl(wp) |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
6996 win_T *wp; |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
6997 { |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
6998 matchitem_T *cur; |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
6999 |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7000 /* Setup for match and 'hlsearch' highlighting. Disable any previous |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7001 * match */ |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7002 cur = wp->w_match_head; |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7003 while (cur != NULL) |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7004 { |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7005 cur->hl.rm = cur->match; |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7006 if (cur->hlg_id == 0) |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7007 cur->hl.attr = 0; |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7008 else |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7009 cur->hl.attr = syn_id2attr(cur->hlg_id); |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7010 cur->hl.buf = wp->w_buffer; |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7011 cur->hl.lnum = 0; |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7012 cur->hl.first_lnum = 0; |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7013 # ifdef FEAT_RELTIME |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7014 /* Set the time limit to 'redrawtime'. */ |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7015 profile_setlimit(p_rdt, &(cur->hl.tm)); |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7016 # endif |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7017 cur = cur->next; |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7018 } |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7019 search_hl.buf = wp->w_buffer; |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7020 search_hl.lnum = 0; |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7021 search_hl.first_lnum = 0; |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7022 /* time limit is set at the toplevel, for all windows */ |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7023 } |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7024 |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7025 /* |
| 7 | 7026 * Advance to the match in window "wp" line "lnum" or past it. |
| 7027 */ | |
| 7028 static void | |
| 7029 prepare_search_hl(wp, lnum) | |
| 7030 win_T *wp; | |
| 7031 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 7032 { | |
| 1326 | 7033 matchitem_T *cur; /* points to the match list */ |
| 7034 match_T *shl; /* points to search_hl or a match */ | |
| 7035 int shl_flag; /* flag to indicate whether search_hl | |
| 7036 has been processed or not */ | |
| 7 | 7037 int n; |
| 7038 | |
| 7039 /* | |
| 7040 * When using a multi-line pattern, start searching at the top | |
| 7041 * of the window or just after a closed fold. | |
| 1326 | 7042 * Do this both for search_hl and the match list. |
| 7 | 7043 */ |
| 1326 | 7044 cur = wp->w_match_head; |
| 7045 shl_flag = FALSE; | |
| 7046 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE) | |
| 7047 { | |
| 7048 if (shl_flag == FALSE) | |
| 7049 { | |
| 7050 shl = &search_hl; | |
| 7051 shl_flag = TRUE; | |
| 7052 } | |
| 7053 else | |
| 7054 shl = &cur->hl; | |
| 7 | 7055 if (shl->rm.regprog != NULL |
| 7056 && shl->lnum == 0 | |
| 7057 && re_multiline(shl->rm.regprog)) | |
| 7058 { | |
| 7059 if (shl->first_lnum == 0) | |
| 7060 { | |
| 7061 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 7062 for (shl->first_lnum = lnum; | |
| 7063 shl->first_lnum > wp->w_topline; --shl->first_lnum) | |
| 7064 if (hasFoldingWin(wp, shl->first_lnum - 1, | |
| 7065 NULL, NULL, TRUE, NULL)) | |
| 7066 break; | |
| 7067 # else | |
| 7068 shl->first_lnum = wp->w_topline; | |
| 7069 # endif | |
| 7070 } | |
| 7071 n = 0; | |
| 7072 while (shl->first_lnum < lnum && shl->rm.regprog != NULL) | |
| 7073 { | |
| 7074 next_search_hl(wp, shl, shl->first_lnum, (colnr_T)n); | |
| 7075 if (shl->lnum != 0) | |
| 7076 { | |
| 7077 shl->first_lnum = shl->lnum | |
| 7078 + shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum | |
| 7079 - shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum; | |
| 7080 n = shl->rm.endpos[0].col; | |
| 7081 } | |
| 7082 else | |
| 7083 { | |
| 7084 ++shl->first_lnum; | |
| 7085 n = 0; | |
| 7086 } | |
| 7087 } | |
| 7088 } | |
| 1326 | 7089 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL) |
| 7090 cur = cur->next; | |
| 7 | 7091 } |
| 7092 } | |
| 7093 | |
| 7094 /* | |
| 1326 | 7095 * Search for a next 'hlsearch' or match. |
| 7 | 7096 * Uses shl->buf. |
| 7097 * Sets shl->lnum and shl->rm contents. | |
| 7098 * Note: Assumes a previous match is always before "lnum", unless | |
| 7099 * shl->lnum is zero. | |
| 7100 * Careful: Any pointers for buffer lines will become invalid. | |
| 7101 */ | |
| 7102 static void | |
| 7103 next_search_hl(win, shl, lnum, mincol) | |
| 7104 win_T *win; | |
| 1326 | 7105 match_T *shl; /* points to search_hl or a match */ |
| 7 | 7106 linenr_T lnum; |
| 7107 colnr_T mincol; /* minimal column for a match */ | |
| 7108 { | |
| 7109 linenr_T l; | |
| 7110 colnr_T matchcol; | |
| 7111 long nmatched; | |
| 7112 | |
| 7113 if (shl->lnum != 0) | |
| 7114 { | |
| 7115 /* Check for three situations: | |
| 7116 * 1. If the "lnum" is below a previous match, start a new search. | |
| 7117 * 2. If the previous match includes "mincol", use it. | |
| 7118 * 3. Continue after the previous match. | |
| 7119 */ | |
| 7120 l = shl->lnum + shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum - shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum; | |
| 7121 if (lnum > l) | |
| 7122 shl->lnum = 0; | |
| 7123 else if (lnum < l || shl->rm.endpos[0].col > mincol) | |
| 7124 return; | |
| 7125 } | |
| 7126 | |
| 7127 /* | |
| 7128 * Repeat searching for a match until one is found that includes "mincol" | |
| 7129 * or none is found in this line. | |
| 7130 */ | |
| 7131 called_emsg = FALSE; | |
| 7132 for (;;) | |
| 7133 { | |
| 1521 | 7134 #ifdef FEAT_RELTIME |
| 7135 /* Stop searching after passing the time limit. */ | |
| 7136 if (profile_passed_limit(&(shl->tm))) | |
| 7137 { | |
| 7138 shl->lnum = 0; /* no match found in time */ | |
| 7139 break; | |
| 7140 } | |
| 7141 #endif | |
| 7 | 7142 /* Three situations: |
| 7143 * 1. No useful previous match: search from start of line. | |
| 7144 * 2. Not Vi compatible or empty match: continue at next character. | |
| 7145 * Break the loop if this is beyond the end of the line. | |
| 7146 * 3. Vi compatible searching: continue at end of previous match. | |
| 7147 */ | |
| 7148 if (shl->lnum == 0) | |
| 7149 matchcol = 0; | |
| 7150 else if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_SEARCH) == NULL | |
| 7151 || (shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum == 0 | |
| 685 | 7152 && shl->rm.endpos[0].col <= shl->rm.startpos[0].col)) |
| 7153 { | |
| 688 | 7154 char_u *ml; |
| 685 | 7155 |
| 7156 matchcol = shl->rm.startpos[0].col; | |
| 688 | 7157 ml = ml_get_buf(shl->buf, lnum, FALSE) + matchcol; |
| 685 | 7158 if (*ml == NUL) |
| 7159 { | |
| 7160 ++matchcol; | |
| 7 | 7161 shl->lnum = 0; |
| 7162 break; | |
| 7163 } | |
| 685 | 7164 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 7165 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 7166 matchcol += mb_ptr2len(ml); | |
| 7167 else | |
| 7168 #endif | |
| 7169 ++matchcol; | |
| 7 | 7170 } |
| 7171 else | |
| 7172 matchcol = shl->rm.endpos[0].col; | |
| 7173 | |
| 7174 shl->lnum = lnum; | |
| 1521 | 7175 nmatched = vim_regexec_multi(&shl->rm, win, shl->buf, lnum, matchcol, |
| 7176 #ifdef FEAT_RELTIME | |
| 7177 &(shl->tm) | |
| 7178 #else | |
| 7179 NULL | |
| 7180 #endif | |
| 7181 ); | |
|
2359
496feb41b83f
Fix: When 'searchhl' causes a hang make CTRL-C disable 'shearchhl'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2356
diff
changeset
|
7182 if (called_emsg || got_int) |
| 7 | 7183 { |
| 7184 /* Error while handling regexp: stop using this regexp. */ | |
| 1112 | 7185 if (shl == &search_hl) |
| 7186 { | |
| 1326 | 7187 /* don't free regprog in the match list, it's a copy */ |
| 1112 | 7188 vim_free(shl->rm.regprog); |
| 7189 no_hlsearch = TRUE; | |
| 7190 } | |
| 7 | 7191 shl->rm.regprog = NULL; |
| 1112 | 7192 shl->lnum = 0; |
| 7193 got_int = FALSE; /* avoid the "Type :quit to exit Vim" message */ | |
| 7 | 7194 break; |
| 7195 } | |
| 7196 if (nmatched == 0) | |
| 7197 { | |
| 7198 shl->lnum = 0; /* no match found */ | |
| 7199 break; | |
| 7200 } | |
| 7201 if (shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum > 0 | |
| 7202 || shl->rm.startpos[0].col >= mincol | |
| 7203 || nmatched > 1 | |
| 7204 || shl->rm.endpos[0].col > mincol) | |
| 7205 { | |
| 7206 shl->lnum += shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum; | |
| 7207 break; /* useful match found */ | |
| 7208 } | |
| 7209 } | |
| 7210 } | |
| 7211 #endif | |
| 7212 | |
| 7213 static void | |
| 7214 screen_start_highlight(attr) | |
| 7215 int attr; | |
| 7216 { | |
| 7217 attrentry_T *aep = NULL; | |
| 7218 | |
| 7219 screen_attr = attr; | |
| 7220 if (full_screen | |
| 7221 #ifdef WIN3264 | |
| 7222 && termcap_active | |
| 7223 #endif | |
| 7224 ) | |
| 7225 { | |
| 7226 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 7227 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 7228 { | |
| 7229 char buf[20]; | |
| 7230 | |
| 681 | 7231 /* The GUI handles this internally. */ |
| 7232 sprintf(buf, IF_EB("\033|%dh", ESC_STR "|%dh"), attr); | |
| 7 | 7233 OUT_STR(buf); |
| 7234 } | |
| 7235 else | |
| 7236 #endif | |
| 7237 { | |
| 7238 if (attr > HL_ALL) /* special HL attr. */ | |
| 7239 { | |
| 7240 if (t_colors > 1) | |
| 7241 aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(attr); | |
| 7242 else | |
| 7243 aep = syn_term_attr2entry(attr); | |
| 7244 if (aep == NULL) /* did ":syntax clear" */ | |
| 7245 attr = 0; | |
| 7246 else | |
| 7247 attr = aep->ae_attr; | |
| 7248 } | |
| 7249 if ((attr & HL_BOLD) && T_MD != NULL) /* bold */ | |
| 7250 out_str(T_MD); | |
| 681 | 7251 else if (aep != NULL && t_colors > 1 && aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color |
| 7252 && cterm_normal_fg_bold) | |
| 7253 /* If the Normal FG color has BOLD attribute and the new HL | |
| 7254 * has a FG color defined, clear BOLD. */ | |
| 7255 out_str(T_ME); | |
| 7 | 7256 if ((attr & HL_STANDOUT) && T_SO != NULL) /* standout */ |
| 7257 out_str(T_SO); | |
| 205 | 7258 if ((attr & (HL_UNDERLINE | HL_UNDERCURL)) && T_US != NULL) |
| 7259 /* underline or undercurl */ | |
| 7 | 7260 out_str(T_US); |
| 7261 if ((attr & HL_ITALIC) && T_CZH != NULL) /* italic */ | |
| 7262 out_str(T_CZH); | |
| 7263 if ((attr & HL_INVERSE) && T_MR != NULL) /* inverse (reverse) */ | |
| 7264 out_str(T_MR); | |
| 7265 | |
| 7266 /* | |
| 7267 * Output the color or start string after bold etc., in case the | |
| 7268 * bold etc. override the color setting. | |
| 7269 */ | |
| 7270 if (aep != NULL) | |
| 7271 { | |
| 7272 if (t_colors > 1) | |
| 7273 { | |
| 7274 if (aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color) | |
| 7275 term_fg_color(aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color - 1); | |
| 7276 if (aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color) | |
| 7277 term_bg_color(aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color - 1); | |
| 7278 } | |
| 7279 else | |
| 7280 { | |
| 7281 if (aep->ae_u.term.start != NULL) | |
| 7282 out_str(aep->ae_u.term.start); | |
| 7283 } | |
| 7284 } | |
| 7285 } | |
| 7286 } | |
| 7287 } | |
| 7288 | |
| 7289 void | |
| 7290 screen_stop_highlight() | |
| 7291 { | |
| 7292 int do_ME = FALSE; /* output T_ME code */ | |
| 7293 | |
| 7294 if (screen_attr != 0 | |
| 7295 #ifdef WIN3264 | |
| 7296 && termcap_active | |
| 7297 #endif | |
| 7298 ) | |
| 7299 { | |
| 7300 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 7301 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 7302 { | |
| 7303 char buf[20]; | |
| 7304 | |
| 7305 /* use internal GUI code */ | |
| 7306 sprintf(buf, IF_EB("\033|%dH", ESC_STR "|%dH"), screen_attr); | |
| 7307 OUT_STR(buf); | |
| 7308 } | |
| 7309 else | |
| 7310 #endif | |
| 7311 { | |
| 7312 if (screen_attr > HL_ALL) /* special HL attr. */ | |
| 7313 { | |
| 7314 attrentry_T *aep; | |
| 7315 | |
| 7316 if (t_colors > 1) | |
| 7317 { | |
| 7318 /* | |
| 7319 * Assume that t_me restores the original colors! | |
| 7320 */ | |
| 7321 aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(screen_attr); | |
| 7322 if (aep != NULL && (aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color | |
| 7323 || aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color)) | |
| 7324 do_ME = TRUE; | |
| 7325 } | |
| 7326 else | |
| 7327 { | |
| 7328 aep = syn_term_attr2entry(screen_attr); | |
| 7329 if (aep != NULL && aep->ae_u.term.stop != NULL) | |
| 7330 { | |
| 7331 if (STRCMP(aep->ae_u.term.stop, T_ME) == 0) | |
| 7332 do_ME = TRUE; | |
| 7333 else | |
| 7334 out_str(aep->ae_u.term.stop); | |
| 7335 } | |
| 7336 } | |
| 7337 if (aep == NULL) /* did ":syntax clear" */ | |
| 7338 screen_attr = 0; | |
| 7339 else | |
| 7340 screen_attr = aep->ae_attr; | |
| 7341 } | |
| 7342 | |
| 7343 /* | |
| 7344 * Often all ending-codes are equal to T_ME. Avoid outputting the | |
| 7345 * same sequence several times. | |
| 7346 */ | |
| 7347 if (screen_attr & HL_STANDOUT) | |
| 7348 { | |
| 7349 if (STRCMP(T_SE, T_ME) == 0) | |
| 7350 do_ME = TRUE; | |
| 7351 else | |
| 7352 out_str(T_SE); | |
| 7353 } | |
| 205 | 7354 if (screen_attr & (HL_UNDERLINE | HL_UNDERCURL)) |
| 7 | 7355 { |
| 7356 if (STRCMP(T_UE, T_ME) == 0) | |
| 7357 do_ME = TRUE; | |
| 7358 else | |
| 7359 out_str(T_UE); | |
| 7360 } | |
| 7361 if (screen_attr & HL_ITALIC) | |
| 7362 { | |
| 7363 if (STRCMP(T_CZR, T_ME) == 0) | |
| 7364 do_ME = TRUE; | |
| 7365 else | |
| 7366 out_str(T_CZR); | |
| 7367 } | |
| 7368 if (do_ME || (screen_attr & (HL_BOLD | HL_INVERSE))) | |
| 7369 out_str(T_ME); | |
| 7370 | |
| 7371 if (t_colors > 1) | |
| 7372 { | |
| 7373 /* set Normal cterm colors */ | |
| 7374 if (cterm_normal_fg_color != 0) | |
| 7375 term_fg_color(cterm_normal_fg_color - 1); | |
| 7376 if (cterm_normal_bg_color != 0) | |
| 7377 term_bg_color(cterm_normal_bg_color - 1); | |
| 7378 if (cterm_normal_fg_bold) | |
| 7379 out_str(T_MD); | |
| 7380 } | |
| 7381 } | |
| 7382 } | |
| 7383 screen_attr = 0; | |
| 7384 } | |
| 7385 | |
| 7386 /* | |
| 7387 * Reset the colors for a cterm. Used when leaving Vim. | |
| 7388 * The machine specific code may override this again. | |
| 7389 */ | |
| 7390 void | |
| 7391 reset_cterm_colors() | |
| 7392 { | |
| 7393 if (t_colors > 1) | |
| 7394 { | |
| 7395 /* set Normal cterm colors */ | |
| 7396 if (cterm_normal_fg_color > 0 || cterm_normal_bg_color > 0) | |
| 7397 { | |
| 7398 out_str(T_OP); | |
| 7399 screen_attr = -1; | |
| 7400 } | |
| 7401 if (cterm_normal_fg_bold) | |
| 7402 { | |
| 7403 out_str(T_ME); | |
| 7404 screen_attr = -1; | |
| 7405 } | |
| 7406 } | |
| 7407 } | |
| 7408 | |
| 7409 /* | |
| 7410 * Put character ScreenLines["off"] on the screen at position "row" and "col", | |
| 7411 * using the attributes from ScreenAttrs["off"]. | |
| 7412 */ | |
| 7413 static void | |
| 7414 screen_char(off, row, col) | |
| 7415 unsigned off; | |
| 7416 int row; | |
| 7417 int col; | |
| 7418 { | |
| 7419 int attr; | |
| 7420 | |
| 7421 /* Check for illegal values, just in case (could happen just after | |
| 7422 * resizing). */ | |
| 7423 if (row >= screen_Rows || col >= screen_Columns) | |
| 7424 return; | |
| 7425 | |
| 7426 /* Outputting the last character on the screen may scrollup the screen. | |
| 7427 * Don't to it! Mark the character invalid (update it when scrolled up) */ | |
| 7428 if (row == screen_Rows - 1 && col == screen_Columns - 1 | |
| 7429 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 7430 /* account for first command-line character in rightleft mode */ | |
| 7431 && !cmdmsg_rl | |
| 7432 #endif | |
| 7433 ) | |
| 7434 { | |
| 7435 ScreenAttrs[off] = (sattr_T)-1; | |
| 7436 return; | |
| 7437 } | |
| 7438 | |
| 7439 /* | |
| 7440 * Stop highlighting first, so it's easier to move the cursor. | |
| 7441 */ | |
| 7442 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT) | |
| 7443 if (screen_char_attr != 0) | |
| 7444 attr = screen_char_attr; | |
| 7445 else | |
| 7446 #endif | |
| 7447 attr = ScreenAttrs[off]; | |
| 7448 if (screen_attr != attr) | |
| 7449 screen_stop_highlight(); | |
| 7450 | |
| 7451 windgoto(row, col); | |
| 7452 | |
| 7453 if (screen_attr != attr) | |
| 7454 screen_start_highlight(attr); | |
| 7455 | |
| 7456 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7457 if (enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0) | |
| 7458 { | |
| 7459 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; | |
| 7460 | |
| 7461 /* Convert UTF-8 character to bytes and write it. */ | |
| 7462 | |
| 7463 buf[utfc_char2bytes(off, buf)] = NUL; | |
| 7464 | |
| 7465 out_str(buf); | |
| 7466 if (utf_char2cells(ScreenLinesUC[off]) > 1) | |
| 7467 ++screen_cur_col; | |
| 7468 } | |
| 7469 else | |
| 7470 #endif | |
| 7471 { | |
| 7472 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7473 out_flush_check(); | |
| 7474 #endif | |
| 7475 out_char(ScreenLines[off]); | |
| 7476 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7477 /* double-byte character in single-width cell */ | |
| 7478 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines[off] == 0x8e) | |
| 7479 out_char(ScreenLines2[off]); | |
| 7480 #endif | |
| 7481 } | |
| 7482 | |
| 7483 screen_cur_col++; | |
| 7484 } | |
| 7485 | |
| 7486 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7487 | |
| 7488 /* | |
| 7489 * Used for enc_dbcs only: Put one double-wide character at ScreenLines["off"] | |
| 7490 * on the screen at position 'row' and 'col'. | |
| 7491 * The attributes of the first byte is used for all. This is required to | |
| 7492 * output the two bytes of a double-byte character with nothing in between. | |
| 7493 */ | |
| 7494 static void | |
| 7495 screen_char_2(off, row, col) | |
| 7496 unsigned off; | |
| 7497 int row; | |
| 7498 int col; | |
| 7499 { | |
| 7500 /* Check for illegal values (could be wrong when screen was resized). */ | |
| 7501 if (off + 1 >= (unsigned)(screen_Rows * screen_Columns)) | |
| 7502 return; | |
| 7503 | |
| 7504 /* Outputting the last character on the screen may scrollup the screen. | |
| 7505 * Don't to it! Mark the character invalid (update it when scrolled up) */ | |
| 7506 if (row == screen_Rows - 1 && col >= screen_Columns - 2) | |
| 7507 { | |
| 7508 ScreenAttrs[off] = (sattr_T)-1; | |
| 7509 return; | |
| 7510 } | |
| 7511 | |
| 7512 /* Output the first byte normally (positions the cursor), then write the | |
| 7513 * second byte directly. */ | |
| 7514 screen_char(off, row, col); | |
| 7515 out_char(ScreenLines[off + 1]); | |
| 7516 ++screen_cur_col; | |
| 7517 } | |
| 7518 #endif | |
| 7519 | |
| 7520 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 7521 /* | |
| 7522 * Draw a rectangle of the screen, inverted when "invert" is TRUE. | |
| 7523 * This uses the contents of ScreenLines[] and doesn't change it. | |
| 7524 */ | |
| 7525 void | |
| 7526 screen_draw_rectangle(row, col, height, width, invert) | |
| 7527 int row; | |
| 7528 int col; | |
| 7529 int height; | |
| 7530 int width; | |
| 7531 int invert; | |
| 7532 { | |
| 7533 int r, c; | |
| 7534 int off; | |
| 1378 | 7535 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 7536 int max_off; | |
| 7537 #endif | |
| 7 | 7538 |
| 534 | 7539 /* Can't use ScreenLines unless initialized */ |
| 7540 if (ScreenLines == NULL) | |
| 7541 return; | |
| 7542 | |
| 7 | 7543 if (invert) |
| 7544 screen_char_attr = HL_INVERSE; | |
| 7545 for (r = row; r < row + height; ++r) | |
| 7546 { | |
| 7547 off = LineOffset[r]; | |
| 1378 | 7548 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 7549 max_off = off + screen_Columns; | |
| 7550 #endif | |
| 7 | 7551 for (c = col; c < col + width; ++c) |
| 7552 { | |
| 7553 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1378 | 7554 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && dbcs_off2cells(off + c, max_off) > 1) |
| 7 | 7555 { |
| 7556 screen_char_2(off + c, r, c); | |
| 7557 ++c; | |
| 7558 } | |
| 7559 else | |
| 7560 #endif | |
| 7561 { | |
| 7562 screen_char(off + c, r, c); | |
| 7563 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1378 | 7564 if (utf_off2cells(off + c, max_off) > 1) |
| 7 | 7565 ++c; |
| 7566 #endif | |
| 7567 } | |
| 7568 } | |
| 7569 } | |
| 7570 screen_char_attr = 0; | |
| 7571 } | |
| 7572 #endif | |
| 7573 | |
| 7574 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 7575 /* | |
| 7576 * Redraw the characters for a vertically split window. | |
| 7577 */ | |
| 7578 static void | |
| 7579 redraw_block(row, end, wp) | |
| 7580 int row; | |
| 7581 int end; | |
| 7582 win_T *wp; | |
| 7583 { | |
| 7584 int col; | |
| 7585 int width; | |
| 7586 | |
| 7587 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
| 7588 clip_may_clear_selection(row, end - 1); | |
| 7589 # endif | |
| 7590 | |
| 7591 if (wp == NULL) | |
| 7592 { | |
| 7593 col = 0; | |
| 7594 width = Columns; | |
| 7595 } | |
| 7596 else | |
| 7597 { | |
| 7598 col = wp->w_wincol; | |
| 7599 width = wp->w_width; | |
| 7600 } | |
| 7601 screen_draw_rectangle(row, col, end - row, width, FALSE); | |
| 7602 } | |
| 7603 #endif | |
| 7604 | |
| 7605 /* | |
| 7606 * Fill the screen from 'start_row' to 'end_row', from 'start_col' to 'end_col' | |
| 7607 * with character 'c1' in first column followed by 'c2' in the other columns. | |
| 7608 * Use attributes 'attr'. | |
| 7609 */ | |
| 7610 void | |
| 7611 screen_fill(start_row, end_row, start_col, end_col, c1, c2, attr) | |
| 7612 int start_row, end_row; | |
| 7613 int start_col, end_col; | |
| 7614 int c1, c2; | |
| 7615 int attr; | |
| 7616 { | |
| 7617 int row; | |
| 7618 int col; | |
| 7619 int off; | |
| 7620 int end_off; | |
| 7621 int did_delete; | |
| 7622 int c; | |
| 7623 int norm_term; | |
| 7624 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) | |
| 7625 int force_next = FALSE; | |
| 7626 #endif | |
| 7627 | |
| 7628 if (end_row > screen_Rows) /* safety check */ | |
| 7629 end_row = screen_Rows; | |
| 7630 if (end_col > screen_Columns) /* safety check */ | |
| 7631 end_col = screen_Columns; | |
| 7632 if (ScreenLines == NULL | |
| 7633 || start_row >= end_row | |
| 7634 || start_col >= end_col) /* nothing to do */ | |
| 7635 return; | |
| 7636 | |
| 7637 /* it's a "normal" terminal when not in a GUI or cterm */ | |
| 7638 norm_term = ( | |
| 7639 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 7640 !gui.in_use && | |
| 7641 #endif | |
| 7642 t_colors <= 1); | |
| 7643 for (row = start_row; row < end_row; ++row) | |
| 7644 { | |
| 1668 | 7645 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 7646 if (has_mbyte | |
| 7647 # ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 7648 && !gui.in_use | |
| 7649 # endif | |
| 7650 ) | |
| 7651 { | |
| 7652 /* When drawing over the right halve of a double-wide char clear | |
| 7653 * out the left halve. When drawing over the left halve of a | |
| 7654 * double wide-char clear out the right halve. Only needed in a | |
| 7655 * terminal. */ | |
| 1685 | 7656 if (start_col > 0 && mb_fix_col(start_col, row) != start_col) |
| 1670 | 7657 screen_puts_len((char_u *)" ", 1, row, start_col - 1, 0); |
| 1677 | 7658 if (end_col < screen_Columns && mb_fix_col(end_col, row) != end_col) |
| 1670 | 7659 screen_puts_len((char_u *)" ", 1, row, end_col, 0); |
| 1668 | 7660 } |
| 7661 #endif | |
| 7 | 7662 /* |
| 7663 * Try to use delete-line termcap code, when no attributes or in a | |
| 7664 * "normal" terminal, where a bold/italic space is just a | |
| 7665 * space. | |
| 7666 */ | |
| 7667 did_delete = FALSE; | |
| 7668 if (c2 == ' ' | |
| 7669 && end_col == Columns | |
| 7670 && can_clear(T_CE) | |
| 7671 && (attr == 0 | |
| 7672 || (norm_term | |
| 7673 && attr <= HL_ALL | |
| 7674 && ((attr & ~(HL_BOLD | HL_ITALIC)) == 0)))) | |
| 7675 { | |
| 7676 /* | |
| 7677 * check if we really need to clear something | |
| 7678 */ | |
| 7679 col = start_col; | |
| 7680 if (c1 != ' ') /* don't clear first char */ | |
| 7681 ++col; | |
| 7682 | |
| 7683 off = LineOffset[row] + col; | |
| 7684 end_off = LineOffset[row] + end_col; | |
| 7685 | |
| 7686 /* skip blanks (used often, keep it fast!) */ | |
| 7687 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7688 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 7689 while (off < end_off && ScreenLines[off] == ' ' | |
| 7690 && ScreenAttrs[off] == 0 && ScreenLinesUC[off] == 0) | |
| 7691 ++off; | |
| 7692 else | |
| 7693 #endif | |
| 7694 while (off < end_off && ScreenLines[off] == ' ' | |
| 7695 && ScreenAttrs[off] == 0) | |
| 7696 ++off; | |
| 7697 if (off < end_off) /* something to be cleared */ | |
| 7698 { | |
| 7699 col = off - LineOffset[row]; | |
| 7700 screen_stop_highlight(); | |
| 7701 term_windgoto(row, col);/* clear rest of this screen line */ | |
| 7702 out_str(T_CE); | |
| 7703 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
| 7704 col = end_col - col; | |
| 7705 while (col--) /* clear chars in ScreenLines */ | |
| 7706 { | |
| 7707 ScreenLines[off] = ' '; | |
| 7708 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7709 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 7710 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; | |
| 7711 #endif | |
| 7712 ScreenAttrs[off] = 0; | |
| 7713 ++off; | |
| 7714 } | |
| 7715 } | |
| 7716 did_delete = TRUE; /* the chars are cleared now */ | |
| 7717 } | |
| 7718 | |
| 7719 off = LineOffset[row] + start_col; | |
| 7720 c = c1; | |
| 7721 for (col = start_col; col < end_col; ++col) | |
| 7722 { | |
| 7723 if (ScreenLines[off] != c | |
| 7724 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 714 | 7725 || (enc_utf8 && (int)ScreenLinesUC[off] |
| 7726 != (c >= 0x80 ? c : 0)) | |
| 7 | 7727 #endif |
| 7728 || ScreenAttrs[off] != attr | |
| 7729 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) | |
| 7730 || force_next | |
| 7731 #endif | |
| 7732 ) | |
| 7733 { | |
| 7734 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) | |
| 7735 /* The bold trick may make a single row of pixels appear in | |
| 7736 * the next character. When a bold character is removed, the | |
| 7737 * next character should be redrawn too. This happens for our | |
| 7738 * own GUI and for some xterms. */ | |
| 7739 if ( | |
| 7740 # ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 7741 gui.in_use | |
| 7742 # endif | |
| 7743 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(UNIX) | |
| 7744 || | |
| 7745 # endif | |
| 7746 # ifdef UNIX | |
| 7747 term_is_xterm | |
| 7748 # endif | |
| 7749 ) | |
| 7750 { | |
| 7751 if (ScreenLines[off] != ' ' | |
| 7752 && (ScreenAttrs[off] > HL_ALL | |
| 7753 || ScreenAttrs[off] & HL_BOLD)) | |
| 7754 force_next = TRUE; | |
| 7755 else | |
| 7756 force_next = FALSE; | |
| 7757 } | |
| 7758 #endif | |
| 7759 ScreenLines[off] = c; | |
| 7760 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7761 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 7762 { | |
| 7763 if (c >= 0x80) | |
| 7764 { | |
| 7765 ScreenLinesUC[off] = c; | |
| 714 | 7766 ScreenLinesC[0][off] = 0; |
| 7 | 7767 } |
| 7768 else | |
| 7769 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; | |
| 7770 } | |
| 7771 #endif | |
| 7772 ScreenAttrs[off] = attr; | |
| 7773 if (!did_delete || c != ' ') | |
| 7774 screen_char(off, row, col); | |
| 7775 } | |
| 7776 ++off; | |
| 7777 if (col == start_col) | |
| 7778 { | |
| 7779 if (did_delete) | |
| 7780 break; | |
| 7781 c = c2; | |
| 7782 } | |
| 7783 } | |
| 7784 if (end_col == Columns) | |
| 7785 LineWraps[row] = FALSE; | |
| 7786 if (row == Rows - 1) /* overwritten the command line */ | |
| 7787 { | |
| 7788 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; | |
| 7789 if (c1 == ' ' && c2 == ' ') | |
| 7790 clear_cmdline = FALSE; /* command line has been cleared */ | |
| 644 | 7791 if (start_col == 0) |
| 7792 mode_displayed = FALSE; /* mode cleared or overwritten */ | |
| 7 | 7793 } |
| 7794 } | |
| 7795 } | |
| 7796 | |
| 7797 /* | |
| 7798 * Check if there should be a delay. Used before clearing or redrawing the | |
| 7799 * screen or the command line. | |
| 7800 */ | |
| 7801 void | |
| 7802 check_for_delay(check_msg_scroll) | |
| 7803 int check_msg_scroll; | |
| 7804 { | |
| 7805 if ((emsg_on_display || (check_msg_scroll && msg_scroll)) | |
| 7806 && !did_wait_return | |
| 7807 && emsg_silent == 0) | |
| 7808 { | |
| 7809 out_flush(); | |
| 7810 ui_delay(1000L, TRUE); | |
| 7811 emsg_on_display = FALSE; | |
| 7812 if (check_msg_scroll) | |
| 7813 msg_scroll = FALSE; | |
| 7814 } | |
| 7815 } | |
| 7816 | |
| 7817 /* | |
| 7818 * screen_valid - allocate screen buffers if size changed | |
| 7819 * If "clear" is TRUE: clear screen if it has been resized. | |
| 7820 * Returns TRUE if there is a valid screen to write to. | |
| 7821 * Returns FALSE when starting up and screen not initialized yet. | |
| 7822 */ | |
| 7823 int | |
| 7824 screen_valid(clear) | |
| 7825 int clear; | |
| 7826 { | |
| 7827 screenalloc(clear); /* allocate screen buffers if size changed */ | |
| 7828 return (ScreenLines != NULL); | |
| 7829 } | |
| 7830 | |
| 7831 /* | |
| 7832 * Resize the shell to Rows and Columns. | |
| 7833 * Allocate ScreenLines[] and associated items. | |
| 7834 * | |
| 7835 * There may be some time between setting Rows and Columns and (re)allocating | |
| 7836 * ScreenLines[]. This happens when starting up and when (manually) changing | |
| 7837 * the shell size. Always use screen_Rows and screen_Columns to access items | |
| 7838 * in ScreenLines[]. Use Rows and Columns for positioning text etc. where the | |
| 7839 * final size of the shell is needed. | |
| 7840 */ | |
| 7841 void | |
| 7842 screenalloc(clear) | |
| 7843 int clear; | |
| 7844 { | |
| 7845 int new_row, old_row; | |
| 7846 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 7847 int old_Rows; | |
| 7848 #endif | |
| 7849 win_T *wp; | |
| 7850 int outofmem = FALSE; | |
| 7851 int len; | |
| 7852 schar_T *new_ScreenLines; | |
| 7853 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7854 u8char_T *new_ScreenLinesUC = NULL; | |
| 714 | 7855 u8char_T *new_ScreenLinesC[MAX_MCO]; |
| 7 | 7856 schar_T *new_ScreenLines2 = NULL; |
| 714 | 7857 int i; |
| 7 | 7858 #endif |
| 7859 sattr_T *new_ScreenAttrs; | |
| 7860 unsigned *new_LineOffset; | |
| 7861 char_u *new_LineWraps; | |
| 671 | 7862 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 681 | 7863 short *new_TabPageIdxs; |
| 671 | 7864 tabpage_T *tp; |
| 7865 #endif | |
| 7 | 7866 static int entered = FALSE; /* avoid recursiveness */ |
| 944 | 7867 static int done_outofmem_msg = FALSE; /* did outofmem message */ |
| 1824 | 7868 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 7869 int retry_count = 0; | |
| 7870 | |
| 7871 retry: | |
| 7872 #endif | |
| 7 | 7873 /* |
| 7874 * Allocation of the screen buffers is done only when the size changes and | |
| 7875 * when Rows and Columns have been set and we have started doing full | |
| 7876 * screen stuff. | |
| 7877 */ | |
| 7878 if ((ScreenLines != NULL | |
| 7879 && Rows == screen_Rows | |
| 7880 && Columns == screen_Columns | |
| 7881 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7882 && enc_utf8 == (ScreenLinesUC != NULL) | |
| 7883 && (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) == (ScreenLines2 != NULL) | |
| 714 | 7884 && p_mco == Screen_mco |
| 7 | 7885 #endif |
| 7886 ) | |
| 7887 || Rows == 0 | |
| 7888 || Columns == 0 | |
| 7889 || (!full_screen && ScreenLines == NULL)) | |
| 7890 return; | |
| 7891 | |
| 7892 /* | |
| 7893 * It's possible that we produce an out-of-memory message below, which | |
| 7894 * will cause this function to be called again. To break the loop, just | |
| 7895 * return here. | |
| 7896 */ | |
| 7897 if (entered) | |
| 7898 return; | |
| 7899 entered = TRUE; | |
| 7900 | |
| 911 | 7901 /* |
| 7902 * Note that the window sizes are updated before reallocating the arrays, | |
| 7903 * thus we must not redraw here! | |
| 7904 */ | |
| 7905 ++RedrawingDisabled; | |
| 7906 | |
| 7 | 7907 win_new_shellsize(); /* fit the windows in the new sized shell */ |
| 7908 | |
| 7909 comp_col(); /* recompute columns for shown command and ruler */ | |
| 7910 | |
| 7911 /* | |
| 7912 * We're changing the size of the screen. | |
| 7913 * - Allocate new arrays for ScreenLines and ScreenAttrs. | |
| 7914 * - Move lines from the old arrays into the new arrays, clear extra | |
| 7915 * lines (unless the screen is going to be cleared). | |
| 7916 * - Free the old arrays. | |
| 7917 * | |
| 7918 * If anything fails, make ScreenLines NULL, so we don't do anything! | |
| 7919 * Continuing with the old ScreenLines may result in a crash, because the | |
| 7920 * size is wrong. | |
| 7921 */ | |
| 671 | 7922 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp) |
| 7 | 7923 win_free_lsize(wp); |
| 1946 | 7924 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 7925 if (aucmd_win != NULL) | |
| 7926 win_free_lsize(aucmd_win); | |
| 7927 #endif | |
| 7 | 7928 |
| 7929 new_ScreenLines = (schar_T *)lalloc((long_u)( | |
| 7930 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(schar_T)), FALSE); | |
| 7931 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
|
2122
476336a5ae95
updated for version 7.2.404
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2069
diff
changeset
|
7932 vim_memset(new_ScreenLinesC, 0, sizeof(u8char_T *) * MAX_MCO); |
| 7 | 7933 if (enc_utf8) |
| 7934 { | |
| 7935 new_ScreenLinesUC = (u8char_T *)lalloc((long_u)( | |
| 7936 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)), FALSE); | |
| 714 | 7937 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) |
|
2124
dc8a5699253b
updated for version 7.2.406
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2122
diff
changeset
|
7938 new_ScreenLinesC[i] = (u8char_T *)lalloc_clear((long_u)( |
| 7 | 7939 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)), FALSE); |
| 7940 } | |
| 7941 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) | |
| 7942 new_ScreenLines2 = (schar_T *)lalloc((long_u)( | |
| 7943 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(schar_T)), FALSE); | |
| 7944 #endif | |
| 7945 new_ScreenAttrs = (sattr_T *)lalloc((long_u)( | |
| 7946 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(sattr_T)), FALSE); | |
| 7947 new_LineOffset = (unsigned *)lalloc((long_u)( | |
| 7948 Rows * sizeof(unsigned)), FALSE); | |
| 7949 new_LineWraps = (char_u *)lalloc((long_u)(Rows * sizeof(char_u)), FALSE); | |
| 671 | 7950 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 681 | 7951 new_TabPageIdxs = (short *)lalloc((long_u)(Columns * sizeof(short)), FALSE); |
| 671 | 7952 #endif |
| 7 | 7953 |
| 677 | 7954 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp) |
| 7 | 7955 { |
| 7956 if (win_alloc_lines(wp) == FAIL) | |
| 7957 { | |
| 7958 outofmem = TRUE; | |
| 7959 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 1819 | 7960 goto give_up; |
| 7961 #endif | |
| 7962 } | |
| 7963 } | |
| 1906 | 7964 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 1946 | 7965 if (aucmd_win != NULL && aucmd_win->w_lines == NULL |
| 7966 && win_alloc_lines(aucmd_win) == FAIL) | |
| 1906 | 7967 outofmem = TRUE; |
| 7968 #endif | |
| 1819 | 7969 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 7970 give_up: | |
| 7971 #endif | |
| 7 | 7972 |
| 714 | 7973 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 7974 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) | |
| 7975 if (new_ScreenLinesC[i] == NULL) | |
| 7976 break; | |
| 7977 #endif | |
| 7 | 7978 if (new_ScreenLines == NULL |
| 7979 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 714 | 7980 || (enc_utf8 && (new_ScreenLinesUC == NULL || i != p_mco)) |
| 7 | 7981 || (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && new_ScreenLines2 == NULL) |
| 7982 #endif | |
| 7983 || new_ScreenAttrs == NULL | |
| 7984 || new_LineOffset == NULL | |
| 7985 || new_LineWraps == NULL | |
| 671 | 7986 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 7987 || new_TabPageIdxs == NULL | |
| 7988 #endif | |
| 7 | 7989 || outofmem) |
| 7990 { | |
| 944 | 7991 if (ScreenLines != NULL || !done_outofmem_msg) |
| 534 | 7992 { |
| 7993 /* guess the size */ | |
| 7994 do_outofmem_msg((long_u)((Rows + 1) * Columns)); | |
| 7995 | |
| 7996 /* Remember we did this to avoid getting outofmem messages over | |
| 7997 * and over again. */ | |
| 944 | 7998 done_outofmem_msg = TRUE; |
| 534 | 7999 } |
| 7 | 8000 vim_free(new_ScreenLines); |
| 8001 new_ScreenLines = NULL; | |
| 8002 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8003 vim_free(new_ScreenLinesUC); | |
| 8004 new_ScreenLinesUC = NULL; | |
| 714 | 8005 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) |
| 8006 { | |
| 8007 vim_free(new_ScreenLinesC[i]); | |
| 8008 new_ScreenLinesC[i] = NULL; | |
| 8009 } | |
| 7 | 8010 vim_free(new_ScreenLines2); |
| 8011 new_ScreenLines2 = NULL; | |
| 8012 #endif | |
| 8013 vim_free(new_ScreenAttrs); | |
| 8014 new_ScreenAttrs = NULL; | |
| 8015 vim_free(new_LineOffset); | |
| 8016 new_LineOffset = NULL; | |
| 8017 vim_free(new_LineWraps); | |
| 8018 new_LineWraps = NULL; | |
| 671 | 8019 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 8020 vim_free(new_TabPageIdxs); | |
| 8021 new_TabPageIdxs = NULL; | |
| 8022 #endif | |
| 7 | 8023 } |
| 8024 else | |
| 8025 { | |
| 944 | 8026 done_outofmem_msg = FALSE; |
| 534 | 8027 |
| 7 | 8028 for (new_row = 0; new_row < Rows; ++new_row) |
| 8029 { | |
| 8030 new_LineOffset[new_row] = new_row * Columns; | |
| 8031 new_LineWraps[new_row] = FALSE; | |
| 8032 | |
| 8033 /* | |
| 8034 * If the screen is not going to be cleared, copy as much as | |
| 8035 * possible from the old screen to the new one and clear the rest | |
| 8036 * (used when resizing the window at the "--more--" prompt or when | |
| 8037 * executing an external command, for the GUI). | |
| 8038 */ | |
| 8039 if (!clear) | |
| 8040 { | |
| 8041 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLines + new_row * Columns, | |
| 8042 ' ', (size_t)Columns * sizeof(schar_T)); | |
| 8043 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8044 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 8045 { | |
| 8046 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLinesUC + new_row * Columns, | |
| 8047 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)); | |
| 714 | 8048 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) |
| 8049 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLinesC[i] | |
| 8050 + new_row * Columns, | |
| 7 | 8051 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)); |
| 8052 } | |
| 8053 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) | |
| 8054 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLines2 + new_row * Columns, | |
| 8055 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(schar_T)); | |
| 8056 #endif | |
| 8057 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenAttrs + new_row * Columns, | |
| 8058 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(sattr_T)); | |
| 8059 old_row = new_row + (screen_Rows - Rows); | |
| 534 | 8060 if (old_row >= 0 && ScreenLines != NULL) |
| 7 | 8061 { |
| 8062 if (screen_Columns < Columns) | |
| 8063 len = screen_Columns; | |
| 8064 else | |
| 8065 len = Columns; | |
| 26 | 8066 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 571 | 8067 /* When switching to utf-8 don't copy characters, they |
| 714 | 8068 * may be invalid now. Also when p_mco changes. */ |
| 8069 if (!(enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC == NULL) | |
| 8070 && p_mco == Screen_mco) | |
| 26 | 8071 #endif |
| 8072 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLines + new_LineOffset[new_row], | |
| 8073 ScreenLines + LineOffset[old_row], | |
| 8074 (size_t)len * sizeof(schar_T)); | |
| 7 | 8075 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 714 | 8076 if (enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC != NULL |
| 8077 && p_mco == Screen_mco) | |
| 7 | 8078 { |
| 8079 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLinesUC + new_LineOffset[new_row], | |
| 8080 ScreenLinesUC + LineOffset[old_row], | |
| 8081 (size_t)len * sizeof(u8char_T)); | |
| 714 | 8082 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) |
| 8083 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLinesC[i] | |
| 8084 + new_LineOffset[new_row], | |
| 8085 ScreenLinesC[i] + LineOffset[old_row], | |
| 7 | 8086 (size_t)len * sizeof(u8char_T)); |
| 8087 } | |
| 8088 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines2 != NULL) | |
| 8089 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLines2 + new_LineOffset[new_row], | |
| 8090 ScreenLines2 + LineOffset[old_row], | |
| 8091 (size_t)len * sizeof(schar_T)); | |
| 8092 #endif | |
| 8093 mch_memmove(new_ScreenAttrs + new_LineOffset[new_row], | |
| 8094 ScreenAttrs + LineOffset[old_row], | |
| 8095 (size_t)len * sizeof(sattr_T)); | |
| 8096 } | |
| 8097 } | |
| 8098 } | |
| 8099 /* Use the last line of the screen for the current line. */ | |
| 8100 current_ScreenLine = new_ScreenLines + Rows * Columns; | |
| 8101 } | |
| 8102 | |
| 356 | 8103 free_screenlines(); |
| 8104 | |
| 7 | 8105 ScreenLines = new_ScreenLines; |
| 8106 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8107 ScreenLinesUC = new_ScreenLinesUC; | |
| 714 | 8108 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) |
| 8109 ScreenLinesC[i] = new_ScreenLinesC[i]; | |
| 8110 Screen_mco = p_mco; | |
| 7 | 8111 ScreenLines2 = new_ScreenLines2; |
| 8112 #endif | |
| 8113 ScreenAttrs = new_ScreenAttrs; | |
| 8114 LineOffset = new_LineOffset; | |
| 8115 LineWraps = new_LineWraps; | |
| 671 | 8116 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 8117 TabPageIdxs = new_TabPageIdxs; | |
| 8118 #endif | |
| 7 | 8119 |
| 8120 /* It's important that screen_Rows and screen_Columns reflect the actual | |
| 8121 * size of ScreenLines[]. Set them before calling anything. */ | |
| 8122 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 8123 old_Rows = screen_Rows; | |
| 8124 #endif | |
| 8125 screen_Rows = Rows; | |
| 8126 screen_Columns = Columns; | |
| 8127 | |
| 8128 must_redraw = CLEAR; /* need to clear the screen later */ | |
| 8129 if (clear) | |
| 8130 screenclear2(); | |
| 8131 | |
| 8132 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 8133 else if (gui.in_use | |
| 8134 && !gui.starting | |
| 8135 && ScreenLines != NULL | |
| 8136 && old_Rows != Rows) | |
| 8137 { | |
| 8138 (void)gui_redraw_block(0, 0, (int)Rows - 1, (int)Columns - 1, 0); | |
| 8139 /* | |
| 8140 * Adjust the position of the cursor, for when executing an external | |
| 8141 * command. | |
| 8142 */ | |
| 8143 if (msg_row >= Rows) /* Rows got smaller */ | |
| 8144 msg_row = Rows - 1; /* put cursor at last row */ | |
| 8145 else if (Rows > old_Rows) /* Rows got bigger */ | |
| 8146 msg_row += Rows - old_Rows; /* put cursor in same place */ | |
| 8147 if (msg_col >= Columns) /* Columns got smaller */ | |
| 8148 msg_col = Columns - 1; /* put cursor at last column */ | |
| 8149 } | |
| 8150 #endif | |
| 8151 | |
| 8152 entered = FALSE; | |
| 911 | 8153 --RedrawingDisabled; |
| 766 | 8154 |
| 8155 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
| 1824 | 8156 /* |
| 8157 * Do not apply autocommands more than 3 times to avoid an endless loop | |
| 8158 * in case applying autocommands always changes Rows or Columns. | |
| 8159 */ | |
| 8160 if (starting == 0 && ++retry_count <= 3) | |
| 8161 { | |
| 766 | 8162 apply_autocmds(EVENT_VIMRESIZED, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); |
| 1824 | 8163 /* In rare cases, autocommands may have altered Rows or Columns, |
| 8164 * jump back to check if we need to allocate the screen again. */ | |
| 8165 goto retry; | |
| 8166 } | |
| 766 | 8167 #endif |
| 7 | 8168 } |
| 8169 | |
| 8170 void | |
| 356 | 8171 free_screenlines() |
| 8172 { | |
| 8173 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 714 | 8174 int i; |
| 8175 | |
| 356 | 8176 vim_free(ScreenLinesUC); |
| 714 | 8177 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) |
| 8178 vim_free(ScreenLinesC[i]); | |
| 356 | 8179 vim_free(ScreenLines2); |
| 8180 #endif | |
| 714 | 8181 vim_free(ScreenLines); |
| 356 | 8182 vim_free(ScreenAttrs); |
| 8183 vim_free(LineOffset); | |
| 8184 vim_free(LineWraps); | |
| 671 | 8185 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 8186 vim_free(TabPageIdxs); | |
| 8187 #endif | |
| 356 | 8188 } |
| 8189 | |
| 8190 void | |
| 7 | 8191 screenclear() |
| 8192 { | |
| 8193 check_for_delay(FALSE); | |
| 8194 screenalloc(FALSE); /* allocate screen buffers if size changed */ | |
| 8195 screenclear2(); /* clear the screen */ | |
| 8196 } | |
| 8197 | |
| 8198 static void | |
| 8199 screenclear2() | |
| 8200 { | |
| 8201 int i; | |
| 8202 | |
| 8203 if (starting == NO_SCREEN || ScreenLines == NULL | |
| 8204 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 8205 || (gui.in_use && gui.starting) | |
| 8206 #endif | |
| 8207 ) | |
| 8208 return; | |
| 8209 | |
| 8210 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 8211 if (!gui.in_use) | |
| 8212 #endif | |
| 8213 screen_attr = -1; /* force setting the Normal colors */ | |
| 8214 screen_stop_highlight(); /* don't want highlighting here */ | |
| 8215 | |
| 8216 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
| 8217 /* disable selection without redrawing it */ | |
| 8218 clip_scroll_selection(9999); | |
| 8219 #endif | |
| 8220 | |
| 8221 /* blank out ScreenLines */ | |
| 8222 for (i = 0; i < Rows; ++i) | |
| 8223 { | |
| 8224 lineclear(LineOffset[i], (int)Columns); | |
| 8225 LineWraps[i] = FALSE; | |
| 8226 } | |
| 8227 | |
| 8228 if (can_clear(T_CL)) | |
| 8229 { | |
| 8230 out_str(T_CL); /* clear the display */ | |
| 8231 clear_cmdline = FALSE; | |
| 644 | 8232 mode_displayed = FALSE; |
| 7 | 8233 } |
| 8234 else | |
| 8235 { | |
| 8236 /* can't clear the screen, mark all chars with invalid attributes */ | |
| 8237 for (i = 0; i < Rows; ++i) | |
| 8238 lineinvalid(LineOffset[i], (int)Columns); | |
| 8239 clear_cmdline = TRUE; | |
| 8240 } | |
| 8241 | |
| 8242 screen_cleared = TRUE; /* can use contents of ScreenLines now */ | |
| 8243 | |
| 8244 win_rest_invalid(firstwin); | |
| 8245 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; | |
| 670 | 8246 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 673 | 8247 redraw_tabline = TRUE; |
| 670 | 8248 #endif |
| 7 | 8249 if (must_redraw == CLEAR) /* no need to clear again */ |
| 8250 must_redraw = NOT_VALID; | |
| 8251 compute_cmdrow(); | |
| 8252 msg_row = cmdline_row; /* put cursor on last line for messages */ | |
| 8253 msg_col = 0; | |
| 8254 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
| 8255 msg_scrolled = 0; /* can't scroll back */ | |
| 8256 msg_didany = FALSE; | |
| 8257 msg_didout = FALSE; | |
| 8258 } | |
| 8259 | |
| 8260 /* | |
| 8261 * Clear one line in ScreenLines. | |
| 8262 */ | |
| 8263 static void | |
| 8264 lineclear(off, width) | |
| 8265 unsigned off; | |
| 8266 int width; | |
| 8267 { | |
| 8268 (void)vim_memset(ScreenLines + off, ' ', (size_t)width * sizeof(schar_T)); | |
| 8269 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8270 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 8271 (void)vim_memset(ScreenLinesUC + off, 0, | |
| 8272 (size_t)width * sizeof(u8char_T)); | |
| 8273 #endif | |
| 8274 (void)vim_memset(ScreenAttrs + off, 0, (size_t)width * sizeof(sattr_T)); | |
| 8275 } | |
| 8276 | |
| 8277 /* | |
| 8278 * Mark one line in ScreenLines invalid by setting the attributes to an | |
| 8279 * invalid value. | |
| 8280 */ | |
| 8281 static void | |
| 8282 lineinvalid(off, width) | |
| 8283 unsigned off; | |
| 8284 int width; | |
| 8285 { | |
| 8286 (void)vim_memset(ScreenAttrs + off, -1, (size_t)width * sizeof(sattr_T)); | |
| 8287 } | |
| 8288 | |
| 8289 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 8290 /* | |
| 8291 * Copy part of a Screenline for vertically split window "wp". | |
| 8292 */ | |
| 8293 static void | |
| 8294 linecopy(to, from, wp) | |
| 8295 int to; | |
| 8296 int from; | |
| 8297 win_T *wp; | |
| 8298 { | |
| 8299 unsigned off_to = LineOffset[to] + wp->w_wincol; | |
| 8300 unsigned off_from = LineOffset[from] + wp->w_wincol; | |
| 8301 | |
| 8302 mch_memmove(ScreenLines + off_to, ScreenLines + off_from, | |
| 8303 wp->w_width * sizeof(schar_T)); | |
| 8304 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8305 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 8306 { | |
| 714 | 8307 int i; |
| 8308 | |
| 7 | 8309 mch_memmove(ScreenLinesUC + off_to, ScreenLinesUC + off_from, |
| 8310 wp->w_width * sizeof(u8char_T)); | |
| 714 | 8311 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) |
| 8312 mch_memmove(ScreenLinesC[i] + off_to, ScreenLinesC[i] + off_from, | |
| 8313 wp->w_width * sizeof(u8char_T)); | |
| 7 | 8314 } |
| 8315 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) | |
| 8316 mch_memmove(ScreenLines2 + off_to, ScreenLines2 + off_from, | |
| 8317 wp->w_width * sizeof(schar_T)); | |
| 8318 # endif | |
| 8319 mch_memmove(ScreenAttrs + off_to, ScreenAttrs + off_from, | |
| 8320 wp->w_width * sizeof(sattr_T)); | |
| 8321 } | |
| 8322 #endif | |
| 8323 | |
| 8324 /* | |
| 8325 * Return TRUE if clearing with term string "p" would work. | |
| 8326 * It can't work when the string is empty or it won't set the right background. | |
| 8327 */ | |
| 8328 int | |
| 8329 can_clear(p) | |
| 8330 char_u *p; | |
| 8331 { | |
| 8332 return (*p != NUL && (t_colors <= 1 | |
| 8333 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 8334 || gui.in_use | |
| 8335 #endif | |
| 8336 || cterm_normal_bg_color == 0 || *T_UT != NUL)); | |
| 8337 } | |
| 8338 | |
| 8339 /* | |
| 8340 * Reset cursor position. Use whenever cursor was moved because of outputting | |
| 8341 * something directly to the screen (shell commands) or a terminal control | |
| 8342 * code. | |
| 8343 */ | |
| 8344 void | |
| 8345 screen_start() | |
| 8346 { | |
| 8347 screen_cur_row = screen_cur_col = 9999; | |
| 8348 } | |
| 8349 | |
| 8350 /* | |
| 8351 * Move the cursor to position "row","col" in the screen. | |
| 8352 * This tries to find the most efficient way to move, minimizing the number of | |
| 8353 * characters sent to the terminal. | |
| 8354 */ | |
| 8355 void | |
| 8356 windgoto(row, col) | |
| 8357 int row; | |
| 8358 int col; | |
| 8359 { | |
| 205 | 8360 sattr_T *p; |
| 7 | 8361 int i; |
| 8362 int plan; | |
| 8363 int cost; | |
| 8364 int wouldbe_col; | |
| 8365 int noinvcurs; | |
| 8366 char_u *bs; | |
| 8367 int goto_cost; | |
| 8368 int attr; | |
| 8369 | |
| 1213 | 8370 #define GOTO_COST 7 /* assume a term_windgoto() takes about 7 chars */ |
| 7 | 8371 #define HIGHL_COST 5 /* assume unhighlight takes 5 chars */ |
| 8372 | |
| 8373 #define PLAN_LE 1 | |
| 8374 #define PLAN_CR 2 | |
| 8375 #define PLAN_NL 3 | |
| 8376 #define PLAN_WRITE 4 | |
| 8377 /* Can't use ScreenLines unless initialized */ | |
| 8378 if (ScreenLines == NULL) | |
| 8379 return; | |
| 8380 | |
| 8381 if (col != screen_cur_col || row != screen_cur_row) | |
| 8382 { | |
| 8383 /* Check for valid position. */ | |
| 8384 if (row < 0) /* window without text lines? */ | |
| 8385 row = 0; | |
| 8386 if (row >= screen_Rows) | |
| 8387 row = screen_Rows - 1; | |
| 8388 if (col >= screen_Columns) | |
| 8389 col = screen_Columns - 1; | |
| 8390 | |
| 8391 /* check if no cursor movement is allowed in highlight mode */ | |
| 8392 if (screen_attr && *T_MS == NUL) | |
| 8393 noinvcurs = HIGHL_COST; | |
| 8394 else | |
| 8395 noinvcurs = 0; | |
| 8396 goto_cost = GOTO_COST + noinvcurs; | |
| 8397 | |
| 8398 /* | |
| 8399 * Plan how to do the positioning: | |
| 8400 * 1. Use CR to move it to column 0, same row. | |
| 8401 * 2. Use T_LE to move it a few columns to the left. | |
| 8402 * 3. Use NL to move a few lines down, column 0. | |
| 8403 * 4. Move a few columns to the right with T_ND or by writing chars. | |
| 8404 * | |
| 8405 * Don't do this if the cursor went beyond the last column, the cursor | |
| 8406 * position is unknown then (some terminals wrap, some don't ) | |
| 8407 * | |
| 1213 | 8408 * First check if the highlighting attributes allow us to write |
| 7 | 8409 * characters to move the cursor to the right. |
| 8410 */ | |
| 8411 if (row >= screen_cur_row && screen_cur_col < Columns) | |
| 8412 { | |
| 8413 /* | |
| 8414 * If the cursor is in the same row, bigger col, we can use CR | |
| 8415 * or T_LE. | |
| 8416 */ | |
| 8417 bs = NULL; /* init for GCC */ | |
| 8418 attr = screen_attr; | |
| 8419 if (row == screen_cur_row && col < screen_cur_col) | |
| 8420 { | |
| 8421 /* "le" is preferred over "bc", because "bc" is obsolete */ | |
| 8422 if (*T_LE) | |
| 8423 bs = T_LE; /* "cursor left" */ | |
| 8424 else | |
| 8425 bs = T_BC; /* "backspace character (old) */ | |
| 8426 if (*bs) | |
| 8427 cost = (screen_cur_col - col) * (int)STRLEN(bs); | |
| 8428 else | |
| 8429 cost = 999; | |
| 8430 if (col + 1 < cost) /* using CR is less characters */ | |
| 8431 { | |
| 8432 plan = PLAN_CR; | |
| 8433 wouldbe_col = 0; | |
| 8434 cost = 1; /* CR is just one character */ | |
| 8435 } | |
| 8436 else | |
| 8437 { | |
| 8438 plan = PLAN_LE; | |
| 8439 wouldbe_col = col; | |
| 8440 } | |
| 8441 if (noinvcurs) /* will stop highlighting */ | |
| 8442 { | |
| 8443 cost += noinvcurs; | |
| 8444 attr = 0; | |
| 8445 } | |
| 8446 } | |
| 8447 | |
| 8448 /* | |
| 8449 * If the cursor is above where we want to be, we can use CR LF. | |
| 8450 */ | |
| 8451 else if (row > screen_cur_row) | |
| 8452 { | |
| 8453 plan = PLAN_NL; | |
| 8454 wouldbe_col = 0; | |
| 8455 cost = (row - screen_cur_row) * 2; /* CR LF */ | |
| 8456 if (noinvcurs) /* will stop highlighting */ | |
| 8457 { | |
| 8458 cost += noinvcurs; | |
| 8459 attr = 0; | |
| 8460 } | |
| 8461 } | |
| 8462 | |
| 8463 /* | |
| 8464 * If the cursor is in the same row, smaller col, just use write. | |
| 8465 */ | |
| 8466 else | |
| 8467 { | |
| 8468 plan = PLAN_WRITE; | |
| 8469 wouldbe_col = screen_cur_col; | |
| 8470 cost = 0; | |
| 8471 } | |
| 8472 | |
| 8473 /* | |
| 8474 * Check if any characters that need to be written have the | |
| 8475 * correct attributes. Also avoid UTF-8 characters. | |
| 8476 */ | |
| 8477 i = col - wouldbe_col; | |
| 8478 if (i > 0) | |
| 8479 cost += i; | |
| 8480 if (cost < goto_cost && i > 0) | |
| 8481 { | |
| 8482 /* | |
| 8483 * Check if the attributes are correct without additionally | |
| 8484 * stopping highlighting. | |
| 8485 */ | |
| 8486 p = ScreenAttrs + LineOffset[row] + wouldbe_col; | |
| 8487 while (i && *p++ == attr) | |
| 8488 --i; | |
| 8489 if (i != 0) | |
| 8490 { | |
| 8491 /* | |
| 8492 * Try if it works when highlighting is stopped here. | |
| 8493 */ | |
| 8494 if (*--p == 0) | |
| 8495 { | |
| 8496 cost += noinvcurs; | |
| 8497 while (i && *p++ == 0) | |
| 8498 --i; | |
| 8499 } | |
| 8500 if (i != 0) | |
| 8501 cost = 999; /* different attributes, don't do it */ | |
| 8502 } | |
| 8503 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8504 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 8505 { | |
| 8506 /* Don't use an UTF-8 char for positioning, it's slow. */ | |
| 8507 for (i = wouldbe_col; i < col; ++i) | |
| 8508 if (ScreenLinesUC[LineOffset[row] + i] != 0) | |
| 8509 { | |
| 8510 cost = 999; | |
| 8511 break; | |
| 8512 } | |
| 8513 } | |
| 8514 #endif | |
| 8515 } | |
| 8516 | |
| 8517 /* | |
| 8518 * We can do it without term_windgoto()! | |
| 8519 */ | |
| 8520 if (cost < goto_cost) | |
| 8521 { | |
| 8522 if (plan == PLAN_LE) | |
| 8523 { | |
| 8524 if (noinvcurs) | |
| 8525 screen_stop_highlight(); | |
| 8526 while (screen_cur_col > col) | |
| 8527 { | |
| 8528 out_str(bs); | |
| 8529 --screen_cur_col; | |
| 8530 } | |
| 8531 } | |
| 8532 else if (plan == PLAN_CR) | |
| 8533 { | |
| 8534 if (noinvcurs) | |
| 8535 screen_stop_highlight(); | |
| 8536 out_char('\r'); | |
| 8537 screen_cur_col = 0; | |
| 8538 } | |
| 8539 else if (plan == PLAN_NL) | |
| 8540 { | |
| 8541 if (noinvcurs) | |
| 8542 screen_stop_highlight(); | |
| 8543 while (screen_cur_row < row) | |
| 8544 { | |
| 8545 out_char('\n'); | |
| 8546 ++screen_cur_row; | |
| 8547 } | |
| 8548 screen_cur_col = 0; | |
| 8549 } | |
| 8550 | |
| 8551 i = col - screen_cur_col; | |
| 8552 if (i > 0) | |
| 8553 { | |
| 8554 /* | |
| 8555 * Use cursor-right if it's one character only. Avoids | |
| 8556 * removing a line of pixels from the last bold char, when | |
| 8557 * using the bold trick in the GUI. | |
| 8558 */ | |
| 8559 if (T_ND[0] != NUL && T_ND[1] == NUL) | |
| 8560 { | |
| 8561 while (i-- > 0) | |
| 8562 out_char(*T_ND); | |
| 8563 } | |
| 8564 else | |
| 8565 { | |
| 8566 int off; | |
| 8567 | |
| 8568 off = LineOffset[row] + screen_cur_col; | |
| 8569 while (i-- > 0) | |
| 8570 { | |
| 8571 if (ScreenAttrs[off] != screen_attr) | |
| 8572 screen_stop_highlight(); | |
| 8573 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8574 out_flush_check(); | |
| 8575 #endif | |
| 8576 out_char(ScreenLines[off]); | |
| 8577 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8578 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU | |
| 8579 && ScreenLines[off] == 0x8e) | |
| 8580 out_char(ScreenLines2[off]); | |
| 8581 #endif | |
| 8582 ++off; | |
| 8583 } | |
| 8584 } | |
| 8585 } | |
| 8586 } | |
| 8587 } | |
| 8588 else | |
| 8589 cost = 999; | |
| 8590 | |
| 8591 if (cost >= goto_cost) | |
| 8592 { | |
| 8593 if (noinvcurs) | |
| 8594 screen_stop_highlight(); | |
| 8595 if (row == screen_cur_row && (col > screen_cur_col) && | |
| 8596 *T_CRI != NUL) | |
| 8597 term_cursor_right(col - screen_cur_col); | |
| 8598 else | |
| 8599 term_windgoto(row, col); | |
| 8600 } | |
| 8601 screen_cur_row = row; | |
| 8602 screen_cur_col = col; | |
| 8603 } | |
| 8604 } | |
| 8605 | |
| 8606 /* | |
| 8607 * Set cursor to its position in the current window. | |
| 8608 */ | |
| 8609 void | |
| 8610 setcursor() | |
| 8611 { | |
| 8612 if (redrawing()) | |
| 8613 { | |
| 8614 validate_cursor(); | |
| 8615 windgoto(W_WINROW(curwin) + curwin->w_wrow, | |
| 8616 W_WINCOL(curwin) + ( | |
| 8617 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 1545 | 8618 /* With 'rightleft' set and the cursor on a double-wide |
| 8619 * character, position it on the leftmost column. */ | |
| 7 | 8620 curwin->w_p_rl ? ((int)W_WIDTH(curwin) - curwin->w_wcol - ( |
| 8621 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1545 | 8622 (has_mbyte |
| 8623 && (*mb_ptr2cells)(ml_get_cursor()) == 2 | |
| 8624 && vim_isprintc(gchar_cursor())) ? 2 : | |
| 7 | 8625 # endif |
| 8626 1)) : | |
| 8627 #endif | |
| 8628 curwin->w_wcol)); | |
| 8629 } | |
| 8630 } | |
| 8631 | |
| 8632 | |
| 8633 /* | |
| 8634 * insert 'line_count' lines at 'row' in window 'wp' | |
| 8635 * if 'invalid' is TRUE the wp->w_lines[].wl_lnum is invalidated. | |
| 8636 * if 'mayclear' is TRUE the screen will be cleared if it is faster than | |
| 8637 * scrolling. | |
| 8638 * Returns FAIL if the lines are not inserted, OK for success. | |
| 8639 */ | |
| 8640 int | |
| 8641 win_ins_lines(wp, row, line_count, invalid, mayclear) | |
| 8642 win_T *wp; | |
| 8643 int row; | |
| 8644 int line_count; | |
| 8645 int invalid; | |
| 8646 int mayclear; | |
| 8647 { | |
| 8648 int did_delete; | |
| 8649 int nextrow; | |
| 8650 int lastrow; | |
| 8651 int retval; | |
| 8652 | |
| 8653 if (invalid) | |
| 8654 wp->w_lines_valid = 0; | |
| 8655 | |
| 8656 if (wp->w_height < 5) | |
| 8657 return FAIL; | |
| 8658 | |
| 8659 if (line_count > wp->w_height - row) | |
| 8660 line_count = wp->w_height - row; | |
| 8661 | |
| 8662 retval = win_do_lines(wp, row, line_count, mayclear, FALSE); | |
| 8663 if (retval != MAYBE) | |
| 8664 return retval; | |
| 8665 | |
| 8666 /* | |
| 8667 * If there is a next window or a status line, we first try to delete the | |
| 8668 * lines at the bottom to avoid messing what is after the window. | |
| 8669 * If this fails and there are following windows, don't do anything to avoid | |
| 8670 * messing up those windows, better just redraw. | |
| 8671 */ | |
| 8672 did_delete = FALSE; | |
| 8673 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 8674 if (wp->w_next != NULL || wp->w_status_height) | |
| 8675 { | |
| 8676 if (screen_del_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height - line_count, | |
| 8677 line_count, (int)Rows, FALSE, NULL) == OK) | |
| 8678 did_delete = TRUE; | |
| 8679 else if (wp->w_next) | |
| 8680 return FAIL; | |
| 8681 } | |
| 8682 #endif | |
| 8683 /* | |
| 8684 * if no lines deleted, blank the lines that will end up below the window | |
| 8685 */ | |
| 8686 if (!did_delete) | |
| 8687 { | |
| 8688 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 8689 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 8690 #endif | |
| 8691 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; | |
| 8692 nextrow = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height + W_STATUS_HEIGHT(wp); | |
| 8693 lastrow = nextrow + line_count; | |
| 8694 if (lastrow > Rows) | |
| 8695 lastrow = Rows; | |
| 8696 screen_fill(nextrow - line_count, lastrow - line_count, | |
| 8697 W_WINCOL(wp), (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), | |
| 8698 ' ', ' ', 0); | |
| 8699 } | |
| 8700 | |
| 8701 if (screen_ins_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + row, line_count, (int)Rows, NULL) | |
| 8702 == FAIL) | |
| 8703 { | |
| 8704 /* deletion will have messed up other windows */ | |
| 8705 if (did_delete) | |
| 8706 { | |
| 8707 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 8708 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 8709 #endif | |
| 8710 win_rest_invalid(W_NEXT(wp)); | |
| 8711 } | |
| 8712 return FAIL; | |
| 8713 } | |
| 8714 | |
| 8715 return OK; | |
| 8716 } | |
| 8717 | |
| 8718 /* | |
| 8719 * delete "line_count" window lines at "row" in window "wp" | |
| 8720 * If "invalid" is TRUE curwin->w_lines[] is invalidated. | |
| 8721 * If "mayclear" is TRUE the screen will be cleared if it is faster than | |
| 8722 * scrolling | |
| 8723 * Return OK for success, FAIL if the lines are not deleted. | |
| 8724 */ | |
| 8725 int | |
| 8726 win_del_lines(wp, row, line_count, invalid, mayclear) | |
| 8727 win_T *wp; | |
| 8728 int row; | |
| 8729 int line_count; | |
| 8730 int invalid; | |
| 8731 int mayclear; | |
| 8732 { | |
| 8733 int retval; | |
| 8734 | |
| 8735 if (invalid) | |
| 8736 wp->w_lines_valid = 0; | |
| 8737 | |
| 8738 if (line_count > wp->w_height - row) | |
| 8739 line_count = wp->w_height - row; | |
| 8740 | |
| 8741 retval = win_do_lines(wp, row, line_count, mayclear, TRUE); | |
| 8742 if (retval != MAYBE) | |
| 8743 return retval; | |
| 8744 | |
| 8745 if (screen_del_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + row, line_count, | |
| 8746 (int)Rows, FALSE, NULL) == FAIL) | |
| 8747 return FAIL; | |
| 8748 | |
| 8749 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 8750 /* | |
| 8751 * If there are windows or status lines below, try to put them at the | |
| 8752 * correct place. If we can't do that, they have to be redrawn. | |
| 8753 */ | |
| 8754 if (wp->w_next || wp->w_status_height || cmdline_row < Rows - 1) | |
| 8755 { | |
| 8756 if (screen_ins_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height - line_count, | |
| 8757 line_count, (int)Rows, NULL) == FAIL) | |
| 8758 { | |
| 8759 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 8760 win_rest_invalid(wp->w_next); | |
| 8761 } | |
| 8762 } | |
| 8763 /* | |
| 8764 * If this is the last window and there is no status line, redraw the | |
| 8765 * command line later. | |
| 8766 */ | |
| 8767 else | |
| 8768 #endif | |
| 8769 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; | |
| 8770 return OK; | |
| 8771 } | |
| 8772 | |
| 8773 /* | |
| 8774 * Common code for win_ins_lines() and win_del_lines(). | |
| 8775 * Returns OK or FAIL when the work has been done. | |
| 8776 * Returns MAYBE when not finished yet. | |
| 8777 */ | |
| 8778 static int | |
| 8779 win_do_lines(wp, row, line_count, mayclear, del) | |
| 8780 win_T *wp; | |
| 8781 int row; | |
| 8782 int line_count; | |
| 8783 int mayclear; | |
| 8784 int del; | |
| 8785 { | |
| 8786 int retval; | |
| 8787 | |
| 8788 if (!redrawing() || line_count <= 0) | |
| 8789 return FAIL; | |
| 8790 | |
| 8791 /* only a few lines left: redraw is faster */ | |
| 8792 if (mayclear && Rows - line_count < 5 | |
| 8793 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 8794 && wp->w_width == Columns | |
| 8795 #endif | |
| 8796 ) | |
| 8797 { | |
| 8798 screenclear(); /* will set wp->w_lines_valid to 0 */ | |
| 8799 return FAIL; | |
| 8800 } | |
| 8801 | |
| 8802 /* | |
| 8803 * Delete all remaining lines | |
| 8804 */ | |
| 8805 if (row + line_count >= wp->w_height) | |
| 8806 { | |
| 8807 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height, | |
| 8808 W_WINCOL(wp), (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), | |
| 8809 ' ', ' ', 0); | |
| 8810 return OK; | |
| 8811 } | |
| 8812 | |
| 8813 /* | |
| 8814 * when scrolling, the message on the command line should be cleared, | |
| 8815 * otherwise it will stay there forever. | |
| 8816 */ | |
| 8817 clear_cmdline = TRUE; | |
| 8818 | |
| 8819 /* | |
| 8820 * If the terminal can set a scroll region, use that. | |
| 8821 * Always do this in a vertically split window. This will redraw from | |
| 8822 * ScreenLines[] when t_CV isn't defined. That's faster than using | |
| 8823 * win_line(). | |
| 8824 * Don't use a scroll region when we are going to redraw the text, writing | |
| 8825 * a character in the lower right corner of the scroll region causes a | |
| 8826 * scroll-up in the DJGPP version. | |
| 8827 */ | |
| 8828 if (scroll_region | |
| 8829 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 8830 || W_WIDTH(wp) != Columns | |
| 8831 #endif | |
| 8832 ) | |
| 8833 { | |
| 8834 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 8835 if (scroll_region && (wp->w_width == Columns || *T_CSV != NUL)) | |
| 8836 #endif | |
| 8837 scroll_region_set(wp, row); | |
| 8838 if (del) | |
| 8839 retval = screen_del_lines(W_WINROW(wp) + row, 0, line_count, | |
| 8840 wp->w_height - row, FALSE, wp); | |
| 8841 else | |
| 8842 retval = screen_ins_lines(W_WINROW(wp) + row, 0, line_count, | |
| 8843 wp->w_height - row, wp); | |
| 8844 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 8845 if (scroll_region && (wp->w_width == Columns || *T_CSV != NUL)) | |
| 8846 #endif | |
| 8847 scroll_region_reset(); | |
| 8848 return retval; | |
| 8849 } | |
| 8850 | |
| 8851 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 8852 if (wp->w_next != NULL && p_tf) /* don't delete/insert on fast terminal */ | |
| 8853 return FAIL; | |
| 8854 #endif | |
| 8855 | |
| 8856 return MAYBE; | |
| 8857 } | |
| 8858 | |
| 8859 /* | |
| 8860 * window 'wp' and everything after it is messed up, mark it for redraw | |
| 8861 */ | |
| 8862 static void | |
| 8863 win_rest_invalid(wp) | |
| 8864 win_T *wp; | |
| 8865 { | |
| 8866 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 8867 while (wp != NULL) | |
| 8868 #else | |
| 8869 if (wp != NULL) | |
| 8870 #endif | |
| 8871 { | |
| 8872 redraw_win_later(wp, NOT_VALID); | |
| 8873 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 8874 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 8875 wp = wp->w_next; | |
| 8876 #endif | |
| 8877 } | |
| 8878 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; | |
| 8879 } | |
| 8880 | |
| 8881 /* | |
| 8882 * The rest of the routines in this file perform screen manipulations. The | |
| 8883 * given operation is performed physically on the screen. The corresponding | |
| 8884 * change is also made to the internal screen image. In this way, the editor | |
| 8885 * anticipates the effect of editing changes on the appearance of the screen. | |
| 8886 * That way, when we call screenupdate a complete redraw isn't usually | |
| 8887 * necessary. Another advantage is that we can keep adding code to anticipate | |
| 8888 * screen changes, and in the meantime, everything still works. | |
| 8889 */ | |
| 8890 | |
| 8891 /* | |
| 8892 * types for inserting or deleting lines | |
| 8893 */ | |
| 8894 #define USE_T_CAL 1 | |
| 8895 #define USE_T_CDL 2 | |
| 8896 #define USE_T_AL 3 | |
| 8897 #define USE_T_CE 4 | |
| 8898 #define USE_T_DL 5 | |
| 8899 #define USE_T_SR 6 | |
| 8900 #define USE_NL 7 | |
| 8901 #define USE_T_CD 8 | |
| 8902 #define USE_REDRAW 9 | |
| 8903 | |
| 8904 /* | |
| 8905 * insert lines on the screen and update ScreenLines[] | |
| 8906 * 'end' is the line after the scrolled part. Normally it is Rows. | |
| 8907 * When scrolling region used 'off' is the offset from the top for the region. | |
| 8908 * 'row' and 'end' are relative to the start of the region. | |
| 8909 * | |
| 8910 * return FAIL for failure, OK for success. | |
| 8911 */ | |
| 446 | 8912 int |
| 7 | 8913 screen_ins_lines(off, row, line_count, end, wp) |
| 8914 int off; | |
| 8915 int row; | |
| 8916 int line_count; | |
| 8917 int end; | |
| 8918 win_T *wp; /* NULL or window to use width from */ | |
| 8919 { | |
| 8920 int i; | |
| 8921 int j; | |
| 8922 unsigned temp; | |
| 8923 int cursor_row; | |
| 8924 int type; | |
| 8925 int result_empty; | |
| 8926 int can_ce = can_clear(T_CE); | |
| 8927 | |
| 8928 /* | |
| 8929 * FAIL if | |
| 8930 * - there is no valid screen | |
| 8931 * - the screen has to be redrawn completely | |
| 8932 * - the line count is less than one | |
| 8933 * - the line count is more than 'ttyscroll' | |
| 8934 */ | |
| 8935 if (!screen_valid(TRUE) || line_count <= 0 || line_count > p_ttyscroll) | |
| 8936 return FAIL; | |
| 8937 | |
| 8938 /* | |
| 8939 * There are seven ways to insert lines: | |
| 8940 * 0. When in a vertically split window and t_CV isn't set, redraw the | |
| 8941 * characters from ScreenLines[]. | |
| 8942 * 1. Use T_CD (clear to end of display) if it exists and the result of | |
| 8943 * the insert is just empty lines | |
| 8944 * 2. Use T_CAL (insert multiple lines) if it exists and T_AL is not | |
| 8945 * present or line_count > 1. It looks better if we do all the inserts | |
| 8946 * at once. | |
| 8947 * 3. Use T_CDL (delete multiple lines) if it exists and the result of the | |
| 8948 * insert is just empty lines and T_CE is not present or line_count > | |
| 8949 * 1. | |
| 8950 * 4. Use T_AL (insert line) if it exists. | |
| 8951 * 5. Use T_CE (erase line) if it exists and the result of the insert is | |
| 8952 * just empty lines. | |
| 8953 * 6. Use T_DL (delete line) if it exists and the result of the insert is | |
| 8954 * just empty lines. | |
| 8955 * 7. Use T_SR (scroll reverse) if it exists and inserting at row 0 and | |
| 8956 * the 'da' flag is not set or we have clear line capability. | |
| 8957 * 8. redraw the characters from ScreenLines[]. | |
| 8958 * | |
| 8959 * Careful: In a hpterm scroll reverse doesn't work as expected, it moves | |
| 8960 * the scrollbar for the window. It does have insert line, use that if it | |
| 8961 * exists. | |
| 8962 */ | |
| 8963 result_empty = (row + line_count >= end); | |
| 8964 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 8965 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns && *T_CSV == NUL) | |
| 8966 type = USE_REDRAW; | |
| 8967 else | |
| 8968 #endif | |
| 8969 if (can_clear(T_CD) && result_empty) | |
| 8970 type = USE_T_CD; | |
| 8971 else if (*T_CAL != NUL && (line_count > 1 || *T_AL == NUL)) | |
| 8972 type = USE_T_CAL; | |
| 8973 else if (*T_CDL != NUL && result_empty && (line_count > 1 || !can_ce)) | |
| 8974 type = USE_T_CDL; | |
| 8975 else if (*T_AL != NUL) | |
| 8976 type = USE_T_AL; | |
| 8977 else if (can_ce && result_empty) | |
| 8978 type = USE_T_CE; | |
| 8979 else if (*T_DL != NUL && result_empty) | |
| 8980 type = USE_T_DL; | |
| 8981 else if (*T_SR != NUL && row == 0 && (*T_DA == NUL || can_ce)) | |
| 8982 type = USE_T_SR; | |
| 8983 else | |
| 8984 return FAIL; | |
| 8985 | |
| 8986 /* | |
| 8987 * For clearing the lines screen_del_lines() is used. This will also take | |
| 8988 * care of t_db if necessary. | |
| 8989 */ | |
| 8990 if (type == USE_T_CD || type == USE_T_CDL || | |
| 8991 type == USE_T_CE || type == USE_T_DL) | |
| 8992 return screen_del_lines(off, row, line_count, end, FALSE, wp); | |
| 8993 | |
| 8994 /* | |
| 8995 * If text is retained below the screen, first clear or delete as many | |
| 8996 * lines at the bottom of the window as are about to be inserted so that | |
| 8997 * the deleted lines won't later surface during a screen_del_lines. | |
| 8998 */ | |
| 8999 if (*T_DB) | |
| 9000 screen_del_lines(off, end - line_count, line_count, end, FALSE, wp); | |
| 9001 | |
| 9002 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
| 9003 /* Remove a modeless selection when inserting lines halfway the screen | |
| 9004 * or not the full width of the screen. */ | |
| 9005 if (off + row > 0 | |
| 9006 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 9007 || (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns) | |
| 9008 # endif | |
| 9009 ) | |
| 9010 clip_clear_selection(); | |
| 9011 else | |
| 9012 clip_scroll_selection(-line_count); | |
| 9013 #endif | |
| 9014 | |
| 9015 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 9016 /* Don't update the GUI cursor here, ScreenLines[] is invalid until the | |
| 9017 * scrolling is actually carried out. */ | |
| 9018 gui_dont_update_cursor(); | |
| 9019 #endif | |
| 9020 | |
| 9021 if (*T_CCS != NUL) /* cursor relative to region */ | |
| 9022 cursor_row = row; | |
| 9023 else | |
| 9024 cursor_row = row + off; | |
| 9025 | |
| 9026 /* | |
| 9027 * Shift LineOffset[] line_count down to reflect the inserted lines. | |
| 9028 * Clear the inserted lines in ScreenLines[]. | |
| 9029 */ | |
| 9030 row += off; | |
| 9031 end += off; | |
| 9032 for (i = 0; i < line_count; ++i) | |
| 9033 { | |
| 9034 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 9035 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns) | |
| 9036 { | |
| 9037 /* need to copy part of a line */ | |
| 9038 j = end - 1 - i; | |
| 9039 while ((j -= line_count) >= row) | |
| 9040 linecopy(j + line_count, j, wp); | |
| 9041 j += line_count; | |
| 9042 if (can_clear((char_u *)" ")) | |
| 9043 lineclear(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width); | |
| 9044 else | |
| 9045 lineinvalid(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width); | |
| 9046 LineWraps[j] = FALSE; | |
| 9047 } | |
| 9048 else | |
| 9049 #endif | |
| 9050 { | |
| 9051 j = end - 1 - i; | |
| 9052 temp = LineOffset[j]; | |
| 9053 while ((j -= line_count) >= row) | |
| 9054 { | |
| 9055 LineOffset[j + line_count] = LineOffset[j]; | |
| 9056 LineWraps[j + line_count] = LineWraps[j]; | |
| 9057 } | |
| 9058 LineOffset[j + line_count] = temp; | |
| 9059 LineWraps[j + line_count] = FALSE; | |
| 9060 if (can_clear((char_u *)" ")) | |
| 9061 lineclear(temp, (int)Columns); | |
| 9062 else | |
| 9063 lineinvalid(temp, (int)Columns); | |
| 9064 } | |
| 9065 } | |
| 9066 | |
| 9067 screen_stop_highlight(); | |
| 9068 windgoto(cursor_row, 0); | |
| 9069 | |
| 9070 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 9071 /* redraw the characters */ | |
| 9072 if (type == USE_REDRAW) | |
| 9073 redraw_block(row, end, wp); | |
| 9074 else | |
| 9075 #endif | |
| 9076 if (type == USE_T_CAL) | |
| 9077 { | |
| 9078 term_append_lines(line_count); | |
| 9079 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
| 9080 } | |
| 9081 else | |
| 9082 { | |
| 9083 for (i = 0; i < line_count; i++) | |
| 9084 { | |
| 9085 if (type == USE_T_AL) | |
| 9086 { | |
| 9087 if (i && cursor_row != 0) | |
| 9088 windgoto(cursor_row, 0); | |
| 9089 out_str(T_AL); | |
| 9090 } | |
| 9091 else /* type == USE_T_SR */ | |
| 9092 out_str(T_SR); | |
| 9093 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
| 9094 } | |
| 9095 } | |
| 9096 | |
| 9097 /* | |
| 9098 * With scroll-reverse and 'da' flag set we need to clear the lines that | |
| 9099 * have been scrolled down into the region. | |
| 9100 */ | |
| 9101 if (type == USE_T_SR && *T_DA) | |
| 9102 { | |
| 9103 for (i = 0; i < line_count; ++i) | |
| 9104 { | |
| 9105 windgoto(off + i, 0); | |
| 9106 out_str(T_CE); | |
| 9107 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
| 9108 } | |
| 9109 } | |
| 9110 | |
| 9111 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 9112 gui_can_update_cursor(); | |
| 9113 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 9114 out_flush(); /* always flush after a scroll */ | |
| 9115 #endif | |
| 9116 return OK; | |
| 9117 } | |
| 9118 | |
| 9119 /* | |
| 9120 * delete lines on the screen and update ScreenLines[] | |
| 9121 * 'end' is the line after the scrolled part. Normally it is Rows. | |
| 9122 * When scrolling region used 'off' is the offset from the top for the region. | |
| 9123 * 'row' and 'end' are relative to the start of the region. | |
| 9124 * | |
| 9125 * Return OK for success, FAIL if the lines are not deleted. | |
| 9126 */ | |
| 9127 int | |
| 9128 screen_del_lines(off, row, line_count, end, force, wp) | |
| 9129 int off; | |
| 9130 int row; | |
| 9131 int line_count; | |
| 9132 int end; | |
| 9133 int force; /* even when line_count > p_ttyscroll */ | |
| 1883 | 9134 win_T *wp UNUSED; /* NULL or window to use width from */ |
| 7 | 9135 { |
| 9136 int j; | |
| 9137 int i; | |
| 9138 unsigned temp; | |
| 9139 int cursor_row; | |
| 9140 int cursor_end; | |
| 9141 int result_empty; /* result is empty until end of region */ | |
| 9142 int can_delete; /* deleting line codes can be used */ | |
| 9143 int type; | |
| 9144 | |
| 9145 /* | |
| 9146 * FAIL if | |
| 9147 * - there is no valid screen | |
| 9148 * - the screen has to be redrawn completely | |
| 9149 * - the line count is less than one | |
| 9150 * - the line count is more than 'ttyscroll' | |
| 9151 */ | |
| 9152 if (!screen_valid(TRUE) || line_count <= 0 || | |
| 9153 (!force && line_count > p_ttyscroll)) | |
| 9154 return FAIL; | |
| 9155 | |
| 9156 /* | |
| 9157 * Check if the rest of the current region will become empty. | |
| 9158 */ | |
| 9159 result_empty = row + line_count >= end; | |
| 9160 | |
| 9161 /* | |
| 9162 * We can delete lines only when 'db' flag not set or when 'ce' option | |
| 9163 * available. | |
| 9164 */ | |
| 9165 can_delete = (*T_DB == NUL || can_clear(T_CE)); | |
| 9166 | |
| 9167 /* | |
| 9168 * There are six ways to delete lines: | |
| 9169 * 0. When in a vertically split window and t_CV isn't set, redraw the | |
| 9170 * characters from ScreenLines[]. | |
| 9171 * 1. Use T_CD if it exists and the result is empty. | |
| 9172 * 2. Use newlines if row == 0 and count == 1 or T_CDL does not exist. | |
| 9173 * 3. Use T_CDL (delete multiple lines) if it exists and line_count > 1 or | |
| 9174 * none of the other ways work. | |
| 9175 * 4. Use T_CE (erase line) if the result is empty. | |
| 9176 * 5. Use T_DL (delete line) if it exists. | |
| 9177 * 6. redraw the characters from ScreenLines[]. | |
| 9178 */ | |
| 9179 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 9180 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns && *T_CSV == NUL) | |
| 9181 type = USE_REDRAW; | |
| 9182 else | |
| 9183 #endif | |
| 9184 if (can_clear(T_CD) && result_empty) | |
| 9185 type = USE_T_CD; | |
| 9186 #if defined(__BEOS__) && defined(BEOS_DR8) | |
| 9187 /* | |
| 9188 * USE_NL does not seem to work in Terminal of DR8 so we set T_DB="" in | |
| 9189 * its internal termcap... this works okay for tests which test *T_DB != | |
| 9190 * NUL. It has the disadvantage that the user cannot use any :set t_* | |
| 9191 * command to get T_DB (back) to empty_option, only :set term=... will do | |
| 9192 * the trick... | |
| 9193 * Anyway, this hack will hopefully go away with the next OS release. | |
| 9194 * (Olaf Seibert) | |
| 9195 */ | |
| 9196 else if (row == 0 && T_DB == empty_option | |
| 9197 && (line_count == 1 || *T_CDL == NUL)) | |
| 9198 #else | |
| 9199 else if (row == 0 && ( | |
| 9200 #ifndef AMIGA | |
| 9201 /* On the Amiga, somehow '\n' on the last line doesn't always scroll | |
| 9202 * up, so use delete-line command */ | |
| 9203 line_count == 1 || | |
| 9204 #endif | |
| 9205 *T_CDL == NUL)) | |
| 9206 #endif | |
| 9207 type = USE_NL; | |
| 9208 else if (*T_CDL != NUL && line_count > 1 && can_delete) | |
| 9209 type = USE_T_CDL; | |
| 9210 else if (can_clear(T_CE) && result_empty | |
| 9211 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 9212 && (wp == NULL || wp->w_width == Columns) | |
| 9213 #endif | |
| 9214 ) | |
| 9215 type = USE_T_CE; | |
| 9216 else if (*T_DL != NUL && can_delete) | |
| 9217 type = USE_T_DL; | |
| 9218 else if (*T_CDL != NUL && can_delete) | |
| 9219 type = USE_T_CDL; | |
| 9220 else | |
| 9221 return FAIL; | |
| 9222 | |
| 9223 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
| 9224 /* Remove a modeless selection when deleting lines halfway the screen or | |
| 9225 * not the full width of the screen. */ | |
| 9226 if (off + row > 0 | |
| 9227 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 9228 || (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns) | |
| 9229 # endif | |
| 9230 ) | |
| 9231 clip_clear_selection(); | |
| 9232 else | |
| 9233 clip_scroll_selection(line_count); | |
| 9234 #endif | |
| 9235 | |
| 9236 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 9237 /* Don't update the GUI cursor here, ScreenLines[] is invalid until the | |
| 9238 * scrolling is actually carried out. */ | |
| 9239 gui_dont_update_cursor(); | |
| 9240 #endif | |
| 9241 | |
| 9242 if (*T_CCS != NUL) /* cursor relative to region */ | |
| 9243 { | |
| 9244 cursor_row = row; | |
| 9245 cursor_end = end; | |
| 9246 } | |
| 9247 else | |
| 9248 { | |
| 9249 cursor_row = row + off; | |
| 9250 cursor_end = end + off; | |
| 9251 } | |
| 9252 | |
| 9253 /* | |
| 9254 * Now shift LineOffset[] line_count up to reflect the deleted lines. | |
| 9255 * Clear the inserted lines in ScreenLines[]. | |
| 9256 */ | |
| 9257 row += off; | |
| 9258 end += off; | |
| 9259 for (i = 0; i < line_count; ++i) | |
| 9260 { | |
| 9261 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 9262 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns) | |
| 9263 { | |
| 9264 /* need to copy part of a line */ | |
| 9265 j = row + i; | |
| 9266 while ((j += line_count) <= end - 1) | |
| 9267 linecopy(j - line_count, j, wp); | |
| 9268 j -= line_count; | |
| 9269 if (can_clear((char_u *)" ")) | |
| 9270 lineclear(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width); | |
| 9271 else | |
| 9272 lineinvalid(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width); | |
| 9273 LineWraps[j] = FALSE; | |
| 9274 } | |
| 9275 else | |
| 9276 #endif | |
| 9277 { | |
| 9278 /* whole width, moving the line pointers is faster */ | |
| 9279 j = row + i; | |
| 9280 temp = LineOffset[j]; | |
| 9281 while ((j += line_count) <= end - 1) | |
| 9282 { | |
| 9283 LineOffset[j - line_count] = LineOffset[j]; | |
| 9284 LineWraps[j - line_count] = LineWraps[j]; | |
| 9285 } | |
| 9286 LineOffset[j - line_count] = temp; | |
| 9287 LineWraps[j - line_count] = FALSE; | |
| 9288 if (can_clear((char_u *)" ")) | |
| 9289 lineclear(temp, (int)Columns); | |
| 9290 else | |
| 9291 lineinvalid(temp, (int)Columns); | |
| 9292 } | |
| 9293 } | |
| 9294 | |
| 9295 screen_stop_highlight(); | |
| 9296 | |
| 9297 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 9298 /* redraw the characters */ | |
| 9299 if (type == USE_REDRAW) | |
| 9300 redraw_block(row, end, wp); | |
| 9301 else | |
| 9302 #endif | |
| 9303 if (type == USE_T_CD) /* delete the lines */ | |
| 9304 { | |
| 9305 windgoto(cursor_row, 0); | |
| 9306 out_str(T_CD); | |
| 9307 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
| 9308 } | |
| 9309 else if (type == USE_T_CDL) | |
| 9310 { | |
| 9311 windgoto(cursor_row, 0); | |
| 9312 term_delete_lines(line_count); | |
| 9313 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
| 9314 } | |
| 9315 /* | |
| 9316 * Deleting lines at top of the screen or scroll region: Just scroll | |
| 9317 * the whole screen (scroll region) up by outputting newlines on the | |
| 9318 * last line. | |
| 9319 */ | |
| 9320 else if (type == USE_NL) | |
| 9321 { | |
| 9322 windgoto(cursor_end - 1, 0); | |
| 9323 for (i = line_count; --i >= 0; ) | |
| 9324 out_char('\n'); /* cursor will remain on same line */ | |
| 9325 } | |
| 9326 else | |
| 9327 { | |
| 9328 for (i = line_count; --i >= 0; ) | |
| 9329 { | |
| 9330 if (type == USE_T_DL) | |
| 9331 { | |
| 9332 windgoto(cursor_row, 0); | |
| 9333 out_str(T_DL); /* delete a line */ | |
| 9334 } | |
| 9335 else /* type == USE_T_CE */ | |
| 9336 { | |
| 9337 windgoto(cursor_row + i, 0); | |
| 9338 out_str(T_CE); /* erase a line */ | |
| 9339 } | |
| 9340 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
| 9341 } | |
| 9342 } | |
| 9343 | |
| 9344 /* | |
| 9345 * If the 'db' flag is set, we need to clear the lines that have been | |
| 9346 * scrolled up at the bottom of the region. | |
| 9347 */ | |
| 9348 if (*T_DB && (type == USE_T_DL || type == USE_T_CDL)) | |
| 9349 { | |
| 9350 for (i = line_count; i > 0; --i) | |
| 9351 { | |
| 9352 windgoto(cursor_end - i, 0); | |
| 9353 out_str(T_CE); /* erase a line */ | |
| 9354 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
| 9355 } | |
| 9356 } | |
| 9357 | |
| 9358 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 9359 gui_can_update_cursor(); | |
| 9360 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 9361 out_flush(); /* always flush after a scroll */ | |
| 9362 #endif | |
| 9363 | |
| 9364 return OK; | |
| 9365 } | |
| 9366 | |
| 9367 /* | |
| 9368 * show the current mode and ruler | |
| 9369 * | |
| 9370 * If clear_cmdline is TRUE, clear the rest of the cmdline. | |
| 9371 * If clear_cmdline is FALSE there may be a message there that needs to be | |
| 9372 * cleared only if a mode is shown. | |
| 9373 * Return the length of the message (0 if no message). | |
| 9374 */ | |
| 9375 int | |
| 9376 showmode() | |
| 9377 { | |
| 9378 int need_clear; | |
| 9379 int length = 0; | |
| 9380 int do_mode; | |
| 9381 int attr; | |
| 9382 int nwr_save; | |
| 9383 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 9384 int sub_attr; | |
| 9385 #endif | |
| 9386 | |
| 642 | 9387 do_mode = ((p_smd && msg_silent == 0) |
| 9388 && ((State & INSERT) | |
| 9389 || restart_edit | |
| 7 | 9390 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL |
| 9391 || VIsual_active | |
| 9392 #endif | |
| 9393 )); | |
| 9394 if (do_mode || Recording) | |
| 9395 { | |
| 9396 /* | |
| 9397 * Don't show mode right now, when not redrawing or inside a mapping. | |
| 9398 * Call char_avail() only when we are going to show something, because | |
| 9399 * it takes a bit of time. | |
| 9400 */ | |
| 9401 if (!redrawing() || (char_avail() && !KeyTyped) || msg_silent != 0) | |
| 9402 { | |
| 9403 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; /* show mode later */ | |
| 9404 return 0; | |
| 9405 } | |
| 9406 | |
| 9407 nwr_save = need_wait_return; | |
| 9408 | |
| 9409 /* wait a bit before overwriting an important message */ | |
| 9410 check_for_delay(FALSE); | |
| 9411 | |
| 9412 /* if the cmdline is more than one line high, erase top lines */ | |
| 9413 need_clear = clear_cmdline; | |
| 9414 if (clear_cmdline && cmdline_row < Rows - 1) | |
| 9415 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* will reset clear_cmdline */ | |
| 9416 | |
| 9417 /* Position on the last line in the window, column 0 */ | |
| 9418 msg_pos_mode(); | |
| 9419 cursor_off(); | |
| 9420 attr = hl_attr(HLF_CM); /* Highlight mode */ | |
| 9421 if (do_mode) | |
| 9422 { | |
| 9423 MSG_PUTS_ATTR("--", attr); | |
| 9424 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) | |
| 1668 | 9425 # if 0 /* old version, changed by SungHyun Nam July 2008 */ |
| 7 | 9426 if (xic != NULL && im_get_status() && !p_imdisable |
| 9427 && curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_IM) | |
| 1668 | 9428 # else |
| 9429 if ( | |
|
2277
f42e0b5ff9e9
Change remaining HAVE_GTK2 to FEAT_GUI_GTK.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2269
diff
changeset
|
9430 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_GTK |
| 1668 | 9431 preedit_get_status() |
| 9432 # else | |
| 9433 im_get_status() | |
| 9434 # endif | |
| 9435 ) | |
| 9436 # endif | |
|
2277
f42e0b5ff9e9
Change remaining HAVE_GTK2 to FEAT_GUI_GTK.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2269
diff
changeset
|
9437 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_GTK /* most of the time, it's not XIM being used */ |
| 7 | 9438 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" IM", attr); |
| 9439 # else | |
| 9440 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" XIM", attr); | |
| 9441 # endif | |
| 9442 #endif | |
| 9443 #if defined(FEAT_HANGULIN) && defined(FEAT_GUI) | |
| 9444 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 9445 { | |
| 9446 if (hangul_input_state_get()) | |
| 236 | 9447 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" \307\321\261\333", attr); /* HANGUL */ |
| 7 | 9448 } |
| 9449 #endif | |
| 9450 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 9451 if (edit_submode != NULL) /* CTRL-X in Insert mode */ | |
| 9452 { | |
| 9453 /* These messages can get long, avoid a wrap in a narrow | |
| 9454 * window. Prefer showing edit_submode_extra. */ | |
| 9455 length = (Rows - msg_row) * Columns - 3; | |
| 9456 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL) | |
| 9457 length -= vim_strsize(edit_submode_extra); | |
| 9458 if (length > 0) | |
| 9459 { | |
| 9460 if (edit_submode_pre != NULL) | |
| 9461 length -= vim_strsize(edit_submode_pre); | |
| 9462 if (length - vim_strsize(edit_submode) > 0) | |
| 9463 { | |
| 9464 if (edit_submode_pre != NULL) | |
| 9465 msg_puts_attr(edit_submode_pre, attr); | |
| 9466 msg_puts_attr(edit_submode, attr); | |
| 9467 } | |
| 9468 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL) | |
| 9469 { | |
| 9470 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" ", attr); /* add a space in between */ | |
| 9471 if ((int)edit_submode_highl < (int)HLF_COUNT) | |
| 9472 sub_attr = hl_attr(edit_submode_highl); | |
| 9473 else | |
| 9474 sub_attr = attr; | |
| 9475 msg_puts_attr(edit_submode_extra, sub_attr); | |
| 9476 } | |
| 9477 } | |
| 9478 length = 0; | |
| 9479 } | |
| 9480 else | |
| 9481 #endif | |
| 9482 { | |
| 9483 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 9484 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9485 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" VREPLACE"), attr); | |
| 9486 else | |
| 9487 #endif | |
| 9488 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9489 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" REPLACE"), attr); | |
| 9490 else if (State & INSERT) | |
| 9491 { | |
| 9492 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 9493 if (p_ri) | |
| 9494 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" REVERSE"), attr); | |
| 9495 #endif | |
| 9496 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" INSERT"), attr); | |
| 9497 } | |
| 9498 else if (restart_edit == 'I') | |
| 9499 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (insert)"), attr); | |
| 9500 else if (restart_edit == 'R') | |
| 9501 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (replace)"), attr); | |
| 9502 else if (restart_edit == 'V') | |
| 9503 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (vreplace)"), attr); | |
| 9504 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 9505 if (p_hkmap) | |
| 9506 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" Hebrew"), attr); | |
| 9507 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP | |
| 9508 if (p_fkmap) | |
| 9509 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(farsi_text_5, attr); | |
| 9510 # endif | |
| 9511 #endif | |
| 9512 #ifdef FEAT_KEYMAP | |
| 9513 if (State & LANGMAP) | |
| 9514 { | |
| 9515 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC | |
| 9516 if (curwin->w_p_arab) | |
| 9517 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" Arabic"), attr); | |
| 9518 else | |
| 9519 # endif | |
| 9520 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (lang)"), attr); | |
| 9521 } | |
| 9522 #endif | |
| 9523 if ((State & INSERT) && p_paste) | |
| 9524 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (paste)"), attr); | |
| 9525 | |
| 9526 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
| 9527 if (VIsual_active) | |
| 9528 { | |
| 9529 char *p; | |
| 9530 | |
| 9531 /* Don't concatenate separate words to avoid translation | |
| 9532 * problems. */ | |
| 9533 switch ((VIsual_select ? 4 : 0) | |
| 9534 + (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) * 2 | |
| 9535 + (VIsual_mode == 'V')) | |
| 9536 { | |
| 9537 case 0: p = N_(" VISUAL"); break; | |
| 9538 case 1: p = N_(" VISUAL LINE"); break; | |
| 9539 case 2: p = N_(" VISUAL BLOCK"); break; | |
| 9540 case 4: p = N_(" SELECT"); break; | |
| 9541 case 5: p = N_(" SELECT LINE"); break; | |
| 9542 default: p = N_(" SELECT BLOCK"); break; | |
| 9543 } | |
| 9544 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(p), attr); | |
| 9545 } | |
| 9546 #endif | |
| 9547 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" --", attr); | |
| 9548 } | |
| 644 | 9549 |
| 7 | 9550 need_clear = TRUE; |
| 9551 } | |
| 9552 if (Recording | |
| 9553 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 9554 && edit_submode == NULL /* otherwise it gets too long */ | |
| 9555 #endif | |
| 9556 ) | |
| 9557 { | |
| 9558 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_("recording"), attr); | |
| 9559 need_clear = TRUE; | |
| 9560 } | |
| 644 | 9561 |
| 9562 mode_displayed = TRUE; | |
| 7 | 9563 if (need_clear || clear_cmdline) |
| 9564 msg_clr_eos(); | |
| 9565 msg_didout = FALSE; /* overwrite this message */ | |
| 9566 length = msg_col; | |
| 9567 msg_col = 0; | |
| 9568 need_wait_return = nwr_save; /* never ask for hit-return for this */ | |
| 9569 } | |
| 9570 else if (clear_cmdline && msg_silent == 0) | |
| 9571 /* Clear the whole command line. Will reset "clear_cmdline". */ | |
| 9572 msg_clr_cmdline(); | |
| 9573 | |
| 9574 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 9575 # ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
| 9576 /* In Visual mode the size of the selected area must be redrawn. */ | |
| 9577 if (VIsual_active) | |
| 9578 clear_showcmd(); | |
| 9579 # endif | |
| 9580 | |
| 9581 /* If the last window has no status line, the ruler is after the mode | |
| 9582 * message and must be redrawn */ | |
| 9583 if (redrawing() | |
| 9584 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 9585 && lastwin->w_status_height == 0 | |
| 9586 # endif | |
| 9587 ) | |
| 9588 win_redr_ruler(lastwin, TRUE); | |
| 9589 #endif | |
| 9590 redraw_cmdline = FALSE; | |
| 9591 clear_cmdline = FALSE; | |
| 9592 | |
| 9593 return length; | |
| 9594 } | |
| 9595 | |
| 9596 /* | |
| 9597 * Position for a mode message. | |
| 9598 */ | |
| 9599 static void | |
| 9600 msg_pos_mode() | |
| 9601 { | |
| 9602 msg_col = 0; | |
| 9603 msg_row = Rows - 1; | |
| 9604 } | |
| 9605 | |
| 9606 /* | |
| 9607 * Delete mode message. Used when ESC is typed which is expected to end | |
| 9608 * Insert mode (but Insert mode didn't end yet!). | |
| 644 | 9609 * Caller should check "mode_displayed". |
| 7 | 9610 */ |
| 9611 void | |
| 9612 unshowmode(force) | |
| 9613 int force; | |
| 9614 { | |
| 9615 /* | |
|
2055
4aa4510d548c
updated for version 7.2.341
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2008
diff
changeset
|
9616 * Don't delete it right now, when not redrawing or inside a mapping. |
| 7 | 9617 */ |
| 9618 if (!redrawing() || (!force && char_avail() && !KeyTyped)) | |
| 9619 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; /* delete mode later */ | |
| 9620 else | |
| 9621 { | |
| 9622 msg_pos_mode(); | |
| 9623 if (Recording) | |
| 9624 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_("recording"), hl_attr(HLF_CM)); | |
| 9625 msg_clr_eos(); | |
| 9626 } | |
| 9627 } | |
| 9628 | |
| 667 | 9629 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) |
| 9630 /* | |
| 9631 * Draw the tab pages line at the top of the Vim window. | |
| 9632 */ | |
| 9633 static void | |
| 677 | 9634 draw_tabline() |
| 667 | 9635 { |
| 9636 int tabcount = 0; | |
| 9637 tabpage_T *tp; | |
| 9638 int tabwidth; | |
| 9639 int col = 0; | |
| 673 | 9640 int scol = 0; |
| 667 | 9641 int attr; |
| 9642 win_T *wp; | |
| 671 | 9643 win_T *cwp; |
| 9644 int wincount; | |
| 9645 int modified; | |
| 667 | 9646 int c; |
| 9647 int len; | |
| 9648 int attr_sel = hl_attr(HLF_TPS); | |
| 9649 int attr_nosel = hl_attr(HLF_TP); | |
| 9650 int attr_fill = hl_attr(HLF_TPF); | |
| 673 | 9651 char_u *p; |
| 677 | 9652 int room; |
| 9653 int use_sep_chars = (t_colors < 8 | |
| 9654 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 9655 && !gui.in_use | |
| 9656 #endif | |
| 9657 ); | |
| 673 | 9658 |
| 9659 redraw_tabline = FALSE; | |
| 667 | 9660 |
| 685 | 9661 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE |
| 798 | 9662 /* Take care of a GUI tabline. */ |
| 685 | 9663 if (gui_use_tabline()) |
| 9664 { | |
| 9665 gui_update_tabline(); | |
| 9666 return; | |
| 9667 } | |
| 9668 #endif | |
| 9669 | |
| 9670 if (tabline_height() < 1) | |
| 667 | 9671 return; |
| 9672 | |
| 677 | 9673 #if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) |
| 681 | 9674 |
| 9675 /* Init TabPageIdxs[] to zero: Clicking outside of tabs has no effect. */ | |
| 9676 for (scol = 0; scol < Columns; ++scol) | |
| 9677 TabPageIdxs[scol] = 0; | |
| 9678 | |
| 677 | 9679 /* Use the 'tabline' option if it's set. */ |
| 9680 if (*p_tal != NUL) | |
| 9681 { | |
| 680 | 9682 int save_called_emsg = called_emsg; |
| 9683 | |
| 9684 /* Check for an error. If there is one we would loop in redrawing the | |
| 9685 * screen. Avoid that by making 'tabline' empty. */ | |
| 9686 called_emsg = FALSE; | |
| 677 | 9687 win_redr_custom(NULL, FALSE); |
| 680 | 9688 if (called_emsg) |
| 9689 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"tabline", -1, | |
| 694 | 9690 (char_u *)"", OPT_FREE, SID_ERROR); |
| 680 | 9691 called_emsg |= save_called_emsg; |
| 9692 } | |
| 9693 else | |
| 9694 #endif | |
| 9695 { | |
| 9696 for (tp = first_tabpage; tp != NULL; tp = tp->tp_next) | |
| 9697 ++tabcount; | |
| 9698 | |
| 9699 tabwidth = (Columns - 1 + tabcount / 2) / tabcount; | |
| 9700 if (tabwidth < 6) | |
| 9701 tabwidth = 6; | |
| 9702 | |
| 9703 attr = attr_nosel; | |
| 9704 tabcount = 0; | |
| 681 | 9705 scol = 0; |
| 699 | 9706 for (tp = first_tabpage; tp != NULL && col < Columns - 4; |
| 9707 tp = tp->tp_next) | |
| 680 | 9708 { |
| 9709 scol = col; | |
| 9710 | |
| 9711 if (tp->tp_topframe == topframe) | |
| 9712 attr = attr_sel; | |
| 9713 if (use_sep_chars && col > 0) | |
| 9714 screen_putchar('|', 0, col++, attr); | |
| 9715 | |
| 9716 if (tp->tp_topframe != topframe) | |
| 9717 attr = attr_nosel; | |
| 9718 | |
| 9719 screen_putchar(' ', 0, col++, attr); | |
| 9720 | |
| 9721 if (tp == curtab) | |
| 9722 { | |
| 9723 cwp = curwin; | |
| 9724 wp = firstwin; | |
| 9725 } | |
| 9726 else | |
| 9727 { | |
| 9728 cwp = tp->tp_curwin; | |
| 9729 wp = tp->tp_firstwin; | |
| 9730 } | |
| 9731 | |
| 9732 modified = FALSE; | |
| 9733 for (wincount = 0; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next, ++wincount) | |
| 9734 if (bufIsChanged(wp->w_buffer)) | |
| 9735 modified = TRUE; | |
| 9736 if (modified || wincount > 1) | |
| 9737 { | |
| 9738 if (wincount > 1) | |
| 9739 { | |
| 9740 vim_snprintf((char *)NameBuff, MAXPATHL, "%d", wincount); | |
| 835 | 9741 len = (int)STRLEN(NameBuff); |
| 699 | 9742 if (col + len >= Columns - 3) |
| 9743 break; | |
| 680 | 9744 screen_puts_len(NameBuff, len, 0, col, |
| 677 | 9745 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) |
| 680 | 9746 hl_combine_attr(attr, hl_attr(HLF_T)) |
| 677 | 9747 #else |
| 680 | 9748 attr |
| 9749 #endif | |
| 9750 ); | |
| 9751 col += len; | |
| 9752 } | |
| 9753 if (modified) | |
| 9754 screen_puts_len((char_u *)"+", 1, 0, col++, attr); | |
| 9755 screen_putchar(' ', 0, col++, attr); | |
| 9756 } | |
| 9757 | |
| 9758 room = scol - col + tabwidth - 1; | |
| 9759 if (room > 0) | |
| 9760 { | |
| 685 | 9761 /* Get buffer name in NameBuff[] */ |
| 9762 get_trans_bufname(cwp->w_buffer); | |
| 819 | 9763 shorten_dir(NameBuff); |
| 680 | 9764 len = vim_strsize(NameBuff); |
| 9765 p = NameBuff; | |
| 677 | 9766 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 680 | 9767 if (has_mbyte) |
| 9768 while (len > room) | |
| 9769 { | |
| 9770 len -= ptr2cells(p); | |
| 9771 mb_ptr_adv(p); | |
| 9772 } | |
| 9773 else | |
| 9774 #endif | |
| 9775 if (len > room) | |
| 677 | 9776 { |
| 680 | 9777 p += len - room; |
| 9778 len = room; | |
| 677 | 9779 } |
| 699 | 9780 if (len > Columns - col - 1) |
| 9781 len = Columns - col - 1; | |
| 680 | 9782 |
| 835 | 9783 screen_puts_len(p, (int)STRLEN(p), 0, col, attr); |
| 680 | 9784 col += len; |
| 9785 } | |
| 9786 screen_putchar(' ', 0, col++, attr); | |
| 9787 | |
| 9788 /* Store the tab page number in TabPageIdxs[], so that | |
| 9789 * jump_to_mouse() knows where each one is. */ | |
| 9790 ++tabcount; | |
| 9791 while (scol < col) | |
| 9792 TabPageIdxs[scol++] = tabcount; | |
| 9793 } | |
| 9794 | |
| 9795 if (use_sep_chars) | |
| 9796 c = '_'; | |
| 9797 else | |
| 9798 c = ' '; | |
| 9799 screen_fill(0, 1, col, (int)Columns, c, c, attr_fill); | |
| 681 | 9800 |
| 9801 /* Put an "X" for closing the current tab if there are several. */ | |
| 9802 if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL) | |
| 9803 { | |
| 9804 screen_putchar('X', 0, (int)Columns - 1, attr_nosel); | |
| 9805 TabPageIdxs[Columns - 1] = -999; | |
| 9806 } | |
| 9807 } | |
| 834 | 9808 |
| 9809 /* Reset the flag here again, in case evaluating 'tabline' causes it to be | |
| 9810 * set. */ | |
| 9811 redraw_tabline = FALSE; | |
| 667 | 9812 } |
| 685 | 9813 |
| 9814 /* | |
| 9815 * Get buffer name for "buf" into NameBuff[]. | |
| 9816 * Takes care of special buffer names and translates special characters. | |
| 9817 */ | |
| 9818 void | |
| 9819 get_trans_bufname(buf) | |
| 9820 buf_T *buf; | |
| 9821 { | |
| 9822 if (buf_spname(buf) != NULL) | |
| 9823 STRCPY(NameBuff, buf_spname(buf)); | |
| 9824 else | |
| 9825 home_replace(buf, buf->b_fname, NameBuff, MAXPATHL, TRUE); | |
| 9826 trans_characters(NameBuff, MAXPATHL); | |
| 9827 } | |
| 667 | 9828 #endif |
| 9829 | |
| 7 | 9830 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(FEAT_WILDMENU) || defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) |
| 9831 /* | |
| 9832 * Get the character to use in a status line. Get its attributes in "*attr". | |
| 9833 */ | |
| 9834 static int | |
| 9835 fillchar_status(attr, is_curwin) | |
| 9836 int *attr; | |
| 9837 int is_curwin; | |
| 9838 { | |
| 9839 int fill; | |
| 9840 if (is_curwin) | |
| 9841 { | |
| 9842 *attr = hl_attr(HLF_S); | |
| 9843 fill = fill_stl; | |
| 9844 } | |
| 9845 else | |
| 9846 { | |
| 9847 *attr = hl_attr(HLF_SNC); | |
| 9848 fill = fill_stlnc; | |
| 9849 } | |
| 9850 /* Use fill when there is highlighting, and highlighting of current | |
| 9851 * window differs, or the fillchars differ, or this is not the | |
| 9852 * current window */ | |
| 9853 if (*attr != 0 && ((hl_attr(HLF_S) != hl_attr(HLF_SNC) | |
| 9854 || !is_curwin || firstwin == lastwin) | |
| 9855 || (fill_stl != fill_stlnc))) | |
| 9856 return fill; | |
| 9857 if (is_curwin) | |
| 9858 return '^'; | |
| 9859 return '='; | |
| 9860 } | |
| 9861 #endif | |
| 9862 | |
| 9863 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 9864 /* | |
| 9865 * Get the character to use in a separator between vertically split windows. | |
| 9866 * Get its attributes in "*attr". | |
| 9867 */ | |
| 9868 static int | |
| 9869 fillchar_vsep(attr) | |
| 9870 int *attr; | |
| 9871 { | |
| 9872 *attr = hl_attr(HLF_C); | |
| 9873 if (*attr == 0 && fill_vert == ' ') | |
| 9874 return '|'; | |
| 9875 else | |
| 9876 return fill_vert; | |
| 9877 } | |
| 9878 #endif | |
| 9879 | |
| 9880 /* | |
| 9881 * Return TRUE if redrawing should currently be done. | |
| 9882 */ | |
| 9883 int | |
| 9884 redrawing() | |
| 9885 { | |
| 9886 return (!RedrawingDisabled | |
| 9887 && !(p_lz && char_avail() && !KeyTyped && !do_redraw)); | |
| 9888 } | |
| 9889 | |
| 9890 /* | |
| 9891 * Return TRUE if printing messages should currently be done. | |
| 9892 */ | |
| 9893 int | |
| 9894 messaging() | |
| 9895 { | |
| 9896 return (!(p_lz && char_avail() && !KeyTyped)); | |
| 9897 } | |
| 9898 | |
| 9899 /* | |
| 9900 * Show current status info in ruler and various other places | |
| 9901 * If always is FALSE, only show ruler if position has changed. | |
| 9902 */ | |
| 9903 void | |
| 9904 showruler(always) | |
| 9905 int always; | |
| 9906 { | |
| 9907 if (!always && !redrawing()) | |
| 9908 return; | |
| 574 | 9909 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 9910 if (pum_visible()) | |
| 9911 { | |
| 639 | 9912 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 574 | 9913 /* Don't redraw right now, do it later. */ |
| 9914 curwin->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 639 | 9915 # endif |
| 574 | 9916 return; |
| 9917 } | |
| 9918 #endif | |
| 7 | 9919 #if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) |
| 40 | 9920 if ((*p_stl != NUL || *curwin->w_p_stl != NUL) && curwin->w_status_height) |
| 680 | 9921 { |
| 1983 | 9922 redraw_custom_statusline(curwin); |
| 680 | 9923 } |
| 7 | 9924 else |
| 9925 #endif | |
| 9926 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 9927 win_redr_ruler(curwin, always); | |
| 9928 #endif | |
| 9929 | |
| 9930 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE | |
| 9931 if (need_maketitle | |
| 9932 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT | |
| 9933 || (p_icon && (stl_syntax & STL_IN_ICON)) | |
| 9934 || (p_title && (stl_syntax & STL_IN_TITLE)) | |
| 9935 # endif | |
| 9936 ) | |
| 9937 maketitle(); | |
| 9938 #endif | |
| 1588 | 9939 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 9940 /* Redraw the tab pages line if needed. */ | |
| 9941 if (redraw_tabline) | |
| 9942 draw_tabline(); | |
| 9943 #endif | |
| 7 | 9944 } |
| 9945 | |
| 9946 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 9947 static void | |
| 9948 win_redr_ruler(wp, always) | |
| 9949 win_T *wp; | |
| 9950 int always; | |
| 9951 { | |
| 1869 | 9952 #define RULER_BUF_LEN 70 |
| 9953 char_u buffer[RULER_BUF_LEN]; | |
| 7 | 9954 int row; |
| 9955 int fillchar; | |
| 9956 int attr; | |
| 9957 int empty_line = FALSE; | |
| 9958 colnr_T virtcol; | |
| 9959 int i; | |
| 1869 | 9960 size_t len; |
| 7 | 9961 int o; |
| 9962 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 9963 int this_ru_col; | |
| 9964 int off = 0; | |
| 9965 int width = Columns; | |
| 9966 # define WITH_OFF(x) x | |
| 9967 # define WITH_WIDTH(x) x | |
| 9968 #else | |
| 9969 # define WITH_OFF(x) 0 | |
| 9970 # define WITH_WIDTH(x) Columns | |
| 9971 # define this_ru_col ru_col | |
| 9972 #endif | |
| 9973 | |
| 9974 /* If 'ruler' off or redrawing disabled, don't do anything */ | |
| 9975 if (!p_ru) | |
| 9976 return; | |
| 9977 | |
| 9978 /* | |
| 9979 * Check if cursor.lnum is valid, since win_redr_ruler() may be called | |
| 9980 * after deleting lines, before cursor.lnum is corrected. | |
| 9981 */ | |
| 9982 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum > wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 9983 return; | |
| 9984 | |
| 9985 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 9986 /* Don't draw the ruler while doing insert-completion, it might overwrite | |
| 9987 * the (long) mode message. */ | |
| 9988 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 9989 if (wp == lastwin && lastwin->w_status_height == 0) | |
| 9990 # endif | |
| 9991 if (edit_submode != NULL) | |
| 9992 return; | |
| 540 | 9993 /* Don't draw the ruler when the popup menu is visible, it may overlap. */ |
| 9994 if (pum_visible()) | |
| 9995 return; | |
| 7 | 9996 #endif |
| 9997 | |
| 9998 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT | |
| 9999 if (*p_ruf) | |
| 10000 { | |
| 680 | 10001 int save_called_emsg = called_emsg; |
| 10002 | |
| 10003 called_emsg = FALSE; | |
| 7 | 10004 win_redr_custom(wp, TRUE); |
| 680 | 10005 if (called_emsg) |
| 10006 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"rulerformat", -1, | |
| 694 | 10007 (char_u *)"", OPT_FREE, SID_ERROR); |
| 680 | 10008 called_emsg |= save_called_emsg; |
| 7 | 10009 return; |
| 10010 } | |
| 10011 #endif | |
| 10012 | |
| 10013 /* | |
| 10014 * Check if not in Insert mode and the line is empty (will show "0-1"). | |
| 10015 */ | |
| 10016 if (!(State & INSERT) | |
| 10017 && *ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, wp->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE) == NUL) | |
| 10018 empty_line = TRUE; | |
| 10019 | |
| 10020 /* | |
| 10021 * Only draw the ruler when something changed. | |
| 10022 */ | |
| 10023 validate_virtcol_win(wp); | |
| 10024 if ( redraw_cmdline | |
| 10025 || always | |
| 10026 || wp->w_cursor.lnum != wp->w_ru_cursor.lnum | |
| 10027 || wp->w_cursor.col != wp->w_ru_cursor.col | |
| 10028 || wp->w_virtcol != wp->w_ru_virtcol | |
| 10029 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 10030 || wp->w_cursor.coladd != wp->w_ru_cursor.coladd | |
| 10031 #endif | |
| 10032 || wp->w_topline != wp->w_ru_topline | |
| 10033 || wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count != wp->w_ru_line_count | |
| 10034 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 10035 || wp->w_topfill != wp->w_ru_topfill | |
| 10036 #endif | |
| 10037 || empty_line != wp->w_ru_empty) | |
| 10038 { | |
| 10039 cursor_off(); | |
| 10040 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 10041 if (wp->w_status_height) | |
| 10042 { | |
| 10043 row = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height; | |
| 10044 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp == curwin); | |
| 10045 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 10046 off = W_WINCOL(wp); | |
| 10047 width = W_WIDTH(wp); | |
| 10048 # endif | |
| 10049 } | |
| 10050 else | |
| 10051 #endif | |
| 10052 { | |
| 10053 row = Rows - 1; | |
| 10054 fillchar = ' '; | |
| 10055 attr = 0; | |
| 10056 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 10057 width = Columns; | |
| 10058 off = 0; | |
| 10059 #endif | |
| 10060 } | |
| 10061 | |
| 10062 /* In list mode virtcol needs to be recomputed */ | |
| 10063 virtcol = wp->w_virtcol; | |
| 10064 if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_tab1 == NUL) | |
| 10065 { | |
| 10066 wp->w_p_list = FALSE; | |
| 10067 getvvcol(wp, &wp->w_cursor, NULL, &virtcol, NULL); | |
| 10068 wp->w_p_list = TRUE; | |
| 10069 } | |
| 10070 | |
| 10071 /* | |
| 10072 * Some sprintfs return the length, some return a pointer. | |
| 10073 * To avoid portability problems we use strlen() here. | |
| 10074 */ | |
| 1869 | 10075 vim_snprintf((char *)buffer, RULER_BUF_LEN, "%ld,", |
| 7 | 10076 (wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_EMPTY) |
| 10077 ? 0L | |
| 10078 : (long)(wp->w_cursor.lnum)); | |
| 1869 | 10079 len = STRLEN(buffer); |
| 10080 col_print(buffer + len, RULER_BUF_LEN - len, | |
| 7 | 10081 empty_line ? 0 : (int)wp->w_cursor.col + 1, |
| 10082 (int)virtcol + 1); | |
| 10083 | |
| 10084 /* | |
| 10085 * Add a "50%" if there is room for it. | |
| 10086 * On the last line, don't print in the last column (scrolls the | |
| 10087 * screen up on some terminals). | |
| 10088 */ | |
| 10089 i = (int)STRLEN(buffer); | |
| 1869 | 10090 get_rel_pos(wp, buffer + i + 1, RULER_BUF_LEN - i - 1); |
| 7 | 10091 o = i + vim_strsize(buffer + i + 1); |
| 10092 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 10093 if (wp->w_status_height == 0) /* can't use last char of screen */ | |
| 10094 #endif | |
| 10095 ++o; | |
| 10096 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 10097 this_ru_col = ru_col - (Columns - width); | |
| 10098 if (this_ru_col < 0) | |
| 10099 this_ru_col = 0; | |
| 10100 #endif | |
| 10101 /* Never use more than half the window/screen width, leave the other | |
| 10102 * half for the filename. */ | |
| 10103 if (this_ru_col < (WITH_WIDTH(width) + 1) / 2) | |
| 10104 this_ru_col = (WITH_WIDTH(width) + 1) / 2; | |
| 10105 if (this_ru_col + o < WITH_WIDTH(width)) | |
| 10106 { | |
| 10107 while (this_ru_col + o < WITH_WIDTH(width)) | |
| 10108 { | |
| 10109 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 10110 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 10111 i += (*mb_char2bytes)(fillchar, buffer + i); | |
| 10112 else | |
| 10113 #endif | |
| 10114 buffer[i++] = fillchar; | |
| 10115 ++o; | |
| 10116 } | |
| 1869 | 10117 get_rel_pos(wp, buffer + i, RULER_BUF_LEN - i); |
| 7 | 10118 } |
| 10119 /* Truncate at window boundary. */ | |
| 10120 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 10121 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 10122 { | |
| 10123 o = 0; | |
| 474 | 10124 for (i = 0; buffer[i] != NUL; i += (*mb_ptr2len)(buffer + i)) |
| 7 | 10125 { |
| 10126 o += (*mb_ptr2cells)(buffer + i); | |
| 10127 if (this_ru_col + o > WITH_WIDTH(width)) | |
| 10128 { | |
| 10129 buffer[i] = NUL; | |
| 10130 break; | |
| 10131 } | |
| 10132 } | |
| 10133 } | |
| 10134 else | |
| 10135 #endif | |
| 10136 if (this_ru_col + (int)STRLEN(buffer) > WITH_WIDTH(width)) | |
| 10137 buffer[WITH_WIDTH(width) - this_ru_col] = NUL; | |
| 10138 | |
| 10139 screen_puts(buffer, row, this_ru_col + WITH_OFF(off), attr); | |
| 10140 i = redraw_cmdline; | |
| 10141 screen_fill(row, row + 1, | |
| 10142 this_ru_col + WITH_OFF(off) + (int)STRLEN(buffer), | |
| 10143 (int)(WITH_OFF(off) + WITH_WIDTH(width)), | |
| 10144 fillchar, fillchar, attr); | |
| 10145 /* don't redraw the cmdline because of showing the ruler */ | |
| 10146 redraw_cmdline = i; | |
| 10147 wp->w_ru_cursor = wp->w_cursor; | |
| 10148 wp->w_ru_virtcol = wp->w_virtcol; | |
| 10149 wp->w_ru_empty = empty_line; | |
| 10150 wp->w_ru_topline = wp->w_topline; | |
| 10151 wp->w_ru_line_count = wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
| 10152 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 10153 wp->w_ru_topfill = wp->w_topfill; | |
| 10154 #endif | |
| 10155 } | |
| 10156 } | |
| 10157 #endif | |
| 13 | 10158 |
| 10159 #if defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 10160 /* | |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
10161 * Return the width of the 'number' and 'relativenumber' column. |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
10162 * Caller may need to check if 'number' or 'relativenumber' is set. |
| 13 | 10163 * Otherwise it depends on 'numberwidth' and the line count. |
| 10164 */ | |
| 10165 int | |
| 10166 number_width(wp) | |
| 10167 win_T *wp; | |
| 10168 { | |
| 10169 int n; | |
| 10170 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 10171 | |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
10172 if (wp->w_p_nu) |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
10173 /* 'number' */ |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
10174 lnum = wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count; |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
10175 else |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
10176 /* 'relativenumber' */ |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
10177 lnum = wp->w_height; |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
10178 |
| 13 | 10179 if (lnum == wp->w_nrwidth_line_count) |
| 10180 return wp->w_nrwidth_width; | |
| 10181 wp->w_nrwidth_line_count = lnum; | |
| 10182 | |
| 10183 n = 0; | |
| 10184 do | |
| 10185 { | |
| 856 | 10186 lnum /= 10; |
| 10187 ++n; | |
| 13 | 10188 } while (lnum > 0); |
| 10189 | |
| 10190 /* 'numberwidth' gives the minimal width plus one */ | |
| 10191 if (n < wp->w_p_nuw - 1) | |
| 10192 n = wp->w_p_nuw - 1; | |
| 10193 | |
| 10194 wp->w_nrwidth_width = n; | |
| 10195 return n; | |
| 10196 } | |
| 10197 #endif |